Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 61186-PM1 (2)
CSC No. 61186-PM1 ,FORTWORTH PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF PAYING, WATER, AND SANITARYSEWER IMPROVEMENTS TO SERVE ECHO SUITES - FORT WORTH IPRC Record No. IPRC23-0156 City Project No.105161 FID No. 30114-0200431-105161-EO7685 File No. g 3219 X File No. X-27975 Mattie Parker David Cooke Mayor City Manager Christopher P. Harder, P.E. Director, Water Department Lauren Prieur, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department 2 Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department 2024 '..�UAN .... * ......j.......:..F..�. .............. vasouEz .� VASQUEZ ENGINEERING, L.L. C. '0�:,• •"i 1919 S. SHILOHROAD, SUITE 440, LB 44 do 11°�Fss �Ekstiv •`��` wo GARLAND, TEXAS 75042 `=`c1G: OFFICIAL RECORD CITY SECRETARY FT. WORTH, TX 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 00 00 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Division 00 - General Conditions nno i�3 layiia4ion ie Bidders nno�3 Last Revised 03 i 0 i 00 41 00 00 42 43 lastF ,etiors t Bidde :s Bid Fert Proposal Form Unit Price 03 0 nn in s 05/22/2019 nn in 0043 13 00 45 11 Bid Ben Bidders Prequalification's 4 04/02/2014 00 45 12 Prequalification Statement 09/01/2015 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law i 04/02/2014 nQ i 004540 00 52 43 Mine -ity Business Enterprise Ge Agreement a 06/16/2016 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 07/01/2011 00 62 13 Performance Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 14 Payment Bond 01/31/2012 00 62 19 00 7200 Maintenance Bond Genef.,i Conditions 01/31/2012 i ii ii T 00 73 00 0073 10 c,,,.,.io,,.,eata y r,,nditienp Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer n7inm�vzi 01/10/2013 Awarded Projects Division 01- General Requirements Last Revised 01 1100 Summary of Work 12/20/2012 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 08/30/2013 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 08/30/2013 813129 01 32 33 Pr-eieet Meet*— Preconstruction Video 07101/2 08/30/2013 01 33 00 Submittals 08/30/2013 0131,5 13 Spe:i�ai P2o`a t n va,, os nQi � 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 03/20/2020 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 07/01/2011 n lv�3 Stefm Water- n i i„ n t®l.A1 �'N :2i�i®l..41 � �x 07,/0 20 i mTVTzvzz 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 04/07/2014 017000 moo,': and RafnebilizeAie nn in 4 01 71 23 Construction Staking 04/07/2014 01 74 23 Cleaning 04/07/2014 0177 19 Closeout Requirements 04/07/2014 017923 Oper-ation GxidM aintena- ee Data nn 1n 4 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 04/07/2014 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 6 Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project's Contract Documents Division 02 - Existing Conditions NONE Division 03 - Concrete NONE Division 26 - Electrical NONE Division 31- Earthwork NONE Division 32 - Exterior Improvements NONE Division 33 - Utilities NONE Division 34 - Transportation NONE CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 6 Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City's website at: httD:Hfortworthtexas.2ov/tuw/contractors/ or httns:Hanns.fortworthtexas.Lyov/Proi ectResources/ Division 02 - Existing Conditions Last Revised 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 12/20/2012 0241 15 Paving Removal 02/02/2016 Division 03 - Concrete 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete 12/20/2012 n'2v3 34 16 (`.,fie -ete Base TiTater- .,l f Tr-eneh DoPa ff* 12/'frz�-204201z Division 26 leetr4eal 26 05 00 C-e+nffi,.r AW it Results f 1~leet..:ea 1111 / 3 260533 Raee., ays and Be) az'or Uao,4.�at ci,,4ems 1 �� /wiz Division 31- Earthwork 31 0 Site Gleafing 11 /�1') 31 2n nn 1 01 /2842014 �rz�-vv �1�:4��'arxaii�S vrrsvrtvz� 31 25 00 Erosion and Sediment Control 12/20/2012 31�rev 00 dens 12/�12 3 1� Ripr-ap 1 2 /'f�r2042012 Division 32 - Exterior Improvements 27� Do,-..,..., Do,,.ai Asphalt Pa-y 12/7zzr20/i014 32-01 18 ei4 ng A0oralt P.r. 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 12/20/2012 Z7�9 32 1133 Time Treated Base !''oufsow Gal yant Traa4ed Base r 12/7rc�-20aOl') 12/�12 37� Z 7�v Liquid Tf ea4ed roil FXA/lizaf A s..hak Paving 09/21A2015 1 2 /'fizr20A2012 27�3 32 13 13 A s..hak Pa-yi g G -aek Se la is Concrete Paving 12/7rc zvizviz 12/20/2012 32 1320 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 06/05/2018 32 1373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 12/20/2012 3�1 4 116 Bfi-Al' U.-XtzV : Rg 12 /�rtvnv4-2 32 16 13 Concrete Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters 10/05/2016 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites - Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 6 32 1 ^7 25 Gu -b Adozz 11/04,9013 3231 3 F a Gates 12/20Q012 C�nr. ��r� �� 323126 W -e Fenees and Gates 12/zzr20QO12 3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 12/20/2012 32 92 13 Sodding 12/20/2012 3293 43 end aruhc 12/20,L201-2 Division 33 - Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing r; t 12/20/2012 33 0131 33 03 10 33 04 11 Close -eu Television (CCT374 Tripe fie % r (`.,.-Fesio.. !'',,.Afel Test Stations 03/no�6 12/20Q0Q 33 04-12 3304-30 33 04 40 >\aagaesi.H Anode C thed Pr-eteet; n Syste Temperar-y WaterSeryi, Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 12/20QO12 07/nQ„ 1�n 02/06/2013 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill T 12/12/2016 12/�Iz 3305 12 3305 13 Wa4er- Line e ,... e f Frame, Cover and Grade Rings — Cast Iron 01/22/2016 Adjusting sue.. T� �iet� Valve Boxes, OtheF StFHetHFes to �� nc l n �J--v�-TT 3-4 05 46 330520 20AugeFRg �3-A5-21 r"TJLTJ � Shirt Grade r,., e fete Wme - A7. uhs- T ' Tu�rr.wl �e Stool 1'l/�n/�n1 � rtravravzz 12/20,L2012 171 /'fez 12/7 z 11 /7 33 05 22 3 Casing -Ripe d Turzcilixg T,,fmel T ; z 12/2n/2n12 ,� n6llvvrririvi3 33 05 24 33 05 26 last.,ll.,t;.....,fr.,FFieF Pipe if Casing OF eF Plate Utility Markers/Locators 12/20/2012 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 12/20/2012 33 1105 Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 12/20/2012 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 12/20/2012 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 11/16/2018 2'f 2 .� 11 1., 0 Ba f IALF,,.,- a Stool Cylinder- Type Eene�et� ProOLCirO Pik.,, 12/20QO12 ?i3 11 11 wed Dejd Pir_ ara� 12/�12 33 1210 Water Services 1-inch to 2-inch 02/14/2017 132 1 2 1 1 Large Water- Mete -s 1 2/'fez 33 1220 Resilient SeatedGrate Valve 12/20/2012 22� AWW�k Ru sb r. e.,te B„tte-fly Valves 12/20QO12 33 1225 Connection to Existing Water Mains 02/06/2013 3�-12 30 33 1240 ���'L7 E .(�''a I: !.1.,,.. A;,- Valve A sso,�.l.l;� for 17\ tW.,j W.,to, Systems L';.� 12/'f�rzvrzviz 011 /n 4 33 1250 W-atar EamrJe Sta4ions 12/20QO12 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 Z'2�0 l.. ✓ 17 33 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 5 of 6 ct.,,ndai-7,1 Blow f f Valve n ssomb! 06/1 4 Gu-e i Ulaee Pipe (GIDD) 12/20QO12 �z Fibefg1mi Roicf;,fee Pipe for- r -a-y t EG,.Aitaly-Sewefs 12/20QO12 Polyvinyl !''l.l.,ride Closed Profile !`_..,.,;ty Sa-a tafy Sewer- (PNIG) Pipe 3-3-31-22 33� ca-a tafy Se I � Dr flip ��rng Sa-a tafy Sewer- Pipe L`a la-..ome,-.t 12/20/-20 2 �� 12/'fr�-zvriviz 33 31 50 33 31 70 Sa-n tarry Sewer- Set=y ee Genneetions .-ad Setwiee I ; o Air- Valve Sanitalj Sewer L'..,-..o � nn /gin 12/�r20QO12 33 39 10 Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes 12/20/2012 33 39 20 333930 30 Precast Concrete Manholes Fiber -glass Manholes 12/20/2012 12/'ice 33 3940 33 39 60 xx rite. awe . n eoess Chamber- (xxt n C4 Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures f:.fee r,,. ct,.,..,., 12/20A2z 12/20/2012 n7/no 1 33-44 10 ✓� 11 11 Rei e fete Sewer- Pipe/&Ayefts 7� HighDeas;t, Pelyethylene (HDPE) Pipe for- Storm D��i �,�n 12/frz�-20A2 z 11 12 33 00 Rei fefee.l Pelyetl.lene (ERPE) Pipe c„1� 11/ 1 3A2015 1'11 /' z tl 33 4601 Slotted St3rm I . �,rf n�/no 1�,�n 33-46 02 Tfamk Dimio10 n7/no 1�,�n 33-49-4-0 t Manholes a -a I,metie Bees Cr Pl�:� !..lets 12/'ice 171 /fez 3Z�0 ZZ�O Curb and Drop �D1 ri1��Ii\1^� 14ea .� a is and xxh,�...�,.,lls 07/0101 1 �z Division 34 - Transportation 34 41 10 T-F ff;e Signals 104242 rrz2/2n1 c �v rv�-avz� 3 A ^env-11 rnr44Ctehmef4 A IQ iitiaiferr G.abine 1 2 / 1 5 34�02 Attaehfneat B Gentf.ollV"1 b.osificea4ieix i 34 41-10.03 Attaeli xentG—c7tl t V6zcrfc Speei iea4ie 0 2 ?/1 11 11 -ro,,.,per-.,,.y T -affie Signals 111 1 /' 3 �3 rLravravzz 34 414 5 Reeta*gular'W d Fllw.h�m� 111 1 /7 3 34-416 gedoG*�m Ilybf gral 11 /'�t3 34 0 Assemblies 12/20QO12 �I�' 1.�3C1dt1"" 2n n�nolr I I n6/1c/201c aria �D P. - .�.�ri��ras �>� 34 4120.03 Resi a ti l LED Roadway a.. ay I 0 � �a;�I :��u�r-rs 611 5QO 1 c 34-4 30 Allmlixurm f/.gns 111 1 /1 3 34 4150 Single Tiede Fite- Optie Cable 02/moo 3471 13 Traffic Control 11/22/2013 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites - Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 00 00 00 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Appendix Page 6 of 6 CC4,J 1 . wOak lity e GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GG40/1 TUnje-gr-e,,..a L'ae l:ties GG 4.06 Lac., .dour > iwir-, nfnert l Condition PA S4e GG 6.0.6.D n d ✓wirrjoo Er-tirproo Camy).n--e GC-6.07 Wage Rates GG 6. 1 N0RJiS aYiFAirYatiox GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised March 20, 2020 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 1 of 7 SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID Echo Suites -Fort Worth 106161 Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No Section No. Measure Quantity UNIT I: WATER ]IMPROVEMENTS 1 3311.0261 8" PVC Water Pipe 3311 12 LF 14 $54.00 $756 2 3312.4112 16" x 8" Tapping Sleeve & 8" Valve 33 12 25 EA 1 $13,575.00 $13,575 3 3312.4103 10" x 8" Tapping Sleeve & 8" Valve 33 12 25 EA 1 $5,320.00 $5,320 4 3312.2203 2" Water Service 33 12 10 EA 2 $4,030.00 $8,060 5 3305.0110 Utility Markers 33 05 26 LS 1 $2,769.00 $2,769 6 3305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LS 1 $2,500.00 $2,500 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 i 32 _ 33 _ 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 TOTA _ UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS $32,980 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 00 42 43 Bid Proposal DAP SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Echo Suites -Fort Worth UNIT PRICE BID 105161 Bidlist Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 Project Item Information 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 2 of 7 Bidder's Application Bidder's Proposal Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price I Bid Value Section No. Measure I Quantity UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVI?MENTS 3305.0109 Trench Safety 33 05 10 LS 1 $1,500.00 $1,500 3339.1001 4' Manhole 33 39 10 & 20 EA 1 $5,975.00 $5,975 3339.0001 Epoxy Manhole Liner 33 39 60 VF 5 $165.00 $825 3301.0101 Manhole Vacuum Testing 3301 30 EA 1 $1,500.00 $1,500 TOTAL UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 $9,800 00 42 43 Bid Proposal DAP 00 42 43 DAP - BID PROPOSAL Page 4 of 7 SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM UNIT PRICE BID Echo Suites -Fort Worth 106161 Bidder's Application Project Item Information Bidder's Proposal Bidlist Item Description Specification Unit of Bid Unit Price Bid Value No Section No. Measure Quantity UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS 1 0241.0100 Remove Sidewalk 0241 13 SF 270 $15.00 $4,050 2 3213.0301 4" Conc Sidewalk 32 13 20 SF 1200 $7.25 $8,700 3 3213.0501 Barrier Free Ramp, Type R-1 32 13 20 EA 1 $700.00 $700 4 3213.0506 Barrier Free Ramp, Type P-1 32 13 20 EA 3 $700.00 $2,100 5 3213.0401 6" Concrete Driveway 32 13 20 SF 580 $6.45 $3,741 6 3471.0001 Traffic Control 3471 13 MO 1 $5,000.00 $5,000 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 _ 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 TOTAL JNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS $24,291 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Form Version May 22, 2019 00 42 43 Bid Proposal DAP SECTION 00 42 43 Developer Awarded Projects - PROPOSAL FORM Echo Suites -Fort Worth UNIT PRICE BID 105761 Project Item Information 00 42 43 DAP -BID PROPOSAL. Page 7 nr7 Bidder's Application Bidlist Item Description f Specification Unit of ! Bid No. Section Na. Measure Quantity Bid Summary UNIT I: WATER IMPROVEMENTS UNIT II: SANITARY SEWER IMPROVEMENTS UNIT III: DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS UNIT IV: PAVING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT V: STREET LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS UNIT VI: TRAFFIC SIGNAL IMPROVEMENTS This Bid is submitted by the entity named below: BIDDER: MCP Devciopment, Inc. 3501 SW Fairlawn Rd., Ste, 70 Topeka, KS 66614 Contractor agrees to complete WORK for FINAL ACCEPTANCE within CONTRACT commences to run as provided in the General Conditions. Total Construction Bid BY: Patr Tulin TITLE: President DATE: 02/28/2024 END OF SECTION Bidder's Proposal Unit Price I Bid Value 93 working days after the date when the $32,980 $9,800 $24,291 $67,071 MY OF PORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECMCATION DOCUMENTS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Fonn Vc ioa May 22, 2019 00 42 43_Bid Yruposal_DAP 0045 11 -1 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 1 of 3 SECTION 00 45 11 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS 1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00 45 12, Prequalification Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid. Any contractor or subcontractor who is not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below. The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31 st day of March in order to bid on these projects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder's Prequalification Application, the following must accompany the submission. a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements. (1) Classified Balance Sheet (2) Income Statement (3) Statement of Cash Flows (4) Statement of Retained Earnings (5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents (Corporate Charter, Articles of Incorporation, Articles of Organization, Certificate of Formation, LLC Regulations, Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement). c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application. (1) The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the following web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxi)ennit/ and fill out the application to apply for your Texas tax ID. (2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number. (3) The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun & Bradstreet. This number is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS number may be obtained at www.dnb.com. d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and scope of the work performed. e. Other information as requested by the City. 2. Prequalification Requirements a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in accordance with the following: (1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy be submitted for consideration. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2014 0045 11 -2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 3 (2) To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy. (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company. (4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange of the Balance Sheet date. (5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as independent who is not, in fact, independent. (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion. It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified opinion on the statements taken as a whole. (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time. (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month, not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1. (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the positive net working capital (working capital = current assets — current liabilities) by a factor of 10.Only those statements reflecting a positive net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for prequalification purposes. (10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with proper verification. b. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete Applications will be rejected. (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of "None" or "N/A" should be inserted. (2) A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided. (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must include the manufacturer, model and general common description of each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing equipment other than provided above will not be accepted. 3. Eligibility to Bid a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification. b. The City may reject, suspend, or modify any prequalification for failure by the contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance. c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2014 0045 11 -3 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 3 of 3 d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter, the contractor will be eligible to bid the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter. END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2014 0045 12 DAP PPLEQUALMICATION STATEMENT PNc I a1 SECTION 00 4512 DAP — PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. In the "Maior Work TvDc" box provide the complete maior work tvue and actual description as provided by the Water Denartment for water and sewer and TPW for Davine. Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Pavement Improvements: Cretecon Construction ( Sidewalk and Driveway .2 /Z y Z 17 Water & Sanitary Sewer IBARRA Underground 4/30/2024 Connections The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: MCP Development, Inc. 3501 SW Fairlawn Road Suite 70 Topeka, KS 66614 BY: P Ick L. Tolin TITLE: President DATE: 2/7/2024 END OF SECTION (Signature) OTY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT- DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 004512_Pregoalification Statement 2015_DAP Form Version September 1, 2015 00 45 26 - 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page I of I SECTION 00 45 26 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City Project No. 105161. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with worker's compensation coverage. CONTRACTOR: MCP Development, Inc Company 3501 SW Fairlawn Rd., Ste. 70 Address Topeka, KS 66614 City/State/Zip THE STATE OF KANSAS COUNTY OF SHAWNEE By: Patrick L. Tolin ease Print) Signature:' Title: President (Please Print) B ORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared �, C W of i n , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as the act and deed of A CP n.>,.a�d n r,..< �- Z:� , for the purposes and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this AA eL, zoo. Notary Public in and for the State of Kansas END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 2, 2014 �fF day of Echo Suites — Fort Worth City Project No. 105161 005243-I Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 1 of'4 SECTION 00 52 43 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on February 9, 2024 is made by and between the Developer, GCHD FW 135W. LLC. a Texas limited liabilitv contoanv, authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer"), and MPC Develonment. INC., authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, (`Contractor"). Developer and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK Contractor shall complete all public related Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Project identified herein. Article 2. PROJECT The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Echo Suites — Fort Worth City Proiect No. 105161 Article 3. CONTRACT TIME, 3.1 Time is of the essence. All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 3.2 Final Acceptance. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 93 working days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 12.04 of the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. In no event will this be prior to the issuance of a full building permit. 3.3 Liquidated damages Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Developer will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 10 of the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the Developer if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay Developer Two thatch-ed Fifiv Dollars ($250-00 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH F.clw Suites Fort Hord, STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised lure 16, 2016 005243-2 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 2 of Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE Developer agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in currant funds of Sixty -Seven Thousand Seventy -One and Zero Hundredth Dollars ($67,071.00). Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.1 CONTENTS: A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between Developer and Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 1. This Agreement. 2. Attachments to this Agreement: a. Bid Form (As provided by Developer) 1) Proposal Form (DAP Version) 2) Prequalification Statement 3) State and Federal documents (project specific) b. Insurance ACORD Form(s) c. Payment Bond (DAP Version) d. Performance Bond (DAP Version) e. Maintenance Bond (DAP Version) f. Power of Attorney for the Bonds g. Worker's Compensation Affidavit h. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form (If required) 3. Standard City General Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 4. Supplementary Conditions. 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 6. Drawings. 7. Addenda. 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Field Orders. c. Change Orders. d. Letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo suites — Fon Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised June 16, 2016 005243-3 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 3 of Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to overate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in Dart. by anv act. omission or negligence of the city. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and causes of actions. 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification provision is soccifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or sonic of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, by anv act, omission or negligence of the city. Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 7.1 Terms. Terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article 1 of the Standard City Conditions of the Construction Contract for Developer Awarded Projects. 7.2 Assignment of Contract. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the Developer. 7.3 Successors and Assigns. Developer and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 7.4 Severability. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon DEVELOPER and CONTRACTOR. 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Sikes — Fore Worlh STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS —DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised June 16, 2016 005243-4 Developer Awarded Project Agreement Page 4 of 4 7.6 Authority to Sign. Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Developer and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple counterparts. This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties ("Effective Date") Contractor: MCP Development, Inc. By: - —/, CQ,- (Signature) Patrick L. Tolin (Printed Name) Title: President Company Name: MCP Development, Inc Address: 3501 SW Fairlawn Rd., Ste. 70 City/State/Zip: Topeka, KS 66614 1#zIlq Date Developer: GCHD FW I35W, LLC By: (Signature) Ian J. McClure (Printed Name) Title: Manager Company name: GCHD FW I35W, LLC Address: 17950 Preston Road Suite 780 City/State/Zip: Dallas, TX 75252 2 Date OY CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised June 16, 2016 006213-1 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 1 of 2 Bond No. SUR0005872 I SECTION 00 6213 2 PERFORMANCE BOND 3 4 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 6 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 7 That we, MCP Development, Inc., known as "Principal" herein and 8 Frankennmth Insurance Company a corporate 9 surety (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, GCHD I I FW 135W, LLC, authorized to do business in Texas ("Developer') and the City of Fort Worth, a 12 Texas municipal corporation ("City"), in the penal sum of, SIXTY-SEVEN THOUSAND 13 SEVENTY-ONE AND ZERO HUNDREDTH Dollars ($67,071.00), lawful money of the United 14 States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and 15 truly to be made jointly unto the Developer and the City as dual obligees, we bind ourselves, our 16 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 17 presents. 18 WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of 19 community facilities in the City of Fort Worth by and through a Community 20 Facilities Agreement, , and MATS -0131 21 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Developer awarded 22 the 9th day of February, 2024, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof for 23 all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and other 24 accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change Orders, as 25 provided for in said Contract designated as Echo Suites — For! PVorth. 26 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 27 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and 28 faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 29 specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 30 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the Developer and/or City, then this 31 obligation shall be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Sidles - Farr fl'aih STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised January 31, 2012 006213-2 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 of 2 1 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 2 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort 3 Worth Division. 4 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 5 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 6 accordance with the provisions of said statue. 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 8 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 1st day of March , 2024. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ATTEST: 16 17 18 (Principal) Secretary 19 20 Zitness 2l 22 23 24 Principal 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38�U 39 itness as urety, C sldy D. Palic 40 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised January 31, 2012 PRINCIPAL: MCP Development, Inc. I BY: Signature Patrick L. Tolin, President Name and Title Address: 3501 SW Fairlawn Rci Suite 70 Topeka, KS 66614 SURETY: Frankenmuth Insurance Company BY: �pJ , y�y( FL, Signature Charissa D. Leeuver. Attome_v-in-Fact Name and Title Address: One Mutual Avenue Frankenmuth. MI 48787-0001 Telephone Number: 989-652-6121 Edro Smiles —Fart Norlh 105161 0 006214-1 PAYMENT BOND Page 1 of Bond No. SUR0005872 I SECTION 00 6214 2 PAYMENT BOND 3 4 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 6 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 7 That we, MCP Development, Inc., known as "Principal" herein, and 8 Frankenmuth Insurance Company , a corporate surety (or 9 sureties if more than one), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as to "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, GCHD 11 FW 135W, LLC, authorized to do business in Texas "(Developer"), and the City of Fort Worth, a 12 Texas municipal corporation ("City"), in the penal sum of SIXTY-SEVEN THOUSAND 13 SEVENTY-ONE AND ZERO HUNDREDTH Dollars ($67,071.00), lawful money of the United 14 States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and 15 truly be made jointly unto the Developer and the City as dual obligees, we bind ourselves, our 16 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 17 presents: 18 WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of 19 community facilities in the City of Fort Worth, by and through a Community 20 Facilities Agreement, ; and CFX2.3 -0139 21 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with Developer, 22 awarded the 9th day of February, 2024, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part 23 hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor and 24 other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said 25 Contract and designated as Echo Suites — Fort Worth, 26 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 27 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 28 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 29 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 30 force and effect. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised January 31.2012 F-c1to Suites - Fort Wovlt 105161 2 3 4 5 6 7 006214-2 PAYMENTBOND Page 2 of 2 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the I st day of March, 2024. ATTEST: (Principaq Secretary /��:� " LVhfaess as to Principal ATTEST: (;xrety}Sec etary-- Witness, Elizabeth Drone Witness � urety, Asidy D. Palic PRINCIPAL: MCP Development, Inc. BY: ��I� l S� Signature Patrick L. Tolin, Presider:t Name and Title Address: 3501 SW Fairlawn Rd Suite 70 Topeka, KS 66614 SURETY: Frankenmuth Insurance Company BY: 'u11 i l�/1� Signataturre Charissa D. Lecuver. Attomev-in-Fact Name and Title Address: One Mutual Avenue Frankenmuth. MI 48787-0001 Telephone Number: 989-652-6121 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites - Fort Worth STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised January 31, 2012 006219-1 MAINTENANCE. BOND Page 1 of3 Bond No. SUR0005872 I SECTION 00 6219 2 MAINTENANCE BOND 3 4 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 6 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 7 8 That we, MCP Development, Inc., known as "Principal" herein and 9 Frankeninuth Insurance Comvanv , a corporate surety (sureties, if more than 10 one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as "Surety" herein (whether one 11 or more), are held and firmly bound unto the Developer, OCHD FW 135W, LLC, authorized to do 12 business in Texas ("Developer") and the City of Fort Worth, a Texas municipal corporation 13 ("City"), in the sum of SIXTY-SEVEN THOUSAND SEVENTY-ONE AND ZERO 14 HUNDREDTH Dollars ($67,071.00), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort 15 Worth, Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made jointly unto the 16 Developer and the City as dual obligees and their successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 17 executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 18 19 WHEREAS, Developer and City have entered into an Agreement for the construction of 20 community facilities in the City of Fort Worth by and through a Community Facilities 21 Agreement, , and 22 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Developer 23 awarded the 9th day of February, 2024, which Contract is hereby referred to and a made part 24 hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment labor and 25 other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Work resulting 26 from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, the "Work") as provided for in said 27 Contract and designated as Echo Suites — Fort Worth; and 28 29 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 30 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 31 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 32 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and 33 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Sailer Fort @'onh STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 10 161 Revised January 31, 2012 006219-2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 3 1 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 2 upon receiving notice from the Developer and/or City of the need thereof at any time within the 3 Maintenance Period. 4 5 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 6 remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by Developer or City, to a 7 completion satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to 8 remain in full farce and effect. 9 10 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely I 1 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the Developer or City may cause any and all such 12 defective Work to be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne 13 by the Principal and the Surety under this Maintenance Bond; and 14 15 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 16 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort 17 Worth Division; and 18 19 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 20 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 21 22 23 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suiles— For! Wank S"IANDARD CITY CONDITIONS— DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS 105161 Revised January 31, 2012 006219-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 3 I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the Ist day of March, 2024. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ATTEST: 11 12 13 (Principal) Secr tary 14 15 16 17 18 19 ess -fs-t6Principal 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ATTEST: 29 q� 30 (1t�*1-obl �. — 31 •(Surety}Seeretmy- 32 Witness, Elizabeth Drone 33 34 itness a5.k •rely, Cassidy D. Palic 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised January 31, 2012 PRIIyCICA,j.. I�/i>ftJGLJIi�tzNr/lam//�,.ilG. BY:/t�11/ //�/w—� Signature Patrick L. Talin, President Name and Title Address: 3501 SW Fairlawn Rd. Suite 70 Topeka, KS 66614 SURETY: Frankenmuth Insurance Company BY: Signature Charissa D. Lecuver, Attomey-in-Fact Name and Title Address: One Mutual Avenue Frankenmuth. MI 48787-0001 Telephone Number: 989-652-6121 Echo Suites —Fort Worth 105161 FRANKENMUTH INSURANCE COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Frankenmuth Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, having its principal office at I Mutual Avenue, Frankenmuth, Michigan 48787, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint: Lindsey Minutillo, Michael Lischer Jr., Jennifer L. Clampert, Brandi J. Tetley, Nicole L. McCollam, Amy Coonts, Ashlea McCaughey, Desiree E. Westmoreland, Danielle Waring, Todd Alan Rambo, Myriah A. Valdivia, Tim Smith, Bret Burton, Monica F. Donatelli, Debra L. Walz, Morgan Wilkerson -Liu, Charissa D. Lecuyer, Elizabeth Drone Their true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, contracts and undertakings of suretyship, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000) This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following Resolution duly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of Frankenmuth Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, that the President, Senior Vice President or Vice President and each of them under their respective designations, hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer of the Company, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the given power of attorney, to execute on behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of Frankenmuth Insurance Company on all bonds, contracts and undertakings of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal heret}ntAW dd.tl}is 1 -7 day of NO V e,4NAoter, aR Q. C�S,t� Frankenmuth I surance Company Andrew H. Knudsen �- �, .' President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary STAT) F MICiir ) COUNTY`btG..S�►_lNAW Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of M ichigan, by Andrew H. Knudsen, to me personally known to be the individual and officer described in, and who executed the preceding instrument, deposed and said the Corporate Seal and his signature as Officer were affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority of the Company. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have set my hand, and affixed my Official Seal this _ day of i����1 Susan L. Fresorger, Notary PuMc � �� � � 0 Saginaw County, State of Michigan My Commission Expires: April 3, 202$ �'��G" '�C1. x �' I, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer of Frankenmuth Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the fbrggping is a trd o rect and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded and is in 11 force and effect as of this date. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the Seal of the Compa this 1 st day of March 2024 Frederick A. Edmond, Jr. Chief Executive Officer ALL CORRESPONDENCE RELATED TO BOND VALIDATION ANDIOR A CLAIM SHOULD BE DINECTED TO VP SURETY, 701 U.S ROUTE ONE, SUITE 1, YARMOUTH, ME 04096 IMPORTANT NOTICE TO ALL TEXAS POLICYHOLDERS IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Frankenmuth Insurance Company toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-704-421-7002 You may also write to Frankenmuth Insurance Company at: Frankenmuth Insurance Company One Mutual Avenue Frankenmuth, MI 48787 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the Frankenmuth Insurance Company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Para obtener information o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar at numero de telefono gratis de Frankenmuth Insurance Company para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1.704-421-7002 Usted tambien puede escribir a Frankenmuth Insurance Company: Frankenmuth Insurance Company One Mutual Avenue Frankenmuth, MI 48787 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el Frankenmuth Insurance Company primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. 00 ML0042 44 04 16 Page 1 of 1 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT FOR DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Article 1 — Definitions and Terminology.......... 1.01 Defined Terms ............................... 1.02 Terminology .................................. Article 2 — Preliminary Matters ....................... 2.01 Before Starting Construction...... 2.02 Preconstruction Conference........ 2.03 Public Meeting ............................ Page .............................................1 .............................................1 ............................................. 5 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 ....................................................... 6 Article 3 — Contract Documents and Amending............................................................................................... 6 3.01 Reference Standards..................................................................................................................... 6 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................. 6 Article 4 — Bonds and Insurance....................................................................................................................... 7 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers..................................................................................................... 7 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds........................................................................ 7 4.03 Certificates of Insurance............................................................................................................... 7 4.04 Contractor's Insurance.................................................................................................................. 9 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................12 Article 5 — Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................12 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent.................................................................................................12 5.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................13 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................13 5.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................14 5.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals".......................................................................................................14 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors).....................................16 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others...................................................................16 5.08 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................18 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................19 5.10 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................19 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas.......................................................................................................19 5.12 Record Documents......................................................................................................................20 5.13 Safety and Protection.................................................................................................................. 21 5.14 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................21 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs.............................................................................................22 5.16 Submittals....................................................................................................................................22 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................23 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 5.18 Indemnification ............................................ 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services 5.20 Right to Audit: ............................................. 5.21 Nondiscrimination ........................................ Article 6 - Other Work at the Site....... 6.01 Related Work at Site ....... Article 7 - City's Responsibilities ............................................ 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ....................... 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities ................ 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program ........................ Article 8 - City's Observation Status During Construction....... 8.01 City's Project Representative ................................. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work .............................. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work ...................................... 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed ...................... Article 9 - Changes in the Work ...................... 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 9.02 Notification to Surety ................... Article 10 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time 10.01 Change of Contract Price ........................................... 10.02 Change of Contract Time ........................................... 10.03 Delays......................................................................... Article 11 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ............ 11.01 Notice of Defects.............................................................................................................. 11.02 Access to Work................................................................................................................. 11.03 Tests and Inspections........................................................................................................ 11.04 Uncovering Work............................................................................................................. 11.05 City May Stop the Work................................................................................................... 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work...................................................................... 11.07 Correction Period.............................................................................................................. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work................................................................................... Article 12 - Completion ........................................... 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title ............ 12.02 Partial Utilization ................................. 12.03 Final Inspection .................................... 12.04 Final Acceptance .................................. Article 13 - Suspension of Work ..................................... 13.01 City May Suspend Work ............................. Article 14 - Miscellaneous ......................................... 14.01 Giving Notice ......................................... CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS - DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 24 24 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 27 a a ... 29 ... 29 ... 29 ... 29 ... 30 ... 30 ... 30 ... 30 ... 31 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 32 ................................. 33 ............................................................. 33 ............................................................. 33 34 34 14.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................ 34 14.03 Cumulative Remedies................................................................................................................. 34 14.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................35 14.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................35 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 1 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 1 of 35 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed -defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Agreement - The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Developer and Contractor covering the Work 2. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 3. Business Day — A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 4. Buzzsaw — City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 5. Calendar Day — A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 6. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a Texas home -rule municipal corporation, acting by, its governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized pursuant to its duly authorized charter on his behalf. 7. Community Facilities Agreement (CFA) A Contract between the Developer and the City for the Construction of one or more following public facilities within the City public right-of- way or easement: Water, Sanitary Sewer, Street, Storm Drain, Street Light, and Street Signs. A CFA may include private facilities within the right-of-way dedicated as private right-of- way or easement on a recorded plat. 8. Contract —The entire and integrated written document incorporating the Contract Documents between the Developer, Contractor, and/or City concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 9. Contract Documents —Those items that make up the contract and which must include the Agreement, and it's attachments such as standard construction specifications, standard City Conditions, other general conditions of the Developer, including: a. An Agreement CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10-2 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 2 of 35 b. Attachments to the Agreement i. Bid Form ii. Vendor Compliance with State Law Non -Resident Bidder iii. Prequalification Statement C. Current Prevailing Wage Rates Table (if required by City) d. Insurance Accord Form e. Payment Bond f. Performance Bond g. Maintenance Bond h. Power of Attorney for Bonds i. Workers Compensation Affidavit j. MWBE Commitment Form( If required by City) k. General Conditions 1. Supplementary Conditions in. The Standard City Conditions n. Specifications specifically made part of the Contract Documents by attachment, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents o. Drawings P. Documentation submitted by contractor prior to Notice of Award. q. The following which may be delivered or issued after the effective date if the Agreement and, if issued become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents i. Notice to Proceed ii. Field Orders iii. Change Orders iv. Letters of Final Acceptance r. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 10. Contractor —The individual or entity with whom Developer has entered into the Agreement. 11. Day or day —A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 12. Developer — An individual or entity that desires to make certain improvements within the City of Fort Worth 13. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 14. Engineer —The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the Developer. 15. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Developer and/or Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 3 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 3 of 35 16. Final Inspection — Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 17. General Requirements —A part of the Contract Documents between the Developer and a Contractor. 18. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 19. Liens —Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 20. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 21. Non -Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and reviewed by the City, which is signed by Contractor, and Developer, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 22. Participating Change Order —A document, which is prepared for and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor, Developer, and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 23. Plans — See definition of Drawings. 24. Project Schedule —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 25. Project —The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 26. Project Representative —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 27. Public Meeting — An announced meeting conducted by the Developer to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 28. Regular Working Hours — Hours beginning at 7: 00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday (excluding legal holidays). 29. Samples Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 4 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 4 of 35 30. Schedule of Submittals —A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 31. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City or Developer upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City or Developer which are designated for the use of Contractor. 32. Specifications —That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 33. Standard City Conditions — That part of the Contract Documents setting forth requirements of the City. 34. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of apart of the Work at the Site. 35. Submittals All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 36. Superintendent — The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and/or Developer and to act for the Contractor. 37. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements the General Conditions. 38. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 39. Underground Facilities All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 40. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9: 00 a. in. and ending at 5: 00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 5 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 5 of 35 41. Work —The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Participating Change Order, Non -Participating Change Order, or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 42. Working Day — A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p. m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.13 through D are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. C. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. D. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 6 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 6 of 35 ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit to City in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. New schedules will be submitted to City when Participating Change Orders or Non - Participating Change Orders occur. 2.02 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.03 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AMENDING 3.01 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.02 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Participating Change Order or a Non -Participating Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 7 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 7 of 35 1. City's or Engineer's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5.16.C); or 2. City's written interpretation or clarification. ARTICLE 4 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 4.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverage so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided Section 4.04. 4.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the name of Developer and City, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in the name of Developer and City in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney -in -fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney -in -fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 4.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.02.C. 4.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to Developer and City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in these Standard City Conditions certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10- 8 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 8 of 35 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, an as "Additional Insured" on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in these Standard City Conditions. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 6. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 7. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims -made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims -made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 8. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 9. Any self -insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 0073 10-9 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 9 of 35 lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, must also be approved by City. 10. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first -dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 11. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 12. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either parry or the underwriter on any such policies. 13. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's insurance. 4.04 Contractor's Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. The limits of liability for the insurance shall provide the following coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations a. Statutory limits b. Employer's liability CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 10 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 10 of 35 1) $100,000 each accident/occurrence 2) $100,000 Disease - each employee 3) $500,000 Disease - policy limit B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. 1. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project 2. Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with minimum limits of: a. $1,000,000 each occurrence b. $2,000,000 aggregate limit 3. The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment — Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 4. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's. Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1. Automobile Liability, Contractor's Liability Insurance under this Section, which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: a. Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", defined as autos owned, hired and non -owned. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 11 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 11 of 35 1) $1, 000, 000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at least: 2) $250,000 Bodily Injury per person 3) $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 4) $100,000 Property Damage D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks owned and operated by: Write the name of the railroad company. (If none, then write none) 2. The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a "Right of Entry Agreement" with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute the right -of -entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company's properties. 3. The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, occupy, or touch railroad property: a. General Aggregate: b. Each Occurrence: : Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) Enter limits provided by Railroad Company (If none, write none) 4. With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: a. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at -grade crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. b. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights -of - CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 12 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 12 of 35 way, the Contractor may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. c. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at -grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at -grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade separation. d. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of-way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work may be at two or more separate locations. 5. No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. 6. The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 4.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the Developer and City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the Developer or City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Developer or City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 5 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 5.01 Supervision and Superintendent A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 13 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 13 of 35 Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 5.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 5.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 14 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 14 of 35 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.01 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 9. Adjustments in Contract Time for projects with City participation shall be made by participating change orders. 5.05 Substitutes and "Or -Equals " A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or -Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or -equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 5.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 15 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 15 of 35 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item under Paragraph 5.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: i. perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; ii. be similar in substance to that specified; iii. be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: i. the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; ii. whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; iii. whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: i. all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; ii. available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 16 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 16 of 35 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 5.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A and 5.05.13. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an "or -equal." City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 5.05.A.2 and 5.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or -equal" at Contractor's expense. G. Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Participating Change Order. 5.06 Pre -Qualification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) A. The Contractor and any subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types requiring pre -qualification 5.07 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 17 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 17 of 35 ❑ Required for this Contract. (Check this box if there is any City Participation) ❑ Not Required for this Contract. It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (MWBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MWBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MWBE Ordinance (as amended) by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MWBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MWBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall, upon request by City, allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MWBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the Contract. Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. B. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. D. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. E. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of these Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 18 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 18 of 35 Documents, Contractor shall provide City contract numbers and reference numbers to the Subcontractors and/or Suppliers. 5.08 Wage Rates ❑ Required for this Contract. ❑ Not Required for this Contract. A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 1 Ith day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 19 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 19 of 35 occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 5.09 Patent Fees and Royalties A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 5.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.01. 5.11 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 20 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 20 of 35 other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 5.18, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City or Developer, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and shall be entitled to recover its cost in doing so. The City may withhold Final Acceptance until clean-up is complete and cost are recovered. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 5.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 21 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 21 of 35 Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and imbedded items. 5.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 5.13.A.2 or 5.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 5.14 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 22 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 22 of 35 5.15 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 5.16 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance. Each submittal will be identified as required by City. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For -Information -Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 5.16.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 23 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 23 of 35 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City or Developer of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 24 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 24 of 35 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 4.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 5.18 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 5.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 25 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 25 of 35 C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 5.19, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 5.16.C. 5.20 Right to Audit: A. The City reserves the right to audit all projects utilizing City funds B. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. D. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 5.21 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit - related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 26 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 26 of 35 ARTICLE 6 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 6.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. ARTICLE 7 — CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 11.03. 7.02 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 27 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 27 of 35 7.03 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 5.13. ARTICLE 8 — CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 8.01 City's Project Representative City will provide one or more Project Representative(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. A. City's Project Representative will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Representative will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Representative's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Representative's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents. 8.02 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City Developer, and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 8.03 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 11, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 28 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 28 of 35 8.04 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). ARTICLE 9 — CHANGES IN THE WORK 9.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Participating Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price on a project with City participation, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 9.02 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 10.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Participating Change Order for projects with City participation. 10.03 Delays A. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 29 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 29 of 35 ARTICLE 11— TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 11.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 11.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 11.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re -tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations approved by City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 11.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 30 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 30 of 35 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 11.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. Developer/Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue a letter of Final Acceptance until the Testing Lab is Paid E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. 11.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. 11.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 11.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 11.06 or Paragraph 11.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 11.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 31 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 31 of 35 Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 5.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 11.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor and Developer should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 11.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 11.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 11.08 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 11.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor and the Developer, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 32 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 32 of 35 stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 11.09. ARTICLE 12 — COMPLETION 12.01 Contractor's Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment will pass to City no later than the time of Final Acceptance and shall be free and clear of all Liens. 12.02 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 12.03 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 33 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 33 of 35 1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 12.04 Final Acceptance A. Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance upon the satisfaction of the following: 1. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; 2. consent of the surety, if any, to Final Acceptance; 3. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and 4. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 5. after all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 6. Issuing Final Acceptance by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. ARTICLE 13 — SUSPENSION OF WORK 13.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will stop contract time on City participation projects. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 34 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 34 of 35 available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. ARTICLE 14 — MISCELLANEOUS 14.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given i£ 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 14.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 14.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 00 73 10- 35 Standard City Conditions Of The Construction Contract For Developer Awarded Projects Page 35 of 35 14.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 14.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CITY CONDITIONS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS Revised: January 10, 2013 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 011100-1 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK Paget of 3 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and Specifications. B. Subsidiary Work 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. C. Use of Premises 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and equipment stored on the Site. 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights -of -way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-2 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 1 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 2 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 3 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 4 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 5 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 6 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 7 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 8 D. Work within Easements 9 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 10 obtained permission ftom the owner of such property. 11 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 12 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 13 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 14 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights -of -way or easements of 15 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 16 Work as a part of the project construction operations. 17 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 18 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 19 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 20 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 21 other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 22 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 23 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 24 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 25 Work. 26 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 27 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 28 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 29 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 30 ftom any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 31 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 32 equipment. 33 6. Fence 34 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project 35 to the original or a better than original condition. 36 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 37 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 38 provide site security. 39 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 40 closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the 41 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 011100-3 DAP SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 12 13 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — Developer Awarded Projects 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 012500-1 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 4 The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: a. Name of manufacturer b. Name of vendor c. Trade name d. Catalog number 2. Substitutions are not "or -equals". B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Request for Substitution - General 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or catalog numbers. a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as determined by City. 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions under the following conditions: a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; or, CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 012500-2 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 1. Substitution shall be considered only: a. After award of Contract b. Under the conditions stated herein 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: a. Documentation 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is proposed 3) Data relating to changes in cost b. For products 1) Product identification a) Manufacturer's name b) Telephone number and representative contact name c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original product in the Contract Documents 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed product with Contract Documents 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: a) Size b) Composition or materials of construction c) Weight d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 4) Product experience a) Location of past projects utilizing product b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 5) Samples a) Provide at request of City. b) Samples become the property of the City. c. For construction methods: 1) Detailed description of proposed method 2) Illustration drawings C. Approval or Rejection 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 3. In the event the substitution is approved, if a reduction in cost or time results, it will be documented by Change Order. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 012500-3 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 4. Substitution will be rejected if. a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section c. In the Developer's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design d. In the City's or Developer's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function consistent with the design intent 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor represents that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which it is intended 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be complete in all respects 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently arise 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 012500-4 DAP SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: PROJECT: DATE: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Fill in Blanks Below: A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: Equal Better (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: For Use by City Signature Recommended as noted Firm Not recommended Address By Date Date Remarks Telephone For Use by City: Approved Rejected City Date Recommended Received late CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013119-1 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING SECTION 01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 3 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to clarify construction contract administration procedures B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. No construction schedule required unless requested by the City. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for future reference. B. Preconstruction Meeting 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the delivery of the distribution package to the City. a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 3. Attendance shall include: a. Developer and Consultant b. Contractor's project manager c. Contractor's superintendent d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the City may request CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 01 31 19 - 2 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 e. Other City representatives f. Others as appropriate 4. Preliminary Agenda may include: a. Introduction of Project Personnel b. General Description of Project c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits d. Contractor's work plan and schedule e. Contract Time f. Notice to Proceed g. Construction Staking h. Progress Payments i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures j. Field Orders k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 1. Insurance Renewals m. Payroll Certification n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing o. Public Safety and Convenience p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions q. Weekend Work Notification r. Legal Holidays s. Trench Safety Plans t. Confined Space Entry Standards u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water systems v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan w. Coordination with other Contractors x. Early Warning System y. Contractor Evaluation z. Special Conditions applicable to the project aa. Damages Claims bb. Submittal Procedures cc. Substitution Procedures dd. Correspondence Routing ee. Record Drawings ff. Temporary construction facilities gg. MBE/SBE procedures hh. Final Acceptance ii. Final Payment J. Questions or Comments CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013119-3 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013233-1 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0132 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: a. Preconstruction Videos B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. Though not mandatory, it is highly recommended on infill developer projects. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preconstruction Video 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the vicinity of and to be affected by construction. a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety period. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 01 32 33 - 2 DAP PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 SECTION 0133 00 DAP SUBMITTALS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 013300-1 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following Work -related submittals: a. Shop Drawings b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals) c. Samples d. Mock Ups B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination of Submittal Times a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including, but not limited to: a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) b) Coordination with other submittals c) Testing d) Purchasing e) Fabrication f) Delivery g) Similar sequenced activities c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-2 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Submittal Numbering When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- reference identification numbering system in the following manner: a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03 30 00-08-B 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop drawing C. Contractor Certification Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: a. Field measurements b. Field construction criteria c. Catalog numbers and similar data d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor with a Certification Statement affixed including: a. The Contractor's Company name b. Signature of submittal reviewer c. Certification Statement 1) `By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." D. Submittal Format 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches to 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches. 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 3. Order a. Cover Sheet 1) Description of Packet 2) Contractor Certification b. List of items / Table of Contents c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations E. Submittal Content 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-3 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 2. The Project title and number 3. Contractor identification 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and paragraph(s) 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps F. Shop Drawings 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Custom -prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings b. Scheduled information c. Setting diagrams d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions e. Custom templates f. Special wiring diagrams g. Coordination drawings h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 1) Performance curves and certifications i. As applicable to the Work 2. Details a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting for approval. G. Product Data 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog data) 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions 2) Availability of colors and patterns 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 4) Roughing -in diagrams and templates 5) Catalog cuts 6) Product photographs CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-4 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 7) Standard wiring diagrams 8) Printed performance curves and operational -range diagrams 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 10) Mill reports 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare -parts listing and printed product warranties 12) As applicable to the Work H. Samples As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on -site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's risk. 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. J. Submittal Distribution Electronic Distribution a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the City. b. Shop Drawings 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. c. Product Data 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 2) Hard Copies a) 3 copies for all submittals d. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-5 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 a. Shop Drawings 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals b) 7 copies for all other submittals c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. b. Product Data 1) Distributed to the City 2) Copies a) 4 copies c. Samples 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 2) Copies a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required, to the job site file and elsewhere as directed by the City. a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number previously specified. K. Submittal Review 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions, and materials c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise provided herein 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will have no responsibility therefore. 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: a. Code 1 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN' is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. b. Code 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-6 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. c. Code 3 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non -conforming items that were noted. c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. d. Code 4 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 6. Resubmittals a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method a) At Contractor's risk if not marked b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's expense. 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City Representative's then prevailing rates. 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for all such fees invoiced by the City. c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. 7. Partial Submittals a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's discretion. b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be provided thereof to the Developer at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-7 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days following receipt of submittal by the City. L. Mock ups 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. M. Qualifications 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. Certification for each item required. N. Request for Information (RFI) 1. Contractor Request for additional information a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and Specifications 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 2. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 013300-8 DAP SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] D 31111=1x4011130 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised August 30, 2013 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 SECTION 0145 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all Quality Control testing. b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality Assurance testing. 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance testing until a passing test occurs. a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Testing 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Coordination a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently in advance, when testing is needed. b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 3. Distribution of Testing Reports a. Electronic Distribution 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be uploaded to the City's document management system, or another form of distribution approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 01 45 23 DAP TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3) Hard Copies a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 1) Tests performed by City a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 2) Tests performed by the Contractor a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: a. Name of pit b. Date of delivery c. Material delivered B. Inspection 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 03/20/2020 D.V. Magana Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that electronic submittals be uploaded through the City's document management system. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 20, 2020 015526-1 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 3 SECTION 0155 26 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Administrative procedures for: a. Street Use Permit b. Modification of approved traffic control c. Removal of Street Signs B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Traffic Control 1. General a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provide Traffic Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for review. 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. B. Street Use Permit 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City Transportation and Public Works Department. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 015526-2 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. 2) Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control Prior to installation traffic control: a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and Public Works Department. 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 3) It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. D. Removal of Street Sign 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to remove the sign. E. Temporary Signage 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. 3. When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be reinstalled, contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign. F. Traffic Control Standards 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's Buzzsaw website. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 015526-3 DAP STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised July 1, 2011 016600-1 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0166 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Scheduling of product delivery 2. Packaging of products for delivery 3. Protection of products against damage from: a. Handling b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING A. Delivery Requirements 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation and to avoid prolonged storage. 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 66 00 - 2 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or environmental damage. 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation location. 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. B. Handling Requirements 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. C. Storage Requirements 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Specifications. 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in vicinity of Work. 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 5. Provide off -site storage and protection when on -site storage is not adequate. a. Provide addresses of and access to off -site storage locations for inspection by City's Project Representative. 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to satisfaction of City's Project Representative. a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 016600-3 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. B. Non -Conforming Work 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way unsatisfactory for use on the project. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in storage. C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by the manufacturer. 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 66 00 - 4 DAP PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 017123-1 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 4 SECTION 01 71 23 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Construction Staking a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Construction Survey a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the State of Texas. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 71 23 - 2 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 4 B. Field Quality Control Submittals 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Staking 1. Construction staking will be performed by the City. 2. Coordination a. Contact City's Project Representative at least 2 weeks in advance for scheduling of Construction Staking. b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 3. General a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes furnished by City. b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor's neglect, such that the contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to pay the City for new staking with a 25 percent markup. The cost for staking will be deducted from the payment due to the Contractor for the Project. B. Construction Survey 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the City. 2. Coordination a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains intact. b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey. c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. d. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage caused during construction operations. 1) City shall perform replacements and/or restorations. General a. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. b. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but not limited to the following: 1) All Utility Lines a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or junction structure 2) Water Lines a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following locations: (1) Every 250 linear feet CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 71 23 - 3 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 4 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All Fittings) (3) Cathodic protection test stations (4) Sampling stations (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) (6) Fire lines (7) Fire hydrants (8) Gate valves (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) (12) Pressure plane valves (13) Cleaning wyes (14) Casing pipe (each end) b) Storm Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. c) Sanitary Sewer (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at the following locations: (a) Every 250 linear feet (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (c) Cleanouts c. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line and grade required by these Specifications. d. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to perform construction survey and to verify control data, including but not limited to the following: 1) Established benchmarks and control points provided for the Contractor's use are accurate 2) Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades for tunneling 3) Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to beginning each tunneling drive. 5) Provide access for the City to verify the guidance system and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and the correction of it, as required. 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe joint and submit daily records to City. 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 71 23 - 4 DAP CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the City in accordance with this Specification. B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4/7/2014 M.Domenech Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 0174 23 CLEANING PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017423-1 DAP CLEANING Page 1 of 4 A. Section Includes: 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed systems specified elsewhere B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro -Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final inspection. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those materials. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 74 23 - 2 DAP CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 2. New and uncontaminated 3. For manufactured surfaces a. Material recommended by manufacturer 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of governing authorities. 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 74 23 - 3 DAP CLEANING Page 3 of 4 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with this project. 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work. 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 10. Do not burn on -site. B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of personnel in existing facility operations. 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. C. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. a. Re -seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance with Section 32 92 13. 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, junction boxes and inlets. 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by City, remove erosion control from site. 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 DATE NAME 4/7/2014 M.Domenech END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE Revised for DAP application 01 74 23 - 4 DAP CLEANING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 SECTION 0177 19 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 017719-1 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 A. Section Includes: 1. The procedure for closing out a contract B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the City. B. Release of Liens or Claims 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the City. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 017719-2 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 0178 39 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 0178 23 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 01 74 23. C. Final Inspection 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work is completed. a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the City. 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent Final Inspection of the project. 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: a. Specified spare parts b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks d. Light bulbs e. Fuses f. Vault keys g. Handwheels h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment D. Notice of Project Completion CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 017719-3 DAP CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet). E. Supporting Documentation 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following additional forms: a. Final Payment Request b. Statement of Contract Time c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment e. Pipe Report (if required) £ Contractor's Evaluation of City g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor F. Letter of Final Acceptance 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME 4/7/2014 M.Domenech END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE Revised for DAP application CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 017839-1 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 0178 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project documents, including: a. Record Drawings b. Water Meter Service Reports c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports d. Large Water Meter Reports B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to City's Project Representative. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accuracy of Records 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 39 - 2 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the City's approval. a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Job Set 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 017839-3 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 2. Preservation a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set. b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 3. Coordination with Construction Survey a. At a minimum clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with installation of the infrastructure. 4. Making entries on Drawings a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. c. Date all entries. d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping changes. Conversion of schematic layouts a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the City's approval. 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the City. B. Final Project Record Documents Transfer of data to Drawings a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 01 78 39 - 4 DAP PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. 2. Transfer of data to other Documents a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the City. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME 4/7/2014 M.Domenech END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE Revised for DAP Application CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS — DEVELOPER AWARDED PROJECTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 7, 2014 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 02 4113 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 0241 13 -1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page I of 5 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Removing sidewalks and steps 7 2. Removing ADA ramps, landings, and detectable warning surfaces 8 3. Removing driveways 9 4. Removing fences 10 5. Removing guardrail 11 6. Removing retaining walls (less than 4 feet tall) 12 7. Removing mailboxes 13 8. Removing rip rap 14 9. Removing miscellaneous concrete structures including porches and foundations 15 10. Disposal of removed materials 16 B. Deviations this from City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 19 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract 21 2. Division 1— General Requirements 22 3. Section 3123 23 — Borrow 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Measurement 26 a. Remove Sidewalk: Measure by square foot. 27 b. Remove Steps: measure by the square foot as seen in the plan view only. 28 c. Remove ADA Ramp: measure by each. 29 d. Remove Detectable Warning Surface: measure by each 30 e. Remove Driveway: measure by the square foot by type. 31 f. Remove Fence: measure by the linear foot. 32 g. Remove Guardrail: measure by the linear foot along the face of the rail in place 33 including metal beam guard fence transitions and single guard rail terminal 34 sections from the center of end posts. 35 h. Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): measure by the linear foot 36 i. Remove Mailbox, Remove and Replace Mailbox, and Relocate Mailbox: 37 measure by each. 38 j. Remove Rip Rap: measure by the square foot. 39 k. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: measure by the lump sum. 40 2. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 0241 13 -2 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 2of5 ] a. Remove Sidewalk: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, 2 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. 3 Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall (including sidewalk that acts 4 as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk removal. For utility projects, this 5 Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation 6 will be allowed. 7 b. Remove Steps: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, 8 tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility 9 projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other 10 compensation will be allowed. 11 c. Remove ADA Ramp and landing: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, 12 hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute 13 work. Work includes ramp landing removal. For utility projects, this Item shall 14 be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation willbe 15 allowed. 16 d. Remove Detectable Warning Surface: full compensation for removal, hauling, 17 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. Work 18 includes detectable warning surface removal from ramp. 19 e. Remove Driveway: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, 20 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove improved 21 driveway by type. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary 22 to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 23 f. Remove Fence: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, 24 equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove fence. For utility projects, 25 this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other 26 compensation will be allowed. 27 g. Remove Guardrail: full compensation for removing materials, loading, hauling, 28 unloading, and storing or disposal; furnishing backfill material; backfilling the 29 postholes; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. For utility projects, this 30 Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation 31 will be allowed. 32 h. Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): full compensation for saw 33 cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals 34 needed to execute work. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall 35 (including sidewalk that acts as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk 36 removal. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the 37 trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 38 i. Remove Mailbox: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, 39 equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, 40 this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other 41 compensation will be allowed. 42 j. Remove and Replace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox: full compensation for 43 removal, hauling, disposal or relocation, and installation or construction of 44 replacement, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work for 45 different types: traditional pipe and mailbox or brick mailbox, at equal or better 46 condition on completion 47 k. Remove Rip Rap: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, 48 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For 49 utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no 50 other compensation will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 0241 13 -3 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 5 1 1. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: full compensation for saw cutting, 2 removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to 3 execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to 4 the trench and no other compensation willbe allowed. 5 1.3 REFERENCES 6 A. Definitions 7 1. Improved Driveway: Driveway constructed of concrete, asphalt paving or brick unit 8 pavers. 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Fill Material: See Section 3123 23. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 28 3.4 REMOVAL 29 A. Remove Sidewalk 30 1. Remove sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 31 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 32 B. Remove Steps 33 1. Remove step to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 34 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 35 C. Remove ADA Ramp CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 0241 13 -4 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 4of5 1 1. Sawcut existing curb and gutter and pavement prior to wheelchair ramp removal. 2 See 3.4.K 3 2. Remove ramp to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint on 4 existing sidewalk. 5 D. Remove Detectable Warning Surface 6 1. Remove old detectable warning surface from ramp, including either pavers or 7 prefabricated panels 8 2. Clean any glue or residue from the surface 9 E. Remove Driveway 10 1. Sawcut existing drive, curb and gutter and pavement prior to drive removal. See 11 3.4.K 12 2. Remove drive to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 13 3. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 14 4. Remove adjacent sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction 15 joint on existing sidewalk. 16 F. Remove Fence 17 1. Remove all fence components above and below ground and backfill with acceptable 18 fill material. 19 2. Use caution in removing and salvaging fence materials. 20 3. Salvaged materials may be used to reconstruct fence as approved by City or as 21 shown on Drawings. 22 4. Contractor responsible for keeping animals (livestock, pets, etc.) within the fenced 23 areas during construction operation and while removing fences. 24 G. Remove Guardrail 25 1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 26 2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail and then pull the posts. 27 3. Do not mar or damage salvageable materials during removal. 28 4. Completely remove posts and any concrete surrounding the posts. 29 5. Furnish backfill material and backfill the hole with material equal in composition 30 and density to the surrounding soil unless otherwise directed. 31 6. Cut off or bend down eyebolts anchored to the dead man to an elevation at least 1- 32 foot below the new subgrade elevation and leave in place along with the dead man. 33 H. Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall) 34 1. Remove wall to nearest existing joint. 35 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K. 36 3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 37 4. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall: See 3.4.A 38 I. Remove Mailbox 39 1. Salvage existing materials for reuse. Mailbox materials may need to be used for 40 reconstruction. 41 J. Remove Rip Rap CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 0241 13 -5 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 5 1 1. Remove rip rap to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction joint. 2 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K 3 K Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure 4 1. Remove portions of miscellaneous concrete structures including foundations and 5 slabs that do not interfere with proposed construction to 2 feet below the finished 6 ground line. 7 2. Cut reinforcement close to the portion of the concrete to remain in place. 8 3. Break or perforate the bottom of structures to remain to prevent the entrapment of 9 water. 10 L. Sawcut 11 1. Sawing Equipment 12 a. Power -driven 13 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement 14 c. In good operating condition 15 d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement to the removal area 16 2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface completely through existing pavement. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27 END OF SECTION 28 29 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified Payment - Items will be subsidiary to trench on utility projects 3/11/2022 M Owen/S Hobbs Added measurement and payment for Remove andReplace Mailbox and Relocate Mailbox and Remove Detectable Warning Surface CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 024115-1 PAVING REMOVAL Page 1 of 6 SECTION 02 4115 PAVING REMOVAL PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Removing concrete paving, asphalt paving and brick paving 2. Removing concrete curb and gutter 3. Removing concrete valley gutter 4. Milling roadway paving 5. Pulverization of existing pavement 6. Disposal of removed materials B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 11 33 - Cement Treated Base Courses 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Remove Concrete Paving: measure by the square yard from back-to-back of curbs. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: measure by the square yard between the lips of gutters. c. Remove Brick Paving: measure by the square yard. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: measure by the linear foot. e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: measure by the square yard f. Wedge Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. g. Surface Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness. h. Butt Milling: measured by the linear foot. i. Pavement Pulverization: measure by the square yard. j. Remove Speed Cushion: measure by each. 2. Payment a. Remove Concrete Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. b. Remove Asphalt Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 2 PAVING REMOVAL Page 2 of 6 c. Remove Brick Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, salvaging, cleaning, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. f. Wedge Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. g. Surface Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. h. Butt Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to execute the work. i. Pavement Pulverization: full compensation for all labor, material, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to pulverize, remove and store the pulverized material, undercut the base, mixing, compaction, haul off, sweep, and dispose of the undercut material. j. Remove speed cushion: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals needed to execute the work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. k. No payment for saw cutting of pavement or curbs and gutters will be made under this section. Include cost of such work in unit prices for items listed in bid form requiring saw cutting. 1. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated on plans, or for pavements or structures removed for CONTRACTOR's convenience. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 024115-3 PAVING REMOVAL Page 3 of 6 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.2 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Mark paving removal limits for City approval prior to beginning removal. 2. Identify known utilities below grade - Stake and flag locations. 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL A. General. 1. Exercise caution to minimize damage to underground utilities. 2. Minimize amount of earth removed. 3. Remove paving to neatly sawed joints. 4. Use care to prevent fracturing adjacent, existing pavement. B. Sawing 1. Sawing Equipment. a. Power -driven. b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement. c. In good operating condition. d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement structure adjacent to the removal area. 2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth, parallel and perpendicular to existing joint. 3. Sawcut parallel to the original sawcut in square or rectangular fashion. 4. If a Sawcut falls within 5 feet of an en existing dummy joint, construction joint, saw joint, cold joint, expansion joint, edge of paving or gutter lip, remove paving to that joint, edge or lip. 5. If a pavement edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting, saw to a new, neat, straight line for the purpose of removing the damaged area. C. Remove Concrete Paving and Concrete Valley Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3A.B. 2. Remove concrete to the nearest expansion joint or vertical saw cut. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 4 PAVING REMOVAL Page 4 of 6 D. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.B. 2. Minimum limits of removal: 30 inches in length. E. Remove Asphalt Paving 1. Sawcut: See 3.4.B. 2. Remove pavement without disturbing the base material. 3. When shown on the plans or as directed, stockpile materials designated as salvageable at designated sites. 4. Prepare stockpile area by removing vegetation and trash and by providing for proper drainage. F. Milling 1. General a. Mill surfaces to the depth shown in the plans or as directed. b. Do not damage or disfigure adjacent work or existing surface improvements. c. If milling exposes smooth underlying pavement surfaces, mill the smooth surface to make rough. d. Provide safe temporary transition where vehicles or pedestrians must pass over the milled edges. e. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces. f. Stockpiling of planed material will not be permitted within the right of way unless approved by the City. g. If the existing base is brick and cannot be milled, remove a 5 foot width of the existing brick base. See 3.3.G. for brick paving removal. 2. Milling Equipment a. Power operated milling machine capable of removing, in one pass or two passes, the necessary pavement thickness in a five-foot minimum width. b. Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate depth of cut and slope. c. Equipped with an integral loading and reclaiming means to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings into a truck, all in one operation. d. Equipped with means to control dust created by the cutting action. e. Equipped with a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of cut while the machine is in motion making it possible to cut flush to all inlets, manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area. f. Variable Speed in order to leave the specified grid pattern. g. Equipped to minimize air pollution. 3. Wedge Milling and Surface Milling a. Wedge Mill existing asphalt, concrete or brick pavement from the lip of gutter at a depth of 2 inches and transitioning to match the existing pavement (0-inch cut) at a minimum width of 5 feet. b. Surface Mill existing asphalt pavement to the depth specified, c. Provide a milled surface that provides a uniform surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other imperfections of workmanship with a uniform textured appearance. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 024115-5 PAVING REMOVAL Page 5 of 6 d. In all situations where the existing H.M.A.C. surface contacts the curb face, the wedge milling includes the removal of the existing asphalt covering the gutter up to and along the face of curb. e. Perform wedge or surface milling operation in a continuous manner along both sides of the street or as directed. 4. Butt Joint Milling a. Mill butt joints into the existing surface, in association with the wedge milling operation. b. Butt joint will provide a full width transition section and a constant depth at the point where the new overlay is terminated. c. Typical locations for butt joints are at all beginning and ending points of streets where paving material is removed. Prior to the milling of the butt joints, consult with the City for proper location and limits of these joints. d. Butt Milled joints are required on both sides of all railroad tracks and concrete valley gutters, bridge decks and culverts and all other items which transverse the street and end the continuity of the asphalt surface. e. Make each butt joint 20 feet long and milled out across the full width of the street section to a tapered depth of 2 inch. f. Taper the milled area within the 20-feet to a depth from 0-inch to 2-inch at a line adjacent to the beginning and ending points or intermediate transverse items. g. Provide a temporary wedge of asphalt at all butt joints to provide a smooth ride over the bump. G. Remove Brick Paving 1. Remove masonry paving units to the limits specified in the plans or as directed by the City. 2. Salvage existing bricks for re -use, clean, palletize, and deliver to the City Stock pile yard at 3300 Yuma Street or as directed. H. Pavement Pulverization 1. Pulverization a. Pulverize the existing pavement to depth of 8 inches. See Section 32 1133. b. Temporarily remove and store the 8-inch deep pulverized material, then cut the base 2 inches. c. Start 2-inch base cut at a depth of 8 inches from the existing pulverized surface. 2. Cement Application a. Use 3.5% Portland cement. b. See Section 32 1133. 3. Mixing: see Section 32 1133. 4. Compaction: see Section 32 1133. 5. Finishing: see Section 32 1133. 6. Curing: see Section 32 1133. 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of H.M.A.C. and crushed stone/gravel: a. Undercut not required b. Pulverize 10 inches deep. c. Remove 2-inch the total pulverized amount. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 0241 15 - 6 PAVING REMOVAL Page 6 of 6 I. Remove speed cushion 1. Scrape or sawcut speed cushion from existing pavement without damaging existing pavement. 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A — modified payment requirements on utility projects 2/2/2016 F. Griffin 1.2.A.2.b. — Removed duplicate last sentence. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 2, 2016 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 -1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 25 5 A Section Includes: 6 1. Cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 7 mixture design, placement procedures and finishes, for the following: 8 a. Piers 9 b. Footings 10 c. Slabs -on -grade 11 d. Foundation walls 12 e. Retaining walls (non TxDOT) 13 f. Suspended slabs 14 g. Blocking 15 h. Cast -in -place manholes 16 i. Concrete vaults for meters and valves 17 j. Concrete encasement of utility lines 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1— General Requirements 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Cast -in -Place Concrete 25 1. Measurement 26 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 27 2. Payment 28 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 30 will be allowed. 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Definitions 33 1. Cementitious Materials 34 a. Portland cement alone or in combination with 1 or more of the following: 35 1) Blended hydraulic cement 36 2) Fly ash 37 3) Other pozzolans 38 4) Ground granulated blast -furnace slag CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 25 1 5) Silica fume 2 b. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 5 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 6 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation (AASHTO): 8 a. M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf. 9 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 10 a. ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 11 b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete 12 c. ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 13 d. ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 14 e. ACI 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete 15 f. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 16 g. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete 17 4. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 18 a. 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 19 5. ASTM International (ASTM): 20 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 21 b. Al53, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel 22 Hardware. 23 c. Al93, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting 24 Materials for High -Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose 25 Applications. 26 d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for 27 Concrete Reinforcement. 28 e. A706, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for 29 Concrete Reinforcement. 30 f. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 31 Field. 32 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 33 h. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 34 Specimens. 35 i. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 36 Beams of Concrete. 37 j. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 38 k. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 39 Mortars (Using 2-inch or {50-milimeter] Cube Specimens) 40 1. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete. 41 in. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 42 n. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 43 o. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 44 p. C219, Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement. 45 q. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 46 Pressure Method. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 03 30 00 - 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 25 r. C260, Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. s. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. t. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. u. C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements v. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. w. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. x. C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. y. C1017, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete. z. C1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. aa. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic - Cement Concrete. bb. C1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. cc. E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers. dd. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 6. American Welding Society (AWS). a. D1.1, Structural Welding Code -Steel. b. D1.4, Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel. 7. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) a. Manual of Standard Practice 8. Texas Department of Transportation a. Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets and Bridges 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A. Work Included 1. Design, fabrication, erection and stripping of formwork for cast -in -place concrete including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems, prefabricated forms, void forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys, blockouts, sleeves, pockets and accessories. a. Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other trades. 2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate, deliver and install reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast -in -place concrete, including steel bars, welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves. 3. Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following: a. Cast -in -place concrete b. Concrete mix designs c. Grouting CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 25 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 4 specials. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data 7 1. Required for each type of product indicated 8 B. Design Mixtures 9 1. For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI 10 318, chapter 5. 11 2. Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance. 12 3. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project condi- 13 tions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 14 4. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 15 a. Include this quantity on delivery ticket. 16 C. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information 17 1. Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem- 18 ical analysis. 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Manufacturer Qualifications 23 1. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that com- 24 plies with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment 25 2. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCNs "Certification of Ready Mixed 26 Concrete Production Facilities" 27 B. Source Limitations 28 1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same 29 manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from 1 source and obtain admixtures through 30 1 source from a single manufacturer. 31 C. ACI Publications 32 1. Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Docu- 33 ments: 34 a. ACI 301 Sections 1 through 5 35 b. ACI117 36 D. Concrete Testing Service 37 1. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 25 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Steel Reinforcement 3 1. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 4 2. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 5 B. Waterstops 6 1. Store waterstops undercover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil and other 7 contaminants. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OR OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. b. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. B. Form -Facing Materials 1. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete a. Plywood, lumber, metal or another approved material b. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit. 2. Chamfer Strips a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips b. 3/4-inch x 3/4-Inch, minimum 3. Rustication Strips a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips b. Kerfed for ease of form removal 4. Form -Release Agent a. Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain or adversely affect concrete surfaces b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces c. For steel form -facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor. 5. Form Ties CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 03 30 00 - 6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 25 a. Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. b. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. c. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. d. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. C. Steel Reinforcement 1. Reinforcing Bars a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed D. Reinforcement Accessories 1. Smooth Dowel Bars a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, steel bars (smooth) b. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 2. Bar Supports a. Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place b. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. 2) For slabs -on -grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners or precast concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs or where vapor barrier has been specified. E. Embedded Metal Assemblies 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 2. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full -fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson Stud Welding Division or approved equal F. Expansion Anchors 1. Available Products a. Wej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma b. Kwik Bolt I1, Hilti Fastening Systems, Tulsa, Oklahoma c. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris, Kentucky G. Adhesive Anchors and Dowels 1. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system into hardened concrete or grout -filled masonry. a. The adhesive system shall use a 2-component adhesive mix and shall be injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 03 30 00 - 7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 25 b. The embedment depth of the rod shall provide a minimum allowable bond strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod, unless otherwise specified. 2. Available Products a. Hilti HIT HY 150 Max b. Simpson Acrylic -Tie c. Powers Fasteners AC 100+ Gold 3. Threaded Rods: ASTM A193 a. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel b. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel c. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class C H. Inserts 1. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete construction where not supplied by other trades: a. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts, nuts and washers. 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. b. In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension forces, provide threaded inserts of makable cast iron furnished with full depth bolts. 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated. I. Concrete Materials 1. Cementitious Material a. Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1) Portland Cement, Portland -Limestone Cement a) ASTM C150, Type 1/11, gray b) ASTM C595, Type IL cement c) Supplement with the following: (1) Fly Ash (a) ASTM C618, Class C or F (2) Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag (a) ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120. 2) Silica Fume a) ASTM C1240, amorphous silica 3) Normal -Weight Aggregates a) ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded b) Provide aggregates from a single source. 4) Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size a) 3/4-inch nominal 5) Fine Aggregate a) Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement 6) Water a) ASTM C94 and potable J. Admixtures CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 03 30 00 - 8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 25 1. Air -Entraining Admixture a. ASTM C260 2. Chemical Admixtures a. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad- mixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. b. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. c. Water -Reducing Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type A d. Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type B e. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type D f. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type F g. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C494, Type G h. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture 1) ASTM C1017, Type II K Waterstops 1. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops a. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/a- inch x 1-inch. b. Available Products 1) Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-RX 2) Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-231 3) Greenstreak; Swellstop 4) Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro -Flex 5) JP Specialties, Inc.; Earthshield Type 20 6) Progress Unlimited, Inc.; Superstop 7) TCMiraDRI; Mirastop L. Curing Materials 1. Absorptive Cover a. AASHTO M182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 ounces/square yard when dry 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover a. ASTM C171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet 3. Water a. Potable 4. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound a. ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating b. Available Products 1) Anti -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB 2) Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure 3) ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 03 30 00 - 9 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 25 1 4) Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior 2 Company; W.B. Resin Cure 3 5) Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W) 4 6) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX 5 7) Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420 6 8) Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure -Clear 7 9) L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R 8 10) Meadows, W. R., Inc.;1100 Clear 9 11) Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E 10 12) Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Resi-Chem Clear Cure 11 13) Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30 12 14) Unitex; Hydro Cure 309 13 15) US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear 14 16) Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100 15 M. Related Materials 16 1. Bonding Agent 17 a. ASTM C1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene 18 butadiene 19 2. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive 20 a. ASTM C881, 2-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding 21 to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to 22 suit requirements, and as follows: 23 1) Types I and II, non -load bearing 24 2) IV and V, load bearing, for bonding 25 3) Hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete 26 3. Reglets 27 a. Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch thick, galvanized steel sheet 28 b. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete 29 or debris. 30 4. Sleeves and Blockouts 31 a. Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber 32 tubes or wood 33 5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages 34 a. Sized as required 35 b. Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing 36 concrete 37 N. Repair Materials 38 1. Repair Underlayment 39 a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in 40 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 41 1) Do not feather. 42 b. Cement Binder 43 1) ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland -Limestone Cement or hy- 44 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C219 45 c. Primer CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 25 1 1) Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi- 2 tions, and application 3 d. Aggregate 4 1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as 5 recommended by underlayment manufacturer 6 e. Compressive Strength 7 1) Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to 8 ASTM C109/C109M 9 2. Repair Overlayment 10 a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in 11 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 12 1) Do not feather. 13 b. Cement Binder 14 1) ASTM C150, C595, Portland cement, Portland -Limestone Cement or hy- 15 draulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C219 16 c. Primer 17 1) Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, 18 and application 19 d. Aggregate 20 1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommend- 21 ed by topping manufacturer 22 e. Compressive Strength 23 1) Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C109 24 O. Concrete Mixtures, General 25 1. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the 26 basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 27 a. Required average strength above specified strength 28 1) Based on a record of past performance 29 a) Determination of required average strength above specified strength 30 shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least 31 30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3 32 by the larger amount defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2. 33 2) Based on laboratory trial mixtures 34 a) Proportions shallbe selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches 35 prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an 36 average strength greater than the specified strength fc by the amount 37 defined in table 5.3.2.2. 38 3) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in- 39 dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. 40 4) For each proposed mixture, at least 3 compressive test cylinders shall be 41 made and tested for strength at the specified age. 42 a) Additional cylinders may be made for testing for information at earlier 43 ages. 44 2. Cementitious Materials 45 a. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland ce- 46 ment or Portland -Limestone cement in concrete as follows, unless specked 47 otherwise: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -11 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 25 1 1) Fly Ash: 25 percent 2 2) Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent 3 3) Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent 4 4) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace 5 Slag: 50 percent 6 5) Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 per- 7 cent 8 6) Silica Fume: 10 percent 9 7) Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or 10 pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per- 11 cent 12 8) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, 13 and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 14 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent 15 3. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to: 16 a. 0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides 17 (typic al) 18 b. 0.15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides 19 c. 1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be 20 continually dry and protected. 21 4. Admixtures 22 a. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 23 b. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted 24 mixes. 25 c. Use water -reducing high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in 26 concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 27 d. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high 28 temperatures, low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. 29 e. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use 30 industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, 31 and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 32 f. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. 33 P. Concrete Mixtures 34 1. Refer to TxDOT "Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 35 Highways, Streets, and Bridges" for: 36 a. Culverts 37 b. Headwalls 38 c. Wingwalls 39 2. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 40 a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days 41 b. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 42 c. Slump Limit: 5 inches or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 43 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing 44 admixture, plus or minus 1 inch 45 d. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4- 46 inch nominal maximum aggregate size CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -12 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 25 1 Q. Fabricating Reinforcement 2 1. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 3 R. Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies 4 1. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or 5 punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in 6 accordance with AWS D1.1. 7 2. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized. 8 All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an 9 epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound 10 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Repair painted 11 assemblies after welding with same type of paint. 12 S. Concrete Mixing 13 1. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to 14 ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket information. 15 a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing 16 and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is 17 above 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 18 2. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete 19 according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type 20 batch machine mixer. 21 a. For mixer capacity of 1 cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 22 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any 23 part of batch is released. 24 b. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cubic yard, increase mixing time by 15 25 seconds for each additional 1 cubic yard. 26 c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating 27 Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, 28 quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final 29 deposit in structure. 30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 34 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 35 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 36 3.4 INSTALLATION 37 A. Formwork CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -13 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 25 1 1. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to 2 support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might 3 be applied, until structure can support such loads. 4 2. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, 5 alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 6 a. Vertical alignment 7 1) Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - 1 inch. 8 2) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 9 exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 10 3) Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the 11 height but not more than 6 inches. 12 4) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 13 exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height 14 but not more than 3 inches. 15 b. Lateral alignment 16 1) Members -I inch. 17 2) Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger 18 openings in slabs - 1/2 inch. 19 3) Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. 20 c. Level alignment 21 1) Elevation of slabs -on -grade - 3/4 inch. 22 2) Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 23 inch. 24 3) Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. 25 d. Cross -sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns 26 and thickness of walls and slabs. 27 1) 12 inch dimension or less -plus 1/2 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 28 2) Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 29 3) Greater than 3 foot dimension - plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. 30 e. Relative alignment 31 1) Stairs 32 a) Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. 33 b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. 34 c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8 35 inch. 36 d) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 37 inch. 38 2) Grooves 39 a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. 40 b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch. 41 3) Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control 42 joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 43 4) All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet. 44 3. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, 45 as follows: 46 a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. 47 b. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -14 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 25 1 4. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. 2 5. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete 3 surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast 4 concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 6 a. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 7 b. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. 8 6. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve 9 required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure 10 units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 11 7. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for 12 structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or 13 camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight 14 and pressures of concrete and construction loads. 15 8. Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier 16 caps, walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth 17 form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 18 9. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area 19 of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and 20 securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in 21 forms at inconspicuous locations. 22 10. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 23 11. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and 24 bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades 25 providing such items. 26 12. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, 27 sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. 28 13. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar 29 leaks and maintain proper alignment. 30 14. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's 31 written instructions, before placing reinforcement, anchoring devices, and 32 embedded items. 33 a. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to 34 receive subsequent finishes which maybe affected by agent. Soak contact 35 surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wetprior to 36 placing concrete. 37 B. Embedded Items 38 1. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for 39 adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use 40 setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with 41 items to be embedded. 42 a. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying 43 with tolerances in AISC 303, Section 7.5. 44 1) Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8 inch 45 2) Location of bolt group (center): t/2 inch CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -15 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 25 1 3) Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees 2 4) Angle off vertical: 5 degrees 3 5) Bolt projection: f 3/8 inch 4 b. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in 5 outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 shelf angles, and other conditions. C. Removing and Reusing Forms 1. Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. a. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. b. Do not remove formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete until concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, supporting formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, to the minimum listed time period. Formwork for 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for 1-way slabs of the same maximum span. c. Immediately reshore 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs after formwork removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. d. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high -early strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the early removal of forms willnot cause excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. e. Completely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required. f. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time. g. Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. h. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal is the responsibility of the Contractor. i. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -16 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 25 1 3. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, 2 delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for 3 exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. 4 4. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to 5 close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for 6 exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 7 D. Shores and Reshores 8 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. 9 2. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring 10 and reshoring. 11 a. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is 12 complete. 13 3. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. 14 Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive 15 stress or deflection. 16 E. Steel Reinforcement 17 1. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing 18 reinforcement. 19 a. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder 20 before placing concrete. 21 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign 22 materials that would reduce bond to concrete. 23 3. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. 24 Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete 25 cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 26 a. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. Only steel 27 conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded. 28 4. Installation tolerances 29 a. Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists: 30 1) Members 8 inches deep or less: f3/8 inch 31 2) Members more than 8 inches deep: f1/2 inch 32 b. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: f3/8 inches for members 8 33 inches deep or less; f 1/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep, except that 34 tolerance for cover shallnot exceed 1/3 of the specified cover. 35 5. Concrete Cover 36 a. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches 37 b. Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches 38 c. Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to 39 weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches 40 d. Interior faces of walls: I inches 41 e. Slabs: 3/4 inches 42 6. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply 43 with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the 44 documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -17 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 25 1 7. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies 2 a. Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds. 3 b. Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the 4 specified paint or cold galvanizing compound, respectively. 5 F. Joints 6 1. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of 7 concrete. 8 2. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not 9 impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. 10 a. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement 11 across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue 12 reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 13 b. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 14 c. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. 15 Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a 16 beam -girder intersection. 17 d. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, 18 beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 19 e. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral 20 with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 21 f. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against 22 hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 23 3. Doweled Joints: Install dowelbars and support assemblies at joints where 24 indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete 25 bonding to 1 side of joint. 26 G. Waterstops 27 1. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to 28 forma continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and 29 protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in 30 waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 31 2. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other 32 locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive 33 bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Installin longest 34 lengths practicable. 35 H. Adhesive Anchors 36 1. Comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and 37 depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or 38 reinforcing bar. 39 2. Properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all 40 loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive material. 41 1. Concrete Placement 42 1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and 43 embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -18 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 25 1 2. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement 2 unless approved by Engineer. 3 3. Before test sampling and placing concrete, watermay be added at Project site, 4 subject to limitations of ACI 301. 5 a. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing 6 admixtures to mixture. 7 b. Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4. Deposit concrete continuously in 1 layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. a. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. b. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. c. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, Emit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. d. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or 5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through a tremie with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit. e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure. 5. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. a. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. b. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. c. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. d. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. e. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open - textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 6. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work fromphysical damage or reduced strengththat could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. a. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 -19 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 25 1 b. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place 2 concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3 c. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze 4 agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in 5 mixture designs. 6 7. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows: 7 a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of 8 placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control 9 temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of 10 mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 11 b. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing 12 concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or 13 dry areas. 14 J. Finishing Formed Surfaces 15 1. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material 16 with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections 17 that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 18 a. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 19 2. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar 20 unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a 21 texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of 22 formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise 23 indicated. 24 K Miscellaneous Concrete Items 25 1. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise 26 indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as 27 specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous 28 concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 29 2. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while 30 concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with 31 corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. 32 3. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and 33 foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment 34 at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer 35 furnishing machines and equipment. 36 a. Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete (3000 psi), reinforced with 37 #3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad. Trowel concrete to a dense, 38 smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment 39 during pouring of concrete fill. 40 4. Protective slabs ("Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete (2500 psi minimum) with a 41 minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. Finish slab to a wood float finish. 42 L. Concrete Protecting and Curing 43 1. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold 44 or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and 45 ACI 3 05. 1 for hot -weather protection during curing. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 20 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 25 1 2. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, 2 supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, 3 moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, 4 continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. 5 3. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure 6 unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other 7 surfaces. 8 4. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by 1 or a combination of the following 9 methods: 10 a. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days 11 with the following materials: 12 1) Water 13 2) Continuous water -fog spray 14 3) Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover 15 concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive 16 covers 17 b. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- 18 retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with 19 sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or 20 adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears 21 during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 22 1) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 23 receive floor coverings. 24 2) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 25 receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 26 3) Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- 27 retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will 28 not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 29 c. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray 30 or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas 31 subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain 32 continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 33 3.5 REPAIR 34 A. Concrete Surface Repairs 35 1. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. 36 Remove and replace concrete that cannotbe repaired and patched to Engineer's 37 approval. 38 2. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland 39 cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing allo. 16 sieve, using only enough 40 water for handling and placing. 41 3. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture 42 irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other 43 projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be 44 removed by cleaning. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 21 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 21 of 25 1 a. Immediately after form removal, cut-out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids 2 more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch 3 in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen 4 with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and 5 compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fillform-tie 6 voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 7 b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement 8 and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match 9 surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify 10 mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in 11 place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 12 c. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability 13 and structural performance as determined by Engineer. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete exceptwithout coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. e. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 5. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. 6. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 22 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 22 of 25 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and 4 inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 5 B. Inspections 6 1. Steel reinforcement placement 7 2. Headed bolts and studs 8 3. Verification of use of required design mixture 9 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 10 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature 11 6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams 12 and slabs 13 C. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 14 according to ASTM C172 according to the following requirements: 15 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each 16 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 25 cubic yard, plus 1 set for 17 each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 18 2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample, but 19 not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 20 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 21 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; 1 test for 22 each composite sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete 23 mixture. 24 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40 25 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 1 26 test for each composite sample. 27 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 28 a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sample. 29 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 30 minimum of 24 hours. 31 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 32 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 33 b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 34 c. Hold 1 cylinder for testing at 56 days as needed. 35 7. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion 36 laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures 37 for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 38 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 3 39 consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive 40 strength and no compressive -strength testvalue falls below specified compressive 41 strength by more than 500 psi. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 23 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 23 of 25 1 9. Report test results in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor 2 within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain 3 Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of 4 concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design 5 compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, 6 compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 7 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of 8 concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive 9 strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. 10 Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete 11 by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by 12 Engineer. 13 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 14 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 15 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 16 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 17 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 18 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shallbe 19 approved by the Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors 20 expense. 21 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 22 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered 23 by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City. 24 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 25 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 26 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 27 comply with the Contract Documents. 28 D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM El 155 within 48 29 hours of finishing. 30 E. Concrete Finish Measurement and Tolerances 31 1. All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and levelness and comply with 32 the following: 33 a. Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with 34 a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in 35 both directions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked. Low 36 spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge. 37 Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing. 38 b. Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of f 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not to exceed 3/4 39 inches total variation, anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the 40 Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after 41 removal of forms. 42 c. Measurement Standard: All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and 43 levelness, according to ASTM El 155. 44 2. 2 Tiered Measurement Standard 45 a. Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conform to the 2-tiered 46 measurement standard as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 24 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 24 of 25 1 1) Minimum Local Value: The minimum local FF/FL values represent the ab- 2 solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any 1 test sample 3 (line of measurements) anywhere within the test area. 4 2) Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the 5 minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor 6 as a whole. 7 3. Floor Test Sections 8 a. A floor test section is defined as the smaller of the following areas: 9 1) The area bounded by column and/or wall lines 10 2) The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines 11 3) Any combination of column lines and/or control joint lines 12 b. Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be 13 multidirectional along 2 orthogonal lines, as defined by ASTM El 155, at a 14 spacing to be determined by the City's testing agency. 15 c. The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing 16 agency. 17 4. Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance 18 a. The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values (FL) do 19 not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on 20 metal deck or precast concrete. 21 1) Slabs 22 Overall Value FF45/FL30 23 Minimum Local Value FF30/FL20 24 5. Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope 25 a. The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the 26 slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows: 27 1) Slab -on -Grade Construction: f 3/4 inch 28 2) Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting 29 shores: f 3/4 inch 30 3) Top surfaces of all other slabs: f 3/4 inch 31 4) Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of 32 3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point, up to 3/4 inch from theoretical elevation at 33 any point. 34 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36 3.10 CLEANING 37 A. Defective Work 38 1. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective 39 before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re- 40 placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of 41 the Drawings and Specifications. 42 2. Perform removal and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair 43 the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. 44 B. Cleaning CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 03 30 00 - 25 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Page 25 of 25 1 1. Upon completion of the work remove from the site all forms, equipment, protective 2 coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom. 3 2. After sweeping floors, wash floors with clean water. 4 3. Leave finished concrete surfaces in a clean condition, satisfactory to the City. 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 10 DATE NAME 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 3/11//2022 ZelalemArega 11 END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARYOF CHANGE 2.2.0.3 — Removed Blue Te)d/Added Descriptions for water-soluble, chloride -ion content 3A.C.1 — Changed 75% to 70% 1.3.B.5.t, 2.2.I.1, 2.2.0.2,—AddedASTMC595— Type lLcement CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 312500-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page I of 9 1 SECTION 3125 00 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Implementation of the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 7 and installation, maintenance, removal of erosion and sediment controls devices, 8 and establishment of final stabilization. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1— General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan <1 acre 17 a. Measurement 18 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 21 Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other 22 compensation will be allowed. 23 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan > 1 acre 24 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 27 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "SWPPP > 1 acre". 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Preparation of SWPPP 30 2) Implementation 31 3) Permitting fees 32 4) Installation 33 5) Maintenance 34 6) Removal 35 7) Obtaining and/or complying with grading and/or fill permits, if required 36 8) Final stabilization 37 1.3 REFERENC ES 38 A. Reference Standards 39 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 40 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 41 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2of9 1 2. ASTM Standard: 2 a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile 3 Fabrics —Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 4 b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation 5 of Geotextiles 6 c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size 7 of a Geotextile 8 d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of 9 Geomembranes and Related Products 10 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) TPDES General Permit No. 11 TXR150000 12 4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS) 13 a. DMS-6230 "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric" 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15 1.5 SUBMITTALS 16 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 17 B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 18 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 19 C. Construction Site Notice 20 D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 21 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 22 E. Notice of Change (if applicable) 23 F. Grading and/or fill permit, if required 24 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 35 A. Rock Filter Dams 36 1. Aggregate CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 9 1 a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to 2 crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. 3 b. Provide the following: 4 1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams 5 a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 6 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams 7 a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 8 2. Wire 9 a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie 10 wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams 11 b. Type 4 dams require: 12 1) Double -twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2'/2 13 inches x 3'/4 inches 14 2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 15 3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 16 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire 17 B. Geotextile Fabric 18 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 19 a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632 20 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833 21 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786 22 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751 23 C. Stabilized Construction Entrances 24 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. 25 a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. 26 b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings 27 such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic 28 and injurious matter. 29 c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. 30 d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following 31 criteria: 32 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632 33 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833 34 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786 35 4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751 36 D. Embankment for Erosion Control 37 1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will forma stable 38 embankment to meet the intended use. 39 E. Sandbags 40 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide woven 41 fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst- 42 strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 43 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 44 1 to fill sandbags. 45 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8 46 inches thick. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4of9 1 Table 1 2 Sand Gradation Sieve # Maximum Retained (% by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent 3 F. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 4 1. Provide a net -reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 5 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. 6 a. Fabric 7 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, "Temporary 8 Sediment Control Fence Fabric." 9 b. Posts 10 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 11 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 12 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 13 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 14 4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per 15 foot. 16 c. Net Reinforcement 17 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire 18 mesh, with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide, 19 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 20 d. Staples 21 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1 /2 inch long. 22 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 23 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 26 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 27 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 28 3.4 INSTALLATION 29 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30 1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 31 (SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 32 requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and 33 maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants 34 discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. 35 B. Control Measures CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 9 1 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning 2 construction, or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the 3 Drawings or as directed. 4 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout 5 water, chemicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 6 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and 7 sedimentation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the 8 disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. 9 4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as 10 directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the 11 applicable storm water permit. 12 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all 13 temporary control measures, temporary embankments, bridges, matting, falsework, 14 piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not apart of 15 the finished work, or as directed. 16 C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or 17 streambed. 18 D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the 19 prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. 20 E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an 21 approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and 22 provide shelter for stored chemicals. 23 F. Installation and Maintenance 24 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit 25 TXR150000. 26 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas 27 where the material will not contribute to further siltation and when appropriate 28 stabilization is provided. 29 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local 30 regulations. 31 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. 32 a. Upon removal, finish -grade and dress the area. 33 b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit, and as shown on the 34 Drawings or directed. 35 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from 36 the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. 37 G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 38 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere 39 with the construction of rock filter dams. 40 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor's option. 41 3. For Types 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes 42 specified, without undue voids. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 9 1 4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the 2 upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with 3 wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 4 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless 5 otherwise directed. 6 6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otherwise shown on 7 the Drawings: 8 a. Type 1 (Non -reinforced) 9 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 10 of filter dam 11 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 12 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 13 b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 14 1) Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 15 of filter dam 16 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 17 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 18 c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 19 1) Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 20 of filter dam 21 2) Top Width - At least 2 feet 22 3) Slopes - At most 2:1 23 d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 24 1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 25 2) For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop —double loop 26 pattern on 4- to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end, pull the end lacing rod until 27 tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with 28 stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches 29 remaining, and twist wires 4 times. 30 3) For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and 31 connect sides and secure ends as described above. 32 4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 33 5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. 34 e. Type 5 35 1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. 36 H. Construction Entrances 37 1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the 38 construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking 39 area, or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 40 2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary. 41 a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the 42 construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 43 3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the 44 drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. 45 a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all 46 other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. 47 I. Earthwork for Erosion Control CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 9 1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove 2 collected sediments from other erosion control devices. 3 a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 4 1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of 5 daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover. 6 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as 7 directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. 8 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent 9 erosion of hillsides. 10 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other 11 erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 12 5) Where required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of 13 storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage 14 locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not 15 including offsite areas. 16 b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of the devices, after a rain, and when directed. 2) Remove sediment from sediment traps and sedimentation ponds no later than the time that design capacity has been reduced by 50%. J. Sandbags for Erosion Control 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment -laden storm water runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release water in sheet flow. 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to allow for proper tying of the open end. 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to berms or dams of sandbags or earth. K. Temporary Sediment -Control Fence 1. Provide temporary sediment -control fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion -control measures used to control sediment in areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this Section, or as directed by the Engineer or City representative. a. Post Installation 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. b. Fabric Anchoring 1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of fabric. 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 4) Backfill the trench, then hand -tamp. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 9 1 c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 2 1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings, attach the reinforcement to 3 wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T-clips, in at least 4 places 4 equally spaced. 5 2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 6 3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcementby hog rings or cord 7 every 15 inches or less. 8 d. Fabric and Net Splices 9 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at 10 least 6 places equally spaced, unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. 11 a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 12 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment -control fence 13 include the following: 14 a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers) 15 b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 16 feet) 17 c) Posts without bends 18 d) Backing without holes 19 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 20 3.6 REINSTALLATION [NOT USED] 21 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 24 3.10 CLEANING 25 A. Waste Management 26 1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28 A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing 29 activities at the project site have been completed. 30 B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, 31 on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion 32 control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed. 33 C. Once vegetative cover is achieved, the contractor shall remove all temporary control 34 measures, before final project acceptance. It is the contractor's responsibility to remove 35 all temporary control measures, unless transfer of maintenance and subsequent removal 36 is transferred to another entity in writing. 37 D. Upon achievement of final stabilization, submit NOT to TCEQ, and provide a copy of 38 the NOT to the City of Fort Worth"s Environmental Quality Division, if required. 39 E. Complete and submit a Final Grading Certificate to Development Services, if required. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 31 25 00 - 9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 9 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] �Ni [du F.11em N DQF.1 00 3 A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control 4 devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent 5 erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized 6 as determined by the Engineer. 7 B. If a device ceases to function as intended, repair or replace the device or portions 8 thereof as necessary. 9 C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General 10 Permit TXR150000. 11 D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections mustbe 12 maintained and available in accordance with the permit. 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 15 16 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1 A. 1. Revised language re: what section includes, 1.2 A. 2. c. Clarified items included in price, 1.5 Added items to list of submittals, 2.2Revised language under April 29, 2021 M Owen product types/materials, 3.4 Revised language under "Installation", and3.11 C. Added language to clarify responsibility to remove t emp orary protection device and emphasize clearing of ROW CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 1 2 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 0129 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR 320129-1 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 1 of 4 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Concrete pavement repair to include, but not limited to: 7 a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.) 8 b. Warranty work 9 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor 10 d. Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of construction 11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 16 3. Section 32 01 18 - Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 17 4. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving 18 5. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 19 6. Section 33 05 10 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Concrete Pavement Repair 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete 25 Pavement Repair for various: 26 a) Street types 27 2) Limits of repair will be based on the time of service of the existing 28 pavement. The age of the pavement will need to be determined by the 29 Engineer through coordination with the City. For pavement ages: 30 a) 10 years or less: repair entire panel 31 b) Greater than 10 years: repair to limits per Drawings 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34 and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the 35 unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement Repair 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 38 2) Furnishing and applying all water required 39 3) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all 40 concrete CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 320129-2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 4 1 4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all base 2 material 3 5) Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 4 6) Furnishing and installing reinforcing steel 5 7) Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion and 6 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load 7 transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and 8 supporting the steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler in the 9 proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 10 8) Sealing joints 11 9) Monolithically poured curb 12 10) Cleanup 13 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15 A. Permitting 16 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation 17 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances. 18 2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after 19 construction. 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 22 A. Concrete Mix Design: submit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 28 A. Weather Conditions: Place concrete as specified in Section 32 13 13. 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.2 MATERIALS 33 A. Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 05 10. 34 B. Base material: Concrete base: see Section 32 13 13. 35 C. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13. 36 1. Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 320129-3 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 4 1 2. Replace concrete to the specified thickness. 2 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION 8 A. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from edge 9 of one repair to the edge of a second repair. 10 B. If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to support 11 traffic. 12 1. Construct a transition of hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt from the top of the steel plate 13 to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface. 14 a. Hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt: conform to the requirements of Section 32 12 16. 15 C. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City. 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. Sawing 18 1. General 19 a. Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth. 20 b. Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent to 21 sawing to remove damaged areas. 22 c. Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight lines. 23 2. Sawing equipment 24 a. Power -driven 25 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement 26 c. In good operating condition 27 d. Shall not spall or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area 28 3. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings 29 4. Utility Cuts 30 a. In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench 31 b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls 32 5. Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage 33 facilities. 34 B. Removal 35 1. Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spalling or fracturing 36 concrete adjacent to the repair area. 37 C. Base: as specified in Drawings 38 D. Concrete Paving 39 1. Concrete placement: in accordance with Section 32 13 13. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 1 2. Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings 2 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 13 DATE NAME 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 320129-4 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 4 END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A — Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for clarification of repair width on utility trench repair 2.2.C.1 — Changed to Class P to Class H CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised December 20, 2012 32 13 13-1 CONCRETE PAVING Pagel of22 1 SECTION 32 13 13 2 CONCRETE PAVING 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Finished pavement constructed of Portland cement concrete including 7 monolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other base course. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C.Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 32 0129 - Concrete Paving Repair 14 4. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A.Measurement 17 1. Measurement 18 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and 19 accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb 20 for various: 21 1) Classes 22 2) Thicknesses 23 2. Payment 24 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will 25 be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement. 26 3. The price bid shall include: 27 a. Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28 b. Furnishing and applying all water required 29 c. Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete 30 ingredients including all freight and royalty involved 31 d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete 32 e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel 33 f. Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and 34 contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission 35 units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel 36 bar, load transmission units, and joint filler material in the proper position; for 37 coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 38 g. Sealing joints 39 h. Monolithically poured curb 40 i. Cleanup CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-2 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 22 1.3 REFERENCES 2 A.Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 4 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 6 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 7 a. A615/A615M, Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete 8 Reinforcement 9 b. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 10 Field 11 c. C33, Concrete Aggregates 12 d. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 13 Specimens 14 e. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 15 Beams of Concrete 16 f. C94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete 17 g. C 150, Portland Cement 18 h. C595, Portland -Limestone Cement 19 i. C156, Standard Test Method for Water Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through 20 Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds for Concrete 21 j. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete 22 k. C260, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 23 1. C309, Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2 24 m. C494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types "A", "D", "F" and "G" 25 n. C618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral 26 Admixture in Concrete 27 o. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for 28 Concrete 29 p. C 1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- 30 Cement Concrete 31 q. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 32 Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 33 r. D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 34 (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 35 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 36 a. ACI 305.1-14 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 37 b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 38 c. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 40 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 41 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 42 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. See Item 2A.A. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-3 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of22 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 6 A.Weather Conditions 7 1. Place concrete when concrete temperature is between 40°F and 95°F when 8 measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064 at point of placement. 9 2. Hot Weather Concreting 10 a. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City project manager or 11 designee when the concrete temperature exceeds 95°F. 12 b. Concrete shall not be placed when concrete temperature is above 100°F under 13 any circumstances. 14 3. Cold Weather Concreting 15 a. No concrete shall be placed when ambient temp in shade and away from 16 artificial heat is below 40°F and falling. Concrete may be placed when ambient 17 temp is above 35°F and rising. Unless the City project manager or designee 18 approves paving to continue, suspend concreting operations if a descending air 19 temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat falls below 40°F. Do not 20 resume concreting operations until an ascending air temperature in the shade and 21 away from artificial heat reaches 35°F and rising. Contractor should take all the 22 precautions necessary to prevent freezing of concrete. Frozen concrete must be 23 removed and replaced. 24 4. It is to be distinctly understood that the contractor is responsible for the quality and 25 strength of the concrete placed under any weather conditions. 26 B. Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than shall permit the finishing of the 27 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City. 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 2.2 MATERIALS 32 A.Cementitious Material: ASTM C 150, ASTM C595 Type IL Cement. 33 B.Aggregates: ASTM C33. 34 C. Water: ASTM C 1602. 35 D.Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate specification: 36 1. Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C260. 37 2. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM C494, Types "A", "D", "F" and "G." 38 3. Fly Ash CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-4 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 22 1 a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete: 2 ASTM C618. 3 b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the 4 specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the Engineer. 5 E. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A615. 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 F. Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement. G.Dowels and Tie Bars 1. Dowel and tie bars: ASTM A615. 2. Dowel Caps a. Provide and install dowel caps with enough range of movement to allow complete closure of the expansion joint. b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall have an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap to freely slip over the bar. c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch, and one end of the cap shall be tightly closed. 3. Epoxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: ASTM C881. a. See following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives Pre -Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives Product Name Producer Concresive 1420 BASF HTE-50 Hilti T 308 + Powers Fasteners P E 1000+ C-6 Epcon G-5 Pro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Shep-Poxy TxIII Ultrabond 1300 Tubes Ultrabone 2300 N.S. A-22-2300 Slow Set Dynapoxy EP-430 EDOT ET22 SET 22 SpecPoxy 3000FS Powers Fasteners Ramset-Redhead Ramset-Redhead Unitex CMC Construction Services Adhesives Technology Adhesives Technology Pecora Corp. Simpson Strong Tie Simpson Strong Tie Simpson Strong Tie SpecChem 19 20 b. Epoxy Use, Storage and Handling 21 1) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and 22 moisture. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 32 13 13-5 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of22 2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 3) Epoxy label requirements a) Resin or hardener components b) Brand name c) Name of manufacturer d) Lot or batch number e) Temperature range for storage f) Date of manufacture g) Expiration date h) Quantity contained 4) Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the manufacturer. 5) Do not use damaged or previously opened containers and any material that shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed with normal agitation. 6) Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive wastes. 7) Dispose of all empty containers separately. 8) Dispose of epoxy by completely emptying and mixing the epoxy before disposal H.Reinforcement Bar Chairs 1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the reinforcement bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the reinforcement bars or Contractor's personnel walking on the reinforcing bars. 2. Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or plastic. 3. For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 4. Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. I. Joint Filler 1. Joint filler is the material placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete. 2. Wood Boards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving. a. Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications. 1) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered birdseyes, checks and splits. 2) Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall be sufficiently rigid to permit ease of installation. 3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet of the required shape. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 13 13-6 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of22 1 3. Dimensions. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the 2 Drawings; the width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing 3 for the top seal space. 4 4. Rejection. Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the 5 requirements of this specification. 6 J. Joint Sealants. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 7 K.Curing Materials 8 1. Membrane -Forming Compounds. 9 a. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2, white pigmented 10 compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce permanent 11 discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete. 12 b. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture -impermeable 13 film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp 14 concrete. 15 c. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of 16 coverage, dry to touch in 1 hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under 17 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations. 18 d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging. 19 e. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. 20 f. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from 21 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. 22 g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original 23 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the 24 trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test 25 samples may be correlated. 26 h. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 15 6 Standard Test Method for Water 27 Loss (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing 28 Compounds for Concrete, the liquid membrane -forming compound shall restrict 29 the loss of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the 30 curing compound to not more than 0.01-oz.-per-2 inches of surface. 31 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 32 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 33 A.Mix Design 34 1. Concrete Mix Design and Control 35 a. The City has a pre -approved list of concrete mix designs. The pre -approved list 36 can be found on the City website under Project Resources Folder. These mix 37 designs meet the requirements of applicable City specifications and the 38 Contractor may use mix designs from the list without the need for review and 39 approval. The contractor shall notify the City in writing which mix in the pre- 40 approved list the contractor uses for a project. 41 b. For a mix design not included in the pre -approved list, the Contractor shall 42 submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a full description of 43 the source of supply of each material component at least 10 calendar days prior 44 to the start of concrete paving operations. 45 c. The design of the concrete mix shall produce a quality concrete complying with 46 these specifications and shall include the following information: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-7 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of22 1 1) Design Requirements and Design Summary 2 2) Material source 3 3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type 4 4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used 5 5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard 6 6) Design water/cubic yard 7 7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets 8 8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318 9 9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates 10 and date of tests 11 10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate 12 11) Specific Gravity and Absorption Values of fine and coarse aggregates 13 12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates 14 d. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix design and 15 maximum water to cement ratio. 16 e. No concrete may be placed on the job site until the mix design has been 17 approved by the City. 18 2. Quality of Concrete 19 a. Consistency 20 1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that: 21 a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate 22 b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the 23 place of deposit 24 c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer, 25 shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall 26 stand and not flow 27 d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the 28 mixer 29 e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 30 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 31 f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or 32 laitance 33 2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the 34 final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied 35 to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum amount. 36 3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing 37 qualities and be of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into 38 a homogeneous mass. 39 4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. 40 5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being 41 produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without 42 exceeding the maximum water/cement ratio, the Contractor may use, or the 43 City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or 44 the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with 45 different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in 46 order to produce the required results. 47 6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until 48 aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates 49 or cement dispersing agent. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-8 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of22 1 7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete 2 produced. 3 8) The City reserves the right to independently verify the quality of the 4 concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the various 5 materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders 6 or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement. 7 b. Standard Class 8 1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the 9 standard class for pavement and related concrete for streets and alleys is 10 shown in the following table: 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 32 13 13-9 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of22 Standard Classes of Pavement and Related Concrete 28 Day Course Minimum Min. Aggregat Class of Cementitiou Compressi Max. e General Usage Concrete s ve �'/cm Maximu (Informational Only) 1 (Lb. /CY) Str Ratio inength2 (Psi) Size (Inch) Sidewalks and ADA A 470 3,000 0.58 1-1/2 ramps, driveways, curb & gutter, median pavement Inlets, manholes, junction boxes, CIP 470 3.000 0.50 1-1/2 encasement, blocking, collars, light pole foundations C 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Headwalls, wingwalls, culverts, drilled shafts P 517 3,600 0.45 1-1/2 Machine placed Paving H 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 Hand Placed Paving HES 564 4,500 0.45 1-1/2 HES Paving Bridge slabs, top slabs of S 564 4,000 0.45 1-1/2 direct traffic culverts, approach slabs 1. All exposed horizontal concrete shall have a minimum of 3% entrained -air. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength Required. a) Concrete Sidewalks and Curb & Gutter: Class A b) Cast -In -Place Concrete Structures: Class CIP and Class C c) Machine -Laid concrete: Class P d) Hand -Laid concrete: Class H e) Structural Concrete: Class S f) High Early Strength Concrete: Class HES (1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for very early opening of pavements area or leave outs to traffic. (2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for concrete pavement and a minimum compressive strength of 2,600 psi in 24 hours, unless other early strength and time requirements are shown on the Drawings allowed. C. Slump 1) Slump requirements for pavement and related concrete shall be as specified in the following table: Concrete Pavement and Related Concrete Slump Requirements Add classes of concrete Concrete Use CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 Recommended Acceptable Design Placement Slump, and Placement (Inch) Slump, [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 321313 -10 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 22 (Inch) Slip-Form/Form-Riding Paving 1-1/2 1 —3 Hand Formed Paving 4 3-5 Headwalls, wingwalls, culverts, inlets, manholes, junction boxes, encasement, blocking, collars, light pole foundations, slabs, sidewalk, curb and gutter, concrete 4 3-5 valley gutter and other miscellaneous concrete Drilled shafts 61/2 51/2 — 71/2 1 2 2) No concrete shall be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums 3 shown. 4 3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency requirements, 5 although meeting the slump requirements, shall be considered unsatisfactory, 6 and the mix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory conditions. 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION 8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 11 3.4 INSTALLATION 12 A.Equipment 13 1. All equipment necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project. 14 2. The equipment shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 15 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete in such 16 a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 17 3. Machine -Laid Concrete Pavement 18 a. Fixed -Form Paver. Fixed -form paving equipment shall be provided with forms 19 that are uniformly supported on a sufficiently firm subbase to prevent sagging 20 under the weight of machine. 21 b. Slip -Form Paver 22 1) Slip -form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of 23 sufficient dimensions, shape and strength so as to support the concrete 24 laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement. 25 2) City may reject use of Slip -Form Paver if paver requires over -digging and 26 impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements. 27 4. Hand -Laid Concrete Pavement 28 a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or 29 vibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand -laid concrete 30 construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vibration, and other procedures are 31 more common to hand methods than to machine methods. 32 5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 33 requirements. 34 B. Concrete Mixing and Delivery CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 321313 -11 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 22 1 1. Transit Batching: shall not be used— onsite mixing not permitted 2 2. Ready Mixed Concrete 3 a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method conforming to the 4 requirements of this specification and ASTM C94/C94M. 5 b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples. 6 c. When ready -mix concrete is used, sample concrete per ASTM C172 Alternate 7 Procedure 2: 8 1) As the mixer is being emptied, individual samples shall be taken after the 9 discharge of approximately 10 percent and 90 percent of the load. 10 2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of 11 widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch. 12 d. The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until 13 it produces a thoroughly mixed concrete of uniform mass as determined by 14 established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity 15 tests as described in ASTM C94. 16 e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are 17 placed therein for the succeeding batch. 18 f. Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted. 19 3. Delivery 20 a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by 21 City to prevent cold joint. 22 4. Delivery Tickets 23 a. For all operations, the manufacturer of the concrete shall, before unloading, 24 furnish to the purchaser with each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket 25 on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following information to determine 26 that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design: 27 1) Name of concrete supplier 28 2) Serial number of ticket 29 3) Date 30 4) Truck number 31 5) Name of purchaser 32 6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 33 7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in 34 conformance with that employed in job specifications 35 8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 36 9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 37 10) Water added by receiver of concrete 38 11) Type and amount of admixtures 39 C.Subgrade 40 1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work 41 shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for 42 pavement. 43 2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections 44 and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City. 45 3. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material 46 and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped. 47 4. Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch., as shown by straightedge or template, shall be 48 corrected. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 321313 -12 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 22 1 5. The subgrade shall be uniformly compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum 2 density as determined by ASTM D698. 3 6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 4 7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the 5 pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition. 6 8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution 7 of the work. 8 9. The Contractor shall notify the City at least 24 hours in advance of its intention to 9 place concrete pavement. 10 10. After the specified moisture and density are achieved, the Contractor shall maintain 11 the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section. 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 11. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. D.Placing and Removing Forms 1. Placing Forms a. Forms for machine -laid concrete 1) The side forms shall be metal, of approved cross section and bracing, of a height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section, and a minimum of 10 feet in length for each individual form. 2) Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the thrust and the vibration of the construction equipment operating upon them without appreciable springing, settling or deflection. 3) The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no variation from the true plane for face or top. 4) Forms shall be jointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the established grade and alignment. 5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in advance of the paving operations. 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or more in height. 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length and base width. 8) If the subgrade becomes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required stability. b. Forms for hand -laid concrete 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms are used. 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or wood forms shall be used. 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line shall be rejected. 2. Settling. When forms settle over 1/8 inch under finishing operations, paving operations shall be stopped the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then brought to the required section and thickness. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 321313-13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 22 1 3. Cleaning. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use. 2 4. Removal. 3 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set. 4 b. Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 5 c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 6 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 7 d. Clean joint face and repair honeycombed or damaged areas within 24 hours 8 after a bulkhead for a transverse construction joint has been removed unless 9 otherwise approved. 10 e. When forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 11 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 12 E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars 13 1. General 14 a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required they shall be placed as 15 shown on the Drawings. 16 b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean, free from rust in the form of loose or 17 objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dimensions shown on the 18 Drawings. 19 c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at the alternate intersections 20 and all splices and shall be securely wired at each intersection dowel and load- 21 transmission unit intersected. 22 d. All bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on the Drawings. 23 e. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs 24 generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be limited to 25 quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses. 26 2. Splices 27 a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 28 b. Comply with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on 29 the Drawings. 30 3. Installation of Reinforcing Steel 31 a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required 32 depth below the finished surface and supported by and securely attached to bar 33 chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by 34 sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings. 35 b. Chairs Assembly. The chair assembly shall be similar and equal to that shown 36 on the Drawings and shall be approved by the City prior to extensive fabrication. 37 c. After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified 38 in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the bar 39 mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the concrete. 40 4. Installation of Dowel Bars 41 a. Install through the predrilled joint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal 42 and vertical positions by an assembly of bar chairs and dowel baskets. 43 b. Dowel Baskets 44 1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and 45 centerline of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement. 46 2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exactly the correct position so 47 firmly that the dowel's position cannot be altered by concreting operations. 48 c. Dowel Caps CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 321313 -14 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 22 1) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1-1/4 inch in either direction. Grease bar before adding cap to prevent bonding with the concrete. 5. Tie Bar and Dowel Placement a. Place at mid -depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surface. b. Place as shown on the Drawings. 6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation 1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings. 2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding structures. 3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air. 4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie bar into the hole. 5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete. F. Joints 1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City. 2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement. 3. No joints shall have an error in alignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point. 4. Joint Dimensions a. The width of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint sealant reservoir. b. The depth of the joint shall be shown on the Drawings. c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. d. After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement surface at the center of the joint. 5. Transverse Expansion Joints a. Expansion joints shall be installed perpendicularly to the surface and to the centerline of the pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. Expansion joints shall continue to the farthest outside edge of paving and adjacent slabs, and should extend through monolithic or attached curbs so that there is no restriction to the movement of the joint at any point. b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets. e. Dowels shall not restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement. f. Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints. 1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de -bonding material. 2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar. g. Proximity to Existing Structures. When the pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, expansions joints shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. 6. Transverse Contraction Joints a. Contraction or dummy joints shall be installed at the locations and at the intervals shown on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 13 13-15 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 22 ] b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as 2 approved by the City. 3 c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as 4 approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing. 5 d. Saw joints in a single cut to the width and depth the plans show. Begin sawing 6 as soon as the concrete hardens sufficiently to prevent excessive raveling along 7 the saw cut and finish before conditions induce uncontrolled cracking. 8 e. The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 - inch width and to a depth of 9 1/4 of the actual pavement thickness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings. 10 f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a 11 maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions. 12 g. If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to 13 the point where some raveling is observed. 14 h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately 15 adjacent to the joint shall be minimized. 16 i. Any portion of the curing membrane which has been disturbed by sawing 17 operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing 18 compound. 19 7. Transverse Construction Joints 20 a. Construction joints formed at the close of each day's work or when the placing 21 of concrete has been interrupted for 30-minutes or longer shall be constructed 22 by use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished 23 pavement and cleaned. 24 b. Wooden bulkheads shall be constructed using material of a thickness not less 25 than nominal 2" lumber. 26 c. Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the 27 surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement. 28 d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4-inch radius. 29 e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of 30 the work. 31 8. Longitudinal Construction Joints 32 a. Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings. 33 9. Joint Filler 34 a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.2.I of the size and shape shown on the 35 Drawings. 36 b. Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement joints except for 37 expansion joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing 38 pavements. 39 c. Boards with less than 25-percent of moisture at the time of installation shall be 40 thoroughly wetted on the job. 41 d. Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable. 42 e. The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when 43 required. 44 £ The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom of the 45 slab. The top edge shall be held not less than 1/2 inch below the finished 46 surface of the pavement in order to allow the finishing operations to be 47 continuous. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-16 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 22 1 g. The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the 2 length of joint, but no board of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless 3 otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4 h. After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joints at the edges of the 5 slab shall be carefully opened for the entire depth of the slab. 6 10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details 7 and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and 8 applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations as specified in Section 9 32 1373. 10 G.Placing Concrete 11 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be 12 constructed monolithically and constructed by machined laid method unless 13 impractical. The City will make determination of what is practical. The maximum 14 length of concrete lane that can be placed by hand pouring is 50linear feet. 15 2. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the subgrade in successive batches and 16 shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement 17 by approved methods. 18 3. Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following 19 table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer. 20 Temperature — Time Requirements Concrete Temperature Max Time — minutes Max Time — minutes (at point of placement) (no retarding agent) (with retarding agent)' Non -Agitated Concrete All temperatures 45 45 Agitated Concrete Above 90°F 45 75 Above 75°F thru 90°F 60 90 75°F and Below 60 120 21 1 Normal dosage of retarder. 22 23 4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete. 24 5. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than 25 30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be 26 placed in accordance with 3.4.F.7 of this Section. 27 6. Honeycombing 28 a. Special care shall be taken in placing and vibrating the concrete against the 29 forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing Concrete 30 shall be uniformly consolidated throughout its width and depth, free from honey 31 combed areas, and has a consistent void -free closed surface. 32 b. Excessive voids and honeycombing in the edge of the pavement, revealed by the 33 removal of the side forms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab in 34 which the defect occurs. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 32 13 13-17 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 22 ] H.Finishing 2 1. Machine 3 a. Tolerance Limits 4 1) While the concrete is still workable, it shall be tested for irregularities with 5 a 10-foot straightedge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement so as 6 to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots. 7 2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the 8 pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch -per -foot from the nearest point of 9 contact. 10 3) In no case shall the maximum ordinate to a 10-foot straightedge be greater 11 than 1/8 inch. 12 4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and 13 refinished. 14 b. Edging 15 1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled 16 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the concrete 17 begins to take its "set" and becomes non -workable. 18 2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines. 19 2. Hand 20 a. Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 21 finishing machine. 22 b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the 23 concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approximately leveled and then struck off 24 with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and 25 finished, the surface of the pavement shall be at the grade elevation shown on 26 the Drawings. 27 28 C. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein. 29 I. Curing 30 1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the 31 entire curing period. 32 2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as 33 sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations. 34 3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other 35 commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of 36 curing if so requested by the Contractor. 37 4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall 38 have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted. 39 5. After removal of the side forms, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating 40 before earth is banked against them. 41 6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner 42 as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 43 7. The rate of application shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not 44 exceed 20-square-yards-per-gallon of curing compound. 45 8. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible membrane, free 46 from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the 47 curing period. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 321313 -18 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 22 1 9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately 2 repaired with additional sealing solution. 3 10. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 15 6 Standard Test Method for Water Loss 4 (from a mortar specimen) Through Liquid Membrane -Forming Curing Compounds 5 for Concrete, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained 6 within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when 7 the curing compound was applied according to the following. 8 11. Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on 9 exposed surfaces of concrete pavement continuously for a least 72 hours. 10 J. Monolithic Curbs 11 1. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and shall be 12 placed within 20 minutes of the placement of the slab concrete. 13 2. After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces 14 shall be thoroughly worked to achieve an acceptable surface finish. 15 3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius 16 indicated on the Drawings. 17 4. All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. 18 K.Pavement Leaveouts 19 1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be 20 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City. 21 2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover 22 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the 23 City. 24 3.5 REPAIR 25 A.Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as 26 specified in Section 32 0129. 27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. Concrete Placement 30 1. Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving is only 31 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not 32 practical. 33 a. All concrete pavement not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully 34 automated paving machine as approved by the City. 35 b. Screeds are considered hand placement paving method. 36 B. Testing of Materials 37 1. Samples of all materials for testing shall be provided by the contractor at no 38 expense to the City, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions or in the 39 Drawings. 40 2. In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications, 41 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is 42 acceptable shall be at the Contractor's expense at the same rate charged by the 43 commercial laboratories. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 321313 -19 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 22 3. All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent. C.Pavement Thickness Test 1. Pavement thickness test shall be performed by a commercial testing laboratory approved by the City every 100 feet or fraction thereof in accordance with TxDOT Designation: Tex-423-A, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Test locations shall be at the discretion of the City. 2. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during normal testing operations, core samples shall be taken at the contractor's expense to verify deficiency of more than 0.2 in. from plan thickness and to isolate the deficient area. 3. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50-inch, payment shall be made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table. Deficiency in Thickness Proportional Part Determined by Cores Of Contract Price Inches Allowed 0.00 — 0.20 100 percent 0.21 — 0.30 80 percent 0.31 — 0.40 70 percent 0.41 — 0.50 60 percent 4. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever is greater, shall be evaluated by the City. 5. If, in the judgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained. 6. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings. 7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and replaced with concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings at the Contractor's sole expense. 8. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings. D.Pavement Strength Test 1. During the progress of the work the commercial testing laboratory casts test cylinders for conforming to ASTM C31, to maintain a check on the compressive strengths of the concrete being placed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 3213 13-20 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 22 1 2. Test cylinders shall be taken from a representative portion of concrete being placed 2 for every 150-cubic yards of concrete pavement placed, but in no case shall fewer 3 than 1 set of cylinders be taken per day of placement. After the cylinders have been 4 cast, they shall remain on the job site and then transported, moist cured, and tested 5 in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 6 3. In each set, one of the cylinders shall be tested at 7 days (3 days for HES concrete), 7 two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days (three cylinders for 4" by 8" cylinders), and 8 the remaining cylinder shall be retained for testing at 56 days, if necessary. 9 Concrete must attain its design strength within 56 days. The 4" by 8" cylinders are 10 acceptable only when the nominal maximum aggregate size of the mix is less than 11 1-1/4 inch. 12 4. If the average 28-day test results indicate deficient strength, the Contractor may, at 13 its option and expense, core the pavement in question and have the cores tested by 14 an approved laboratory in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. The 15 average of all cores must meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength, with 16 no individual core resulting in less than 90 percent of design strength, in order to 17 override the results of the cylinder tests. 18 5. In the event cylinders and/or cores do not meet minimum specified strength, 19 additional cores may be taken to identify the limits of deficient concrete pavement 20 at the expense of the Contractor. 21 6. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minimum specified strength. Pavement not 22 meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or 23 removal and placement at the Contractor's expense as shown in the following table. 24 Percent Deficient Greater Than 0 percent - Not More Than 10 percent Greater Than 10 percent - Not More Than 15 percent Greater Than 15 percent Percent of Contract Price Allowed 90-percent 80-percent 0-percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as directed by City 25 26 7. Deficiency shall be determined on a panel by panel basis. 27 8. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor 28 9. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement 29 with a strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or specifications. 30 E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 31 1. If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project 32 Inspector shall decide as to the need for action to address the cracking as to its 33 cause and recommended remedial work. 34 2. If the recommended remedial work is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect 35 the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and 36 seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to 37 the end of the project maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing 38 and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City, 39 regardless of the cause of the cracking. 40 3. If remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the 41 Inspector and the Contractor shall meet to determine the cause of the cracking. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised June 10, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 13 13-21 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 22 1 a. If agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or 2 workmanship, the Contractor shall perform the remedial work at no cost to the 3 City. Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the 4 deficient work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements 5 of the contract. 6 b. If the Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not 7 deficient materials or workmanship, the City may request the Contractor to 8 provide an estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional 9 work to address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that 10 work at the agreed -upon price if the City elects to do so. 11 4. If the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on the cause of the cracking, the 12 City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer, acceptable to the Contractor, 13 to perform testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking. The 14 contractor shall pay 50 percent of the costs of the independent testing. Contractor 15 shall provide one half of the estimated costs of the independent testing to be held by 16 the City. 17 5. If the independent geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the 18 cracking is the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work 19 will be performed at the Contractor's entire expense and the Contractor will also 20 reimburse the City for the City's portion of cost of the geotechnical investigation. 21 Remedial work in this case shall be limited to removing and replacing the deficient 22 work with new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the 23 contract. 24 6. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is not 25 the Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the City will return the held 26 funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City an 27 estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work and 28 will perform the work at the agreed -upon price as directed by the City. 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 A.No concrete washout, mix, slurry, cuts, mud or solids etc., may enter the storm water 33 system including curb lines. Equipment washout allowed only in areas shown on 34 drawings and test materials or slag must be removed from site prior to final acceptance. 35 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 36 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 37 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 38 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 39 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3213 13-22 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 22 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 1.2.A — Modified items to be included in price bid 05/21/2014 Doug Rademaker 2.2.1) — Modified to clarify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving 1.1 LA — modified to clarify concrete placement temperature restrictions Zelalem 2.4.A, B, D — to clarify concrete quality control process and requirements 03/19/2021 Arega/Doug 3.7. C & D - to modify and clarify the pavement strength test and change in Black pavement thickness measurement methodology 3.7.E — Modified to clarify cracked concrete acceptance policy 3/11/2022 Zelalem Arega 1.3.A.h, 2.2 — Added ASTM C595, Type IL cement 6/10/2022 M Owen 3.4 G. 1. — Clarified language re: machine laid vs. hand poured CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised June 10, 2022 321320-1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 32 13 20 2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Concrete sidewalks 7 2. Driveways 8 3. Barrier free ramps 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 15 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 16 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Concrete Sidewalk 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe by the square foot of completed and 22 accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position for various: 23 a) Thicknesses 24 b) Types 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 31 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 32 3) Thickened edge under sidewalk limits, if adjacent to curb or retaining wall 33 34 2. Concrete Curb at Back of Sidewalk (6 to 12 inch max) 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe by the linear foot of completed and 37 accepted Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk within the 6 to 12 inch curb 38 height at back of walk in its final position. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 41 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb at the Back of Sidewalk. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2021 32 13 20 - 2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 2of6 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 3 2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including concrete and reinforcing 4 steel 5 3) Excavation in back of "retaining" curb 6 4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill 7 3. Concrete Driveway 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe by the square foot of completed and 10 accepted Concrete Driveway in its final position for various: 11 a) Thicknesses 12 b) Types 13 2) Dimensions will be taken from the back of the projected curb, including the 14 area of the curb radii and will extend to the limits specified in the Drawings. 15 3) Sidewalk portion of drive will be included in driveway measurement. 16 4) Curb on drive will be included in the driveway measurement. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per square foot of Concrete Driveway. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 23 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 24 3) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 25 when the pavement adjacent to the driveway will be improved 26 27 4. Barrier Free Ramps 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per each Barrier Free Ramp completed 30 and accepted for various: 31 a) Types 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per each "Barrier Free Ramp" installed. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 38 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 39 3) Curb Ramp 40 4) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 41 5) Adjacent flares or side curb 42 6) Concrete gutter width along ramp opening 43 7) Doweling into adjacent concrete pavement, if applicable 44 1.3 REFERENC ES 45 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 46 1. TAS — Texas Accessibility Standards 47 2. TDLR— Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 48 B. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2021 32 13 20 - 3 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 3 of 6 1 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 2 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 3 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 4 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 5 a. D545, Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete 6 Construction (Non -extruding and Resilient Types) 7 b. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using 8 Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13. 13 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre -cast detectable warning for 14 barrier free ramp. 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 20 A. Weather Conditions: Placement of concrete shallbe as specified in Section 32 13 13. 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 25 A. Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of 26 the finished work. 27 28 29 30 31 32 B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13. 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard class for concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps is shown in the following table: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete Class of Minimum 28 Day Min. Maximum Concrete' Cementitious, Compressive Water/ Lb./CY Strength2 Cementitious psi Ratio A 470 3000 0.58 C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. Course Aggregate Maximum Size, inch 1-1/2 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2021 32 13 20 - 4 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 4of6 1 1. Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 deformed 2 bars at 18 inches on -center -both -ways at the center plane of all slabs, unless 3 otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications. 4 D. Joint Filler 5 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 6 2. Pre -Molded Asphalt Board Filler 7 a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards. 8 b. Pre -molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545. 9 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in Drawings. 10 d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 11 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 12 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] iC�19=W4111 Di Al ME'%M Wei 19 A. Surface Preparation 20 1. Excavation: Excavation required for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and 21 barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as 22 established by the City. 23 2. Fine Grading 24 a. The Contractor shall do all necessary filling, leveling and fine grading required 25 to bring the subgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 90 26 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698. 27 b. Moisture content shallbe within minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 28 c. Any over -excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City. 29 B. Demolition / Removal 30 1. Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ramp Removal: see Section 02 41 13. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. General 33 1. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches. 34 2. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum 35 thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and 36 specifications within the limits of the driveway approach. 37 3. Driveways shall have aminimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cros s- slopes for 38 walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines. 39 The construction of the driveway approach shall include the variable height radius 40 curb or a pan driveway approach in accordance with the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2021 32 13 20 - 5 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 5 of 6 1 4. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 2 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 3 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no 4 separate pay). 5 B. Forms: Forms shallbe securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true 6 position during the depositing of concrete. 7 C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13. 8 D. Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13. 9 E. Finishing 10 1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true, 11 even surface. 12 2. Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish. 13 3. Provide exposed aggregate finish for driveways and sidewalks if specified. 14 4. Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools. 15 F. Joints 16 1. Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed 17 using redwood. 18 2. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals ten times the width of the sidewalk. 19 3. Expansion joints shall also be placed at all intersections, sidewalks with concrete 20 driveways, curbs, formations, other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work 21 Similar material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding into or through 22 sidewalks or driveways. 23 4. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 24 5. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall 25 be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing tool. 26 6. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a 27 marking tool. Saw cutting of joints to the required depth may be desirable on wider 28 sidewalks and is acceptable if approved by the City 29 7. When sidewalk is against the curb, expansion joints shall be spaced to match those 30 in the curb, possibly in addition to the required spacing above. 31 G. Barrier Free Ramp 32 1. Furnish and install brick red color pre -cast detectable warning Dome -Tile, 33 manufactured by StrongGo Industries or approved equal by the City. 34 2. Detectable warning surface shall be a minimum of 24-inch in depth in the direction 35 of pedestrian travel, and extend to the limit of the width of the landing where the 36 pedestrian access route enters the street. 37 3. Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is at the 38 extension of the face of the curb. 39 4. Detectable warning Dome -Tile surface may be curved along the corner radius. 40 5. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer's instructions. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 32 13 20 - 6 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS Page 6 of 6 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] DATE NAME 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 4/30/2013 F. Griffin June 5, 2018 M Owen April 29, 2021 M Owen December 9, 2021 M Owen END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A.3 —Measurement and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps modified to match updated City Details CorrectedPart 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, 1 to read, from ... square foot of Concrete Sidewalk. to.. each "Barrier Free Ramp" installed. Revised Measurement and Payment. section. 1.2 A. 4. c. Revise Barrier Free Ramp — Payment Section 1.2 A. 1.e. and 1.2 A. 3. c. Clarified what is included in bid items for sidewalk and driveway, respectively CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2021 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 1373 -1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be allowed, unless specifically specified on Drawings. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test and Evaluation Reports 1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 32 1373 -2 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 4 2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant has a minimum 2-year demonstrated, documented successful field performance with concrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 35 degrees F B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free. C. Do not place sealant in an expansion -type joint if surface temperature is below 35 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] ' • 71 lid 9 Zl)111140 0 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT A. Materials 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM D5893. 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal. b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be installed in the saw -cut joint to prevent the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint. c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 32 1373 -3 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 4 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied. 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minimum of 7 days to ensure it has sufficient strength prior to sealing joints. 3. Perform joint reservoir saw cutting, cleaning, bond breaker installation, and joint sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations. 4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions. B. Equipment 1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working condition. 2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work. 3. The minimum requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows: a. Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions. b. Air Compressors. The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the compressed air. c. Extrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient volume of sealant to the joint. d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant uniformly into the joint. e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for commercial use with air compressors as specified in this Section. f. Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and free of contamination. They shall be compatible with the joint depth and width requirements. C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13. D. Cleaning joints 1. Dry saw in 1 direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast. 2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint. 3. Sandblast joints after complete drying. a. Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of 1 to 2 inches from the face of the joint. b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, 1 directional passes. c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air. d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints. 4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contamination. a. If any dust or contamination is found, repeat sandblasting and blowing until the joint is cleaned. b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination. 5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint immediately upon cleaning. 6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of the joint sealant. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 32 1373 -4 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 4 7. Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight. E. Joint Sealant 1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the mechanical injection tool. 2. Do not seal joints unless they are clean and dry. 3. Remove and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface. a. Do not excess use to seal the joints. 4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as determined by City. 5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealant until it becomes tack -free. F. Approval of Joints 1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing of joints. a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the acceptable method for sealant installation. b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry joints before the sealing operation commences. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 321613-1 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 16 13 2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS 3 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Concrete Curbs and Gutters 8 2. Concrete Valley Gutters 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition 15 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving 16 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 17 6. Section 32 1123 — Flexible Base Courses 18 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A.Measurement and Payment 21 1. Concrete Curb and Gutter 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Curb and 24 Gutter. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter complete and in place by 29 curb height. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or 32 cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12" behind back of curb 33 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 34 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 35 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, 36 reinforcing steel, and expansion material 37 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) 38 when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved 39 2. Concrete Valley Gutter 40 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 321613-2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 2 of 7 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Valley Gutter complete and in place for: a) Various street types c. The price bid shall include: 1) Required excavation 2) Preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or stabilized cement treated subgrade 3) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, reinforcing steel, and expansion material 4) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9") when the pavement adjacent to the valley gutter will improved 3. Concrete Laydown Curb a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Laydown Curb, when crossing on -street parking or parking lots. 2) Laydown Curb pay item is not to be used when crossing driveways or alleys. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of Concrete Laydown Curb complete and in place by curb height. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Excavation and preparing the subgrade, including placement of flexbase or cement treated base under curb & gutter and 12" behind back of curb 2) Required excavation and backfill behind the curb 3) Removal and disposal of all excavated material 4) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course, reinforcing steel, and expansion material 5) Temporary asphalt transition at width shown on plans (typically 9 inches) when the pavement adjacent to the curb & gutter will be improved CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 32 16 13-3 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 3 of 7 1 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 3 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 10 A.Weather Conditions: See Section 32 13 13. 11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A.Forms: See Section 32 13 13. B. Concrete: 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard class for concrete curb & gutter and valley gutter is shown in the following table: Standard Classes of Pavement Concrete Item Class of Minimum 28 Day Maximum Concret Cementitious Min. Water/ e Compressiv Cementitiou Lb./Cy e s Strength Ratio psi Curb A 470 3,000 0.58 Gutte r Valle H 564 4,500 0.45 y Gutte r C.Reinforcement: See Section 32 13 13. D.Joint Filler CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 Course Aggregat e Maximu in Size, inch 1-1/2 1-1/2 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 321613-4 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 4 of 7 1 1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13. 2 2. Pre -Molded Asphalt Board Filler 3 a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards 4 b. Pre -molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545 5 c. Install the required size and uniform thickness and as specified in the Drawings. 6 d. Include two liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft paper filled with a mastic 7 mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. 8 E. Expansion Joint Sealant: See Section 32 13 73. 9 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 11 PART 3 - EXECUTION 12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 13 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 14 3.3 PREPARATION 15 A.Demolition / Removal: See Section 02 41 13. 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A.Forms 18 1. Extend forms the full depth of concrete. 19 2. Wood forms: minimum of 1-1/2 inches in thickness 20 3. Metal Forms: a gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength 21 4. Use acceptable wood or metal forms for curves with a radius of less than 250 feet. 22 5. All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line shall be 23 rejected. 24 B. Reinforcing Steel 25 1. Place all necessary reinforcement for City approval prior to depositing concrete. 26 2. All steel must be free from paint and oil and all loose scale, rust, dirt and other 27 foreign substances. 28 3. Remove foreign substances from steel before placing. 29 4. Wire all bars at their intersections and at all laps or splices. 30 5. Lap all bar splices a minimum of 20 diameters of the bar or 12 inches, whichever is 31 greater. 32 C. Concrete Placement 33 1. Deposit concrete to maintain a horizontal surface. 34 2. Work concrete into all spaces and around any reinforcement to form a dense mass 35 free from voids. 36 3. Work coarse aggregate away from contact with the forms 37 4. Hand -Laid Concrete — Curb and gutter CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 321613-5 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 5 of 7 a. Shape and compact subgrade to the lines, grades and cross section shown on the Drawings. b. Lightly sprinkle subgrade material immediately before concrete placement. c. Deposit concrete into forms. d. Shape the concrete to the required curb and gutter design and provide a brush finish. 5. Machine -Laid Concrete — Curb and Gutter a. Hand -tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. c. Place the concrete to correct line and grade with approved self-propelled equipment. d. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slipforming. 6. Hand -Laid Concrete — Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13. 7. Expansion joints a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at intersection returns and other rigid structures. b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, structures, valley gutters, and existing curb and gutters. d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full depth of the concrete. e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the surface of the finished work. g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with existing concrete expansion joints. h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are required. i. Install 3 - 1/2" round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each expansion joint. j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that provides a minimum of 1-inch free expansion. k. Support dowels by an approved method. D.Curing: see Section 32 13 13. 36 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 37 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 39 40 41 42 43 44 A.Inspections 1. Steel reinforcement placement 2. Headed bolts and studs 3. Verification of use of required design mixture 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 321613-6 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 6 of 7 1 B.Concrete Tests: Perform testing of fresh concrete sample obtained according to 2 ASTM C 172 with the following requirements: 3 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 fresh concrete sample for each day's pour of each 4 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yards, but less than 150 cubic yards, plus 1 set 5 for each additional 150 cubic yard or fraction thereof. 6 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; 1 test at point of placement for each concrete sample, but not 7 less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 8 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 9 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; 1 test for 10 each sample, but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 11 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; 1 test for each concrete sample. 12 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 13 a. Cast and laboratory cure 3 cylinders for each fresh concrete sample. 14 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 15 minimum of 24 hours. 16 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 17 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 18 b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 19 7. Upload test results into Buzzsaw within 48 hours of testing. Reports of 20 compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, 21 date of concrete placement, name of concrete tester and inspector, location of 22 concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture 23 proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 24 both 7- and 28-day tests. 25 8. Additional Tests: Additional tests of concrete shall be made when test results 26 indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other City 27 specification requirements have not been met. The Lab Services division may 28 conduct or request tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders 29 complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by the Project 30 Manager. 31 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 32 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide 33 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 34 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 35 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test 36 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 37 approved by the Project Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at 38 Contractors expense. 39 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 40 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered by 41 the Project Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the 42 City. 43 9. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 44 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 45 10. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 46 comply with the Contract Documents. 47 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 321613-7 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS Page 7 of 7 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.2. Modified payment item to vary by street type 10/05/2016 Z. Arega Added Subsection 2.2.13.1 and Subsection 3.7 1.2 A. 1. c. Clarified what price bid includes for curb & gutter 12/09/2021 M Owen L.2 A. 2. d. Clarified what price bid includes for valley gutter 2.2 B. 1. Updated table: Valley gutter concrete shall meet hand poured concrete paving requirements 6/10/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 1. C. Clarify that price for curb & gutter to include excavation and removal and disposal of excavated material 12/9/2022 M Owen 1.2 A. 3. Added Laydown Curb to measurement and payment section 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 329119-1 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page I of 3 I SECTION 32 9119 2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF ROADWAY RIGHT-OF-WAYS 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 1. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnish and place topsoil to a minimum of 3-inch depth unless otherwise shown on 7 the Drawings within the Roadway Right -of ways (Roadway ROW includes 8 medians and parkways between the curb and property line. 9 2. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 3. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 1. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by cubic yard of Topsoil in place. 18 2. Payment 19 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 20 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price 21 bid per cubic yard of in place/tamped Topsoil. 22 b. All excavation required by this Item in cut sections shall be measured in 23 accordance with provisions for the various excavation items involved with the 24 provision that excavation will be measured and paid for once, regardless of the 25 manipulations involved. 26 3. The price bid shall include: 27 a. Furnishing Topsoil 28 b. Loading 29 c . Hauling 30 d. Placing 31 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 39 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 32 91 19 -2 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page 2of3 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 1. Topsoil 6 1. Use easily cultivated, fertile topsoil that: 7 a. Is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non- 8 soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches 9 b. Has a high resistance to erosion 10 c. Is able to support plant growth 11 2. Secure topsoil from approved sources. 12 3. Topsoil is subject to testing by the City. Contractor shall have soil delivery tickets 13 available upon request. 14 4. pH: 5.5 to 8.5. 15 5. Liquid Limit: 50 or less 16 6. Plasticity Index: 20 or less 17 7. Gradation: maximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve 18 2. Water: Clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth 19 of vegetation 20 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 21 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 25 3.4 INSTALLATION 26 1. Finishing of Roadway Right -of -Ways 27 1. Smoothly shape right-of-ways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 28 2. Cut right-of-ways to finish grade prior to the placing of any improvements in or 29 adjacent to the roadway. 30 3. In the event that unsuitable material for right-of-ways is encountered, extend the 31 depth of excavation in the right-of-ways to 6 inches and backfill with minimum of 3 32 inches of topsoil. 33 4. Make standard right-of-ways grade perpendicular to and draining to the curb line. 34 a. Minimum: 1/4 inch per foot 35 b. Maximum:4:1 36 c. City may approve variations from these requirements in special cases. 37 5. Whenever the adjacent property is lower than the design curb grade and runoff 38 drains away from the street, the right-of-ways grade must be set level with the top 39 of the curb. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 11, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 32 91 19 - 3 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS Page 3 of 3 6. The design grade from the right-of-ways extends to the back of the walk line. 7. From that point (behind the walk), the grade may slope up or down at maximum slope of 4:1. 2. Placing of Topsoil 1. Spread the topsoil to a uniform loose cover at the thickness specified. 2. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. a. Hand tamp or roll topsoil surface (with hand tamper or landscaping roller or other accepted method) and finish a minimum of 5 feet from all flatwork. b. Ensure topsoil is free from objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non -soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.0 inches c. No additional topsoil should be added within the critical root zone of trees. Tamp the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION] [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE 3/11/2022 M Owen Revised title of specification andprovided clarifications in Sections 1.1 Summary, 2.2 Materials, 3.4 Installation CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised March 11, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 2 3 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 32 92 13 SODDING 329213 -1 SODDING Page 1 of 7 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Furnishing and installing grass sod as shown on Drawings, or as directed. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 13 3. Section 31 10 00 —Site Clearing 14 4. Section 32 91 19 — Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 15 5. Section 32 84 23 - Irrigation 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Sod Placement 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Sod complete in 21 place for uniform vegetative coverage. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard of Sod placed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Surface preparation, scarifying subgrade, cleaning, and fine grading as 28 described in section 3.3 Preparation 29 2) Furnishing and placing all sod (until established complete in place with no 30 gaps or overlaps) 31 3) Rolling and tamping 32 4) Watering (until established) 33 5) Fertilizer, if required by City to be determined by soil test 34 6) Disposal of surplus materials off site or as directed by City 35 7) Weed removal (until established) 36 8) Mowing of two cycles, beginning at thirty (30) days from installation or 37 when blade height is 4" or greater, whichever comes first 38 9) Mowing cycles shall be spaced a minimum of ten (10) days apart (until 39 established) 40 d. Exceptions to c. include the following for areas to be turned over to adjacent 41 properties for maintenance: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213 -2 SODDING Page 2of7 1 1) Sod shall be watered until turned over to adjacent property owner for 2 maintenance 3 2) Fertilization will not be required 4 3) Mowing not required for projects in areas where maintenance will be 5 immediately turned over to adjacent property owners 6 2. Mowing 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each for the project, beyond the two 9 (2) mow cycles included in sodding price, as approved and directed by the 10 City 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 13 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per each. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 19 A. Certifications, Samples and Documentation 20 1. Certificates and/or labels and samples of sod, fertilizer, compost, soil amendments 21 and/or other materials, including a certificate from the vendor indicating sod is free 22 from weeds. 23 2. Delivery receipts and copies of invoices for materials used for this work shall be 24 subject to verification by the City 25 B. Exceptions 26 1. Certifications, samples and associated documentation will not be required for sod to 27 be turned over to adjacent property owner for maintenance 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 31 A. Developer/contractor who plants material is responsible for the supervision of crew, the 32 site, and the maintenance of the material until the project is accepted by the City 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 34 A. Sod 35 1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing. 36 2. Keep stacked sod moist, consistently throughout stack. 37 3. Sod upon delivery may be inspected by City 38 4. Harvesting and planting operations shall be coordinated with not more than seventy- 39 two (72) hours elapsing between harvesting and placement, rolling, tamping, and 40 watering of sod. 41 B. Fertilizer, as determined by soil testing report provided to Contractor, if specifically 42 required by City for the project. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 32 9213 -3 SODDING Page 3 of 7 1 1. Provide unopened bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed fertilizer 2 analysis. 3 2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law, Texas Agriculture Code Chapter 63. 4 3. Provide to City application rate for which fertilizer will be applied. 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 6 A. Grading of site and installation of topsoil must be approved by City prior to application 7 of sod. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Warranty Period: Until project acceptance or through required maintenance period, 10 whichever is longer duration of time. 11 B. Warrant sod against defects in product, installation and workmanship. 12 1. Exceptions include 13 a. When maintenance is transferred to the adjacent property owner during the 14 project or after project acceptance 15 b. Vandalism caused by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 16 project 17 c. Improper watering by persons other than contractor or subcontractors of this 18 project 19 d. Damage caused by vehicles or equipment other than contractor or 20 subcontractors of this project. 21 e. Sod that goes dormant after job acceptance 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 25 A. Materials 26 1. Sod 27 a. Sod Varieties (match existing if applicable) 28 1) "Cynodon dactylon TIF419" or "TIFWAY" or "TIFTUF" (Bermudagrass 29 hybrid) 30 2) or an approved St. Augustine grass 31 3) or an approved Zoysia grass 32 b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes and roots as appropriate to 33 species. 34 c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable 35 foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which might 36 affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. 37 1) Johnsongrass not allowed 38 2) Nutgrass not allowed 39 3) Millet not allowed 40 d. Sod shall have been produced on growing beds of clay or clay loam topsoil. 41 e. Sod must not be harvested or planted when its moisture condition is so 42 excessively wet or dry that its survival will be affected. 43 2. Minimum sod thickness: 1/2-inch minimum CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213 -4 SODDING Page 4of7 1 a. Maximum grass height: 2-inches 2 b. Dimensions 3 1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 4 2) Sod is to be cut in strips 16-inches wide and 24-inches long or approved 5 equal. 6 3) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, 7 handled and rolled without breaking. 8 c. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected. 9 d. Temporary Erosion Control or Over Seed of dormant sod— consist of the sowing 10 of cool season plant seed. Seed must be included between November 1 through 11 March 1 or as directed by the City. 12 13 Common Name Botanical Name Lbs./Acre Lbs./Acre broadcast drilled seed method method Elbon Rye Secale cereale 100-120 80-100 14 3. Fertilizer to be installed only as directed by City or as indicated in construction 15 documents 16 a. Determined by soil testing report 17 b. Acceptable condition for distribution per manufacturer's instructions 18 c. Applied uniformly over sod area. Do not fertilize inside the dripline of trees, or 19 Tree Protection Area. 20 4. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 21 5. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the 22 germination of seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES 24 A. SOD PINS 25 1. Metal 26 2. Wood pegs 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3 - EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION 31 A. City may examine site grading to ensure it conforms to approved drawings, prior to 32 installing sod. 33 1. City will notify Contractor if grading is to be inspected prior to sod installation. 34 2. If required for specific project, Contractor must coordinate inspection seventy-two 35 (72) hours prior to cutting of sod and delivery 36 B. Sod may be inspected by City upon delivery. 37 3.3 PREPARATION 38 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of allmaterial including the following and dispose of 39 off -site or as directed by City: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 32 9213 -5 SODDING Page 5 of 7 1 1. Stumps, stones, and other objects larger than 1-inch. 2 2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc. 3 3. Any objects that may interfere with sodding or maintenance. 4 B. Scarify Subgrade 5 1. Scarify subgrade to a depth of 2-inches before depositing the required topsoil. 6 2. Compacted or heavily vegetated areas may be tilled 3-inches deep with City approval 7 a. For tilled areas, use a heavy-duty disc or a chisel -type breaking plow, chisels 8 set not more than I0-inches apart. 9 b. Initial tillage shall be done in a crossing pattern for double coverage, then 10 followed by a disc harrow. Depth of tillage may be up to 3-inches. 11 c. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 12 seed/water run-off 13 3. Areas near trees: Do not till within dripline of tree. Do not disturb the Tree Protection 14 Area, ore anopy dripline. 15 C. Cleaning 16 1. Soil shall be further prepared by the removal of debris, building materials, rubbish, 17 and rock 1-inch and greater, and weeds. 18 2. Remove and dispose of debris off -site. 19 D. Fine Grading: 20 1. After scarifying or tilling and cleaning, all areas to be sodded shall have 3-inches of 21 topsoil placed, be leveled, fine graded by use of weighted spike and harrow, or float 22 drag, or hand grading to eliminate ruts, depressions, humps, and objectionable soil 23 clods. This shall be the final soil preparation step to be completed prior to 24 inspection before sodding. 25 2. Areas near trees: Do not disturb the Tree Protection Area, or canopy dripline 26 3.4 INSTALLATION 27 A. General 28 1. Do not lay sod when ground is frozen. 29 2. Over -seeding with Elbon Rye shall be included from November I until March 1. 30 Refer to Section 32 92 14 "Seeding" for seed rates. 31 B.Installation 32 1. Plant sod specified after the area has been inspected and accepted by City for 33 planting 34 2. Scarify 2-inches of subgrade and place a minimum of 3-inches of topsoil per Section 35 32 91 19 on areas to receive sod. 36 3. Sod to be laid parallel to the contours in areas as specified. Sod to be laid 37 perpendicular to slopes greater than or equal to 4:1. 38 4. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, 39 hauling and planting. 40 5. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. Dry sod shall be 41 rejected. 42 6. Fill in slumped areas due to watering to keep sod moist. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213 -6 SODDING Page 6 of 7 1 7. Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered with no gaps or 2 overlapping material 3 8. Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp. 4 9. Stagger joints and seams. 5 10. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 6 a. Use pedestrian mechanical process (no motorized vehicles / equipment). 7 b. Low spots, or settlement greater than 1-inch, that may cause tripping hazard 8 shall be leveled 9 c. Finished grade of sod shall be maximum 1-inch below adjacent edges including 10 curbs, drives, and walkways. 11 11. Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the firm 12 earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or nature of the 13 soil. 14 C. Watering and Finishing 15 1. Water sod to a minimum depth of 4-inches immediately after placed and tamped and 16 rolled. 17 2. Generally, as recommended by the vendor 18 3. Water source shall be clean and free of industrial waste or other substances harmful 19 to the germination of the seed or growth of the vegetation. 20 4. Water until 100 percent green and established as defined in 3.13. Dormant sod must 21 be over -seeded as directed in 2.2 A.2.d. 22 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 23 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE 31 A. Sodding 32 1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as 33 directed by the City. 34 2. Trim and maintain along edges including curbs, drives, and walkways with 35 maximum 1-inch surface elevation change. 36 3. Sod shall be rooted to scarified soil with continuous surface coverage with no gaps or 37 overlapping edges. 38 4. Includes protection, replanting, and maintaining grades with no settlement over 1- 39 inch, and immediate repair of erosion damage until the project receives final 40 acceptance. 41 5. Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down 42 (roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 329213 -7 SODDING Page 7 of 7 1 B. Acceptance 2 1. Sod shall be accepted once fully established. 3 a. Sodded area must have 100 percent ground coverage and a blade height of 3- 4 inches with 2 mow cycles, minimum ten (10) days apart, performed by the 5 Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the City. 6 b. Grass shall be actively growing and free of disease and pests. 7 c. Ground surface to be smooth and free of foreign material and rock or clods 1- 8 inch diameter and greater. 9 C. Replanting 10 1. Replant areas with dead blocks of sod (50 percent of individual block or greater). 11 D. Rejection 12 1. City may reject sod area based on the following items prior to final acceptance: 13 a. Weed populations 14 b. Poor installation including but not limited to gaps and/or overlapping sod 15 c. Disease and/or pests 16 d. Insufficient or over watering 17 e. Poor or improper maintenance 18 f. Soil settlement in excess of 1-inch. 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 20 END OF SECTION 21 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 22 Removed information and details regarding seed, native grasses and wildflowers. These items are addressed in new specification 32 92 14 andParks specification for native grasses/wildflowers. Items pertaining to fertilizer throughout document updated to include soil testing. Remove and replace "block sod" with "sod" May 13, 2021 M Owen throughout document. Updated 1.2 payment measurement. 3.3 Preparation updatedto reflect current industry tree care standards for root zone disturbance. 3.4 Installation added descriptions to clarify acceptable installation. 3.13 Maintenance added descriptions to clarify acceptance andrejection of sodded areas including growth, mow cycle and watering. Inserted exceptions associated with sod to be turned over to adjacent property owner. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised May 13, 2021 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 33 01 30 -1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 7 SECTION 33 0130 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING A. Section Includes: 1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection (Mandrel) Test 1) Excludes pipe with flow 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. b. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 2. Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into service it shall be cleaned and tested. 3. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test for 60-inch pipe and smaller. 4. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test of joints for 27-inch or larger pipe. 5. Pipe testing will include deflection (mandrel) test for pipe. 6. Hydrostatic testing is not allowed. 7. Manhole testing will include vacuum test. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1— General Requirements 3. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 4. Section 33 04 50 — Cleaning of Sewer Mains 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Pipe Testing a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main (pipe) completed in place. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer main (pipe) complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Manhole Testing a. Measurement 1) Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 -2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2of7 1 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test completed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Mobilization 5 2) Plugs 6 3) Clean-up 7 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 11 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 14 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 15 1. All test reports generated during testing (pass and fail) 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Certific ations 19 1. Mandrel Equipment 20 a. If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment 21 used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required 22 specifications. 23 2. Joint Testing 24 a. Testing Service -Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform 25 joint evaluation tests 26 b. Equipment -If requested by City, provide Quality Assurance certification that 27 the equipment used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the 28 required specifications. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 - 3 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 3 of 7 1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXANUNATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Low Pressure Air Test (Pipe 60 inch and smaller) 10 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 11 2. Plug ends of all branches, laterals, tees, wyes, and stubs to be included in test. 12 B. Low Pressure Joint Air Test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 13 1. Clean the sewer main before testing, as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 14 2. Assemble individual joint tester over each joint from within the pipe. 15 C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 16 1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 17 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 18 3. Materials 19 a. Mandrel used for deflection test 20 1) Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after 21 certification will invalidate the deflection test. 22 2) Mandrel requirements 23 a) Odd number of legs with 9 legs minimum 24 b) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 25 c) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 26 d) Fitted with pulling rings and each end 27 e) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating 28 the following: 29 (1) Pipe material specification 30 (2) Nominal size 31 (3) Mandrel outside diameter (OD) 32 f) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter (ID) of pipe. 33 g) Mandrel equipment shall be suitable for the pipe material to prevent 34 damage to the pipe. Consult manufacturer for appropriate mandrel 35 equipment. 36 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 37 1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. 38 2. Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 -4 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4of7 1 3. Secure stubouts, manhole boots, and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum 2 is drawn. 3 4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 4 5. Place test head inside the frame at the top of the manhole. 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60" Inch and Smaller) 7 1. Install plug with inlet tap. 8 2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source. 9 3. After the stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stopwatch. 10 4. Determine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 11 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 12 is computed from the following equation: 13 14 T = (0.0850*D*K) 15 Q 16 Where: 17 T = shortest time, seconds, allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 18 K = 0.000419*D*L, but not less than 1.0 19 D = nominal pipe diameter, inches 20 L = length of pipe being tested (by pipe size), feet 21 Q = 0.0015, cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 22 5. UNI-B-6, Table I provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 23 through 60-inch based on the equation above. 24 25 UNI-B-6, Table 1 26 Minimum specified time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe 27 indic ated for q = 0. 00 15 28 29 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown fmm:sec) 1 2 3 4 Pipe Mmmum Length for Time for Diameter Time Mmunum Longer 100ft 150ft 200ft 250ft 300ft 350ft 400ft 450ft sec} (in.) (�' Time (ft) Length (sec) 4 3.46 597 .380 L 3:46 3.46 3.46 3.46 3.46 346 3.46 346 6 5.40 398 .854 L 5.40 5:40 5:40 5.40 5.40 5.40 5:42 6:24 8 734 298 1.520 L 734 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:36 8:52 10:08 1124 10 926 239 2.374 L 926 926 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 15.49 17.48 12 1120 199 3.418 L 1120 1120 1124 14:15 17:05 19:56 22.47 25:38.00 15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42:00 31:09:00 3536:00 40:04.00 18 17:00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 25:38:00 32:03:00 3827:00 44:52:00 51:16:00 57.41.00 21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 26:10:00 34:54.00 43:37:00 5221,00 61:00:00 69.48.00 78:31.00 24 22.40 99 13.674 L 22.47 34:11:00 45:34.00 56:58:00 6822:00 79.46:00 91:10:00 102:33.00 27 25:30:00 88 17.306 L 28:5100 43.1600 57:41:00 72:07:00 86:32:00 100.57.00 11522:00 129:48:00 30 28:20:00 80 21.366 L 35:37.00 5325:00 71:13.00 89:02:00 106:50.00 124:38:00 14226:00 160:15:00 33 31:10:00 72 25.852 L 43:05:00 6438:00 86:10.00 107:43:00 129:16.00 150:43:00 17221:00 193:53:00 36 34:00:00 66 30.768 L 5117,00 76:55:00 102:34:00 128:12:00 1535000 179:29:00 20507:00 230:4600 42 39:48:00 57 41.8831, 69:48:00 104:4200 139:37:00 17430:00 20924:00 244:19:00 279:1300 314:0700 48 45:34:00 50 54.705 L 91:10.00 136.45:00 18221.00 22755:00 273:31:00 319:06:00 364.42.00 410:17:00 54 510200 44 69.236 L _ 115:24:00 1730500 230:47:00 2882900 346:1100 4035300 46134:00 519:16.00 60 56.,40:00 40 85.476 L 142:28:00 2134100 284:5500 3560900 4272300 498:37:00 569:5000 641:0400 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 01 30 - 5 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 5 of 7 6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the calculated testing time. B. Low pressure joint air test (27 Inch or larger pipe) 1. All pipe joints, for all pipe materials, shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1103 as follows: 2. Equipment shall be the product of manufacturers having more than five years of regular production of successful joint testers. Joint tester shallbe as manufactured by Cherne Industrial, Inc., of Edina, Minnesota, or approved equal. 3. Follow equipment manufacturer's recommendations when performing tests; only experienced technicians shall perform tests. 4. The testing equipment shall be assembled and positioned over the center of the pipe joint and the end element tubes inflated to a maximum of 25 psi. 5. Pressurize the center joint test area to 4.0 psig and allow the temperature and pressure to stabilize at the minimum of 2.5 psig for a period of 2.0 minutes prior to testing. 6. To test, adjust the pressure to 3.5 psig and measure the time required to decrease the pressure from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig. 7. The joint is acceptable if the time for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig is greater than 10 seconds. C. Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 1. For pipe 36 inches and smaller, the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded. 2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 D. Vacuum test (Manhole) 1. Test manhole prior to coating with epoxy or other material. 2. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turnoff the pump. 3. With the valve closed, read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 4. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is as follows: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 7, 2018 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 01 30 - 6 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 6 of 7 1 2 Depth of 4-foot Dia 5-foot Dia 6-foot Dia Manhole, feet Seconds Seconds Seconds 8 20 26 33 10 25 33 41 12 30 39 49 14 35 45 57 16 40 52 67 18 40 59 73 * * T=5 T=6.5 T=8 3 ** For manholes over 18 feet deep, add "T" seconds as shown for each respective 4 diameter for each 2 feet of additional depth of manhole to the time shown for 18 foot 5 depth. (Example: A 30 foot deep, 4-foot diameter. Total test time would be 70 6 seconds. 40+6(5)--70 seconds) 7 8 5. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have 9 failed the test. 10 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 11 3.6 R&INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Non -Conforming Work 14 1. Low pressure air test (Pipe 60 Inch and smaller) 15 a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s) and retest. 16 2. Low pressure joint air test (Pipe 27 inch or larger) 17 a. 100 percent of alljoints shall be field tested, prior to the placement of backfill 18 over the spring line of the pipe, after the pipe has been substantially locked in to 19 place by embedment. If the pipe does not pass the field air test, the joint will be 20 pulled and refitted or rejected and removed from the project. After full 21 placement of backfill and proper compaction, 100% of alljoints will be tested 22 again, as the installation progresses. At no time shall pipe installation exceed 23 300 feet beyond the last joint tested. 24 b. No more than 2 percent of the total number of joints failing to meet the 25 requirements of this test shall be field repaired by joint grout injection, or band 26 clamps, or other method. Any joints over 2% requiring field repairs shall be 27 rejected and removed from the project site. Rejected pipe shall be removed 28 from the project. Installation shall be stopped until defective joints are repaired 29 or replaced. 30 3. Should Deflection (mandrel) test (Pipe) 31 a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected. 32 b. Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged. 33 c. If damaged, remove and replace. 34 4. Vacuum test (Manhole) CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 33 01 30 - 7 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 7 of 7 1 a. Should the vacuum test fail, repair suspect area and retest. 2 1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 3 a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 4 2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 5 externally. 6 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 7 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 8 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 9 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 14 DATE NAME 8/10/2018 W. Norwood 9/7/2018 W. Norwood 15 END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3.4.1) Require testing prior to coating manholes 3.3, A&B, Add individual joint testing option for 27 inch and larger with independent testing. 3.4.A Include UNI-B-6, Table 1 for low pressure air test 4.4.13 Include individual joint testing requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 7, 2018 330440-1 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 33 04 40 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. General Before any newly constructed potable water mains will be permitted to be placed into service in the Fort Worth Water Department's Water Distribution System, it shall be cleaned (purged) and tested, or cleaned, disinfected, and tested until the bacteria count within the water main meets the standards established by the Fort Worth Water Department and the requirements of Chapter 290 of the Texas Administrative Code (TAC) established by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the water main being Cleaned and Tested. 2. Payment a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing and shall be subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Water Works Association/American (AWWA): a. C301, Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel -Cylinder Type. b. C303, Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar -Wrapped, Steel -Cylinder Type. c. C651, Disinfecting Water Mains. d. C655, Field De -Chlorination. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-2 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals For 24-inch and larger water mains, provide the following: 1. Cleaning Plan — Prior to the start of construction, submit a water main cleaning plan detailing the methods and schedule, including: a. A detailed description of cleaning procedures b. Pigging entry and exit ports c. Flushing procedures d. Plans and hydraulic calculations to demonstrate adequate flushing velocities e. Control of water f. Disposal 2. Disinfection Plan — prior to the start of construction submit a disinfection plan including: a. The method mixing and introducing chlorine b. Flushing c. De -chlorination d. Sampling 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES A. Pigs 1. Open cell polyurethane foam body 2. Densities between 2 pounds per cubic foot up to 8 pounds per cubic foot 3. May be wrapped with polyurethane spiral bands 4. Abrasives are not permitted, unless expressly approved by the City in writing for the particular application. 5. Must pass through a reduction up to 65 percent of the cross sectional area of the nominal pipe diameter CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-3 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 6. Pigs shall be able to traverse standard piping arrangements such as 90 degree bends, tees, crosses, wyes, and gate valves. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING A. General 1. All water mains shall be cleaned prior to bacteriological testing. a. Pig all 36-inch and smaller water mains. b. Pig or manually sweep 42-inch and larger mains. c. Flushing is only permitted when specially designated in the Drawings, or if pigging is not practical and approved by the City. B. Pigging Method If the method of pigging is to be used, prepare the main for the installation and removal of a pig, including: a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily expose cleaning Wye, remove cleaning Wye covers, etc. b. Where expulsion of the pig is required through a dead -ended conduit: 1) Prevent backflow of purged water into the main after passage of the pig. 2) Install a mechanical joint to provide a riser out of the trench on 12-inch and smaller mains to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 3) Additional excavation of the trench may be performed on mains over 12 inches, to prevent backwater re-entry into the main. 4) Flush any backflow water that inadvertently enters the main. c. Flush short dead-end pipe sections not swabbed by a pig. d. Once pigging is complete: 1) Pigging wyes shall remain in place unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Install cleaning Wye, blind flanges or mechanical joint plugs. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-4 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 3) Plug and place blocking at other openings. 4) Backfill 5) Complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the system and proceed with disinfection. C. Flushing Method Prepare the main by installing blow -offs at appropriate locations, of sufficient sizes and numbers, and with adequate flushing to achieve a minimum velocity in the main of 2.5 feet per second. a. Minimum blow -off sizes for various main sizes are as follows: 1) 4-inch through 8-inch main — 3/4-inch blow -off 2) 10-inch through 12-inch main —I -inch blow -off 3) 16-inch and greater main — 2-inch blow -off b. Flushing shall be subject to the following limitations: 1) Limit the volume of water for flushing to 3 times the volume of the water main. 2) Do not unlawfully discharge chlorinated water. 3) Do not damage private property. 4) Do not create a traffic hazard. c. Once Flushing is complete: 1) Corporations stops used for flushing shall be plugged. D. Daily main cleaning 1. Wipe joints and then inspect for proper installation. 2. Sweep each joint and keep clean during construction. 3. Install a temporary plug on all exposed mains at the end of each working day or an extended period of work stoppage. E. Hydrostatic Testing All water main that is to be under pressure, shall be hydrostatically tested to meet the following criteria: a. Furnish and install corporations for proper testing of the main. 1) Furnish adequate and satisfactory equipment and supplies necessary to make such hydrostatic tests. 2) The section of line to be tested shall be gradually filled with water, carefully expelling the air and the specified pressure applied. b. The City will furnish water required for the testing at its nearest City line. c. Expel air from the pipe before applying the required test pressure. d. Test Pressure 1) Test pressures should meet the following criteria: a) Not less than 1.25 (187 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. b) Not less than 1.5 (225 psi minimum) times the stated working pressure at the lowest elevation of the test section. e. Test Conditions 1) Must be at least 2 hour duration 2) Add water as necessary to sustain the required test pressure. 3) Test fire hydrants to the fire hydrant valve. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-5 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 a) Leave the isolation valve on the fire hydrant lead line open during the hydrostatic testing. 4) Test service lines to curb stop a) Leave the corporation stop on the service line open during the hydrostatic testing. 5) Close isolation valves for air release valves. 6) Makeup water must come from a container of fixed 55 gallon container that does not have a water source. f. Measure all water used in the pressure test through an approved meter, or measure the difference in volume within a 55 gallon container. 1) Do not test against existing water distribution valves unless expressly provided for in the Drawings, or approved by the City. 2) If the City denies approval to test against existing water distribution system valve, then make arrangements to plug and test the pipe at no additional cost. 2. Allowable Leakage a. No pipe installation should be accepted if the amount of makeup water is greater than that determined using the following formula: In inch -pound units, L = SD �P 148,000 Where: L = testing allowance (make up water), gallons per hour S = length of pipe tested, ft. D = nominal diameter of pipe, in. P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, psi b. For any pipeline that fails to pass hydrostatic test: 1) Identify the cause 2) Repair the leak 3) Restore the trench and surface 4) Retest c. All costs associated with repairing the pipeline to pass the hydrostatic test is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and included in the price per linear foot of pipe. d. If the City determines that an existing system valve is responsible for the hydrostatic test to fail, the Contractor shall make provisions to test the pipeline without the use of the system valve. e. There shall be no additional payment to the Contractor if the existing valve is unable to sustain the hydrostatic test and shall be included in the price per linear foot of pipe. F. Disinfection 1. General a. Disinfection of the main shall be accomplished by the "continuous feed" method or the "slug" method as determined by the Contractor. b. The free chlorine amounts shown are minimums. The Contractor may require higher rates. 1) Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be used as the source of chlorine. c. Continuous Feed Method CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-6 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 1) Apply water at a constant rate in the newly laid main. a) Use the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a) Free chlorine concentration: 50 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) Chlorine applications shall not cease until the entire conduit is filled with heavily chlorinated water. 3) Retain chlorinated water in the main for at least 24 hours. a) Operate valves and hydrants in the section treated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. b) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. c) Residual at the end of the 24-hour period: 10 mg /L free chlorine, minimum, for the treated water in all portions of the main. 4) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 5) Test the chlorine residual prior to flushing operations. a) If the chlorine residual exceeds 4 mg/L, the water shall remain in the new main until the chlorine residual is less the 4 mg/L. b) The Contractor may choose to evacuate the water into water trucks, or other approved storage facility, and treat the water with Sodium Bisulfate, or another de -chlorination chemical, or method appropriate for potable water and approved by the City until the chlorine residual is reduced to 4 mg/L or less. c) After the specified chlorine residual is obtained, the water may then be discharged into the drainage system or utilized by the Contractor. d. Slug Method 1) Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply shall be made to flow at a constant rate in the newly laid main. 2) At a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine. a) Free chlorine concentration: 100 mg/L minimum, or as required by TCEQ, whichever is greater. b) The chlorine shall be applied continuously and for a sufficient time to develop a solid column or "slug" of chlorinated water that shall expose all interior surfaces to the "slug" for at least 3 hours. 3) Operate the fittings and valves as the chlorinated water flows past to disinfect the appurtenances. 4) Prevent the flow of chlorinated water into mains in active service. 5) Flush the heavily chlorinated water from the main and dispose of in a manner and at a location accepted by the City. 6) Upon completion, test the chlorine residual remaining in the main. a) Chlorine levels of 4 mg/l or less should be maintained. 2. Contractor Requirements a. Furnish all equipment, material and labor to satisfactorily prepare the main for the disinfection method approved by the City with adequate provisions for sampling. b. Make all necessary taps into the main to accomplish chlorination of a new line, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-7 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 c. After satisfactory completion of the disinfection operation, as determined by the City, remove surplus pipe at the chlorination and sampling points, plug the remaining pipe, backfill and complete all appurtenant work necessary to secure the main. G. Dechlorination 1. General. All chlorinated water shall be de -chlorinated before discharge to the environment. Chemical amounts, as listed in ANSFAWWA C651: "Disinfecting Water Mains", shall be used to neutralize the residual chlorine concentrations using de -chlorination procedures listed in ANSFAWWA C655: "Field De -Chlorination". De -Chlorination shall continue until chlorine residual is non -detectable. 2. Testing. Contractor shall continuously test for the chlorine residual level immediately downstream of the de -chlorination process, during the entire discharge of the chlorinated water. Contractor shall periodically conduct chlorine residual testing and check for possible fish kills at locations where discharged water enters the existing watershed. 3. Fish Kill. If a fish kill occurs associated with the discharge of water from the distribution system or any other construction activities: a. The Contract shall immediately alter activities to prevent further fish kills. b. The Contractor shall immediately notify Water Department Field Operations Dispatch. c. The Contractor shall coordinate with City to properly notify TCEQ. d. Any fines assessed by the TCEQ (or local, state of federal agencies) for fish kills shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. H. Bacteriological Testing (Water Sampling) 1. General a. Notify the City when the main is suitable for sampling. b. The City shall then take water samples from a suitable tap for analysis by the City's laboratory, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 1) No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in the collection of samples. 2. Water Sampling a. Complete microbiological sampling prior to connecting the new main into the existing distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651. b. Collect samples for bacteriological analysis in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. c. Collect 2 consecutive sets of acceptable samples, taken at least 24 hours apart, from the new main. d. Collect at least 1 set of samples from every 1,000 linear feet of the new main (or at the next available sampling point beyond 1,000 linear feet as designated by the City), plus 1 set from the end of the line and at least 1 set from each branch. e. If trench water has entered the new main during construction or, if in the opinion of the City, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the new main, obtain bacteriological samples at intervals of approximately 200 linear feet. f. Obtain samples from water that has stood in the new main for at least 16 hours after formal flushing. 3. Repetition of Sampling CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 330440-8 CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 a. Unsatisfactory test results require a repeat of the disinfection process and re - sampling as required above until a satisfactory sample is obtained. 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1040IZI]0.yx9iIMei Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.10.E.Le, Added service lines to hydrostatic testing requirements 1.3.A.2.d Added AWWA C655 Field De -Chlorination as reference 2/6/2013 D Townsend 3.10.G — Added De -Chlorination Requirement CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 -1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 1 of 21 1 SECTION 33 05 10 2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Excavation, Embedment and Backfill for: 7 a. Pressure Applications 8 1) Water Distribution or Transmission Main 9 2) Wastewater Force Main 10 3) Reclaimed Water Main 11 b. Gravity Applications 12 1) Wastewater Gravity Mains 13 2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts 14 3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 15 2. Including: 16 a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 17 b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 18 c. Site specific trench safety 19 d. Pumping and dewatering 20 e. Embedment 21 f. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22 g. Bac kfill 23 h. Compaction 24 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 25 1. None. 26 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 27 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 28 Contract 29 2. Division 1— General Requirements 30 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition 31 4. Section 02 41 15 — Paving Removal 32 5. Section 02 41 14 — Utility Removal/Abandonment 33 6. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -place Concrete 34 7. Section 03 34 13 — Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 35 8. Section 31 10 00 — Site Clearing 36 9. Section 3125 00 — Erosion and Sediment Control 37 10. Section 33 05 26 — Utility Markers/Locators 38 11. Section 34 71 13 — Traffic Control 39 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 40 A. Measurement and Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 _2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 2 of 21 1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill associated with the installation of an underground utility or excavation a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe line as designated in the Drawings. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe for the type of embedment and backfill as indicated on the plans. No other compensation will be allowed. 2. Imported Embedment or Backfill a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the City b. Payment 1) Imported fill shall only be paid when using materials for embedment and backfill other than those identified in the Drawings. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with pre -bid item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Imported Embedment/Backfill" delivered to the Site for: a) Various embedment/backfill materials c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification 2) Hauling to the site 3) Placement and compaction of backfillor embedment 3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines a. Measurement 1) Measured by the cubic yard per plan quantity. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per cubic yard of "Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines" per plan quantity. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing, hauling, placing and finishing concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00 2) Clean-up 4. Ground Water Control a. Measurement 1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a ground water control plan is specifically required by the Contract Documents. b. Payment 1) Payment shall be per the lump sum price bid for "Ground Water Control" including: a) Submittals b) Additional Testing c) Ground water control system installation d) Ground water control system operations and maintenance e) Disposal of water CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 2, 2021 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] -3 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 3 of 21 1 f) Removal of groundwater control system 2 5. Trench Safety 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 5 safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 6 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 10 price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 11 safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not 12 limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 13 1.3 RF,FF:RFNCES 14 A. Definitions 15 1. General — Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 16 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653, unless otherwise 17 noted. 18 2. Definitions for trench width, backfill, embedment, initial backfill, pipe zone, 19 haunching bedding, springline, pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in 20 the following schematic: PAVED yARE S UNPAVED AREAS �\ \� 11 4 � J J � AN INITIAL SACKFILL W V/ z \ Q SPRINGLINE W HUNCHING/ BEDDING %\\ FOUNDATION �� {•`%car r r�i �r r r\ 21 EXCAVATED TRENCH WIDTH CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised April 2, 2021 OD CLEARANCE [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] -4 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 4 of 21 1 3. Deleterious materials — Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic 2 material 3 4. Excavated Trench Depth — Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 4 or the trench foundation 5 5. Final Backfill Depth 6 a. Unpaved Areas — The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 7 initial backfill to the surface 8 b. Paved Areas — The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 9 initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 10 B. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. ASTM Standards: 15 a. ASTM C33-08 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 16 b. ASTM C88-05 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or 17 Magnesium Sulfate 18 c. ASTM C136-01 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 19 d. ASTM D448-08 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and 20 Bridge Construction. 21 e. ASTM C535-09 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large- 22 Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 23 f. ASTM D588 —Standard Test method for Moisture -Density Relations of Soil- 24 Cement Mixture 25 g. ASTM D698-07 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 26 Soil Using Stand Efforts (12,400 ft lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 27 h. ASTM 1556 Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in 28 Place by Sand Cone Method. 29 i. ASTM 2487 —10 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 30 (Unified Soil Classification System) 31 j. ASTM 2321-09 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers 32 and Other Gravity -Flow Applications 33 k. ASTM D2922 — Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil 34 Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 35 1. ASTM 3017 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in 36 place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 37 in. ASTM D4254 - Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit 38 Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density 39 3. OSHA 40 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 41 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - Excavations 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIRIIVI ATS 43 A Coordination 44 1. Utility Company Notification 45 a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance, excluding weekends 46 and holidays, before starting excavation. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -5 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 5 of 21 1 b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 2 work. 3 B. Sequencing 4 1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 5 and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. 6 2. Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 7 prior to commencement of construction activities. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS 9 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 10 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Shop Drawings 13 1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water 14 control, if required. 15 2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health 16 Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P - 17 Excavations 18 3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material 19 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 20 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 21 easement. 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26 A. Storage 27 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW) 28 a. Spoil, imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 29 existing ROW, easements or temporary construction easements, unless 30 specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 31 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 32 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 33 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 34 e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 35 landscaped areas. 36 2. Designated Storage Areas 37 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils, embedment or 38 backfill materials within the ROW, easement or temporary construction 39 easement, then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 40 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 41 private property. 42 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -6 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 6 of 21 1 d. Do not block drainage ways. 2 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 3 zone. 4 B. Deliveries and haul -off - Coordinate all deliveries and haul -off. 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 6 A. Existing Conditions 7 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 8 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 9 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 10 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 11 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 12 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 13 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 14 2.1 OWNER-FURNISBED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 15 2.2 MATERIALS 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 A. Materials 1. Utility Sand a. Granular and free flowing b. Generally meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for fine aggregate according to ASTM C 33 c. Reasonably free of organic material d. Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, loam or vegetable matter and meets the following gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backfill Sieve Size Percent Retained V2" 0 t/4" 0-5 #4 0-10 #16 0-20 #50 20-70 #100 60-90 #200 90-100 e. The City has a pre -approved list of sand sources forutility embedment. The pre -approved list can be found on the City website, Project Resources page. The utility sand sources in the pre -approved list have demonstrated continued quality and uniformity on City of Fort Worth projects. Sand from these sources are pre -approved for use on City projects without project specific testing. 2. Crushed Rock a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56,57 or 67 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 _7 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 7 of 21 1 c. May be unwashed 2 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 3 e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 4 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 5 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 6 3. Fine Crushed Rock 7 a. Durable crushed rock 8 b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 9 c. May be unwashed 10 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 11 e. Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percentper ASTM C131 or C535 12 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 13 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 14 4. Ballast Stone 15 a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 16 b. May be unwashed 17 c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 18 d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 19 e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 20 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 21 5. Acceptable Backfill Material 22 a. In -situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 23 ASTM D2487 24 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 25 c. Can be placed free from voids 26 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 27 6. Blended Backfill Material 28 a. In -situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 29 b. Blended with in -situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 30 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 31 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 32 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 33 7. Unacceptable Backfill Material 34 a. In -situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 35 D2487 36 8. Select Fill 37 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 38 b. Liquid limit less than 35 39 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 40 9. Cement Stabilized Sand (CSS) 41 a. Sand 42 1) Shall be clean, durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine 43 aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 44 a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 45 of ASTM D2487 46 b) Deleterious materials 47 (1) Clay lumps, ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 48 (2) Lightweight pieces, ASTM C123, less than 5.0 percent CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 _8 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 8 of 21 1 (3) Organic impurities, ASTM C40, color no darker than standard 2 color 3 (4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 4 D4318. 5 b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 6 c. Water 7 1) Potable water, free of soils, acids, alkalis, organic matter or other 8 deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 9 d. Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh -batch or continuous mixing plant. 10 e. Strength 11 1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 12 D1633, Method A 13 2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM 14 D1633, Method 15 3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. Backfill 16 that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be removed by the 17 Contractor for no additional compensation. 18 f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 19 delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be prepared 20 in accordance with ASTM D1632. 21 10. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 22 a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 23 11. Trench Geotextile Fabric 24 a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 25 1) Needle punch, nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 26 2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 27 3) Inert to biological degradation 28 4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 29 5) UV Resistant 30 6) Mirafi 140N by Tenc ate, or approved equal 31 b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 32 1) High -tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 33 2) Percent open area of 8 percent to 10 percent 34 3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 35 4) Inert to biological degradation 36 5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 37 6) UV Resistant 38 7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate, or approved equal 39 12. Concrete Encasement 40 a. Conform to Section 03 30 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -9 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 9 of 21 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 A. Verification of Conditions 1. Review all known, identified or marked utilities, whether public or private, prior to excavation. 2. Locate and protect all known, identified and marked utilities or underground facilities as excavation progresses. 3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning exc avation. 4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances observed within the project limits. 5. Coordinate with the Owner(s) of underground facilities. 6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground fac ilities resulting from construction activities. 7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and installation of the proposed utility. 22 3.3 PREPARATION 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 1. Pavement a. Conduct activities in such away that does not damage existing pavement that is designated to remain. 1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public roads or across pavement, provide means to protect the pavement from all damage. b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional cost to the City. 2. Drainage a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all swales and culverts affected by construction. 3. Trees a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary construction easements. b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -10 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 10 of 21 1 d. Conduct excavation, embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no 2 damage to the tree canopy. 3 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 4 specifically allowed by the City. 5 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments 6 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 7 f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 8 accordance with Section 31 10 00. 9 4. Above ground Structures 10 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 11 b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 12 accordance with Section 02 41 13 13 5. Traffic 14 a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 15 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 16 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 17 1) Alternative access has been provided 18 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 19 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 20 c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 21 6. Traffic Signal— Poles, Mast Arms, Pull boxes, Detector loops 22 a. Notify the City's Transportation Management Division a minimum of 48 hours 23 prior to any excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic 24 signal. 25 b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic cabinets, conduit 26 and detector loops. 27 c. Immediately notify the City's Transportation Management Division if any 28 damage occurs to any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors 29 activities. 30 d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles, mast arms, pull boxes, traffic 31 cabinets, conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities. 32 7. Fences 33 a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 34 b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A. Excavation 37 1. Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings. 38 2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 39 granted for rock or other in -situ materials encountered in the trench. 40 3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 41 and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan. 42 4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 43 a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in -situ soils do not provide 44 for a firm trench bottom. 45 b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 46 bedding. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -11 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 11 of 21 1 5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the 2 excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be 3 backfilled in the same day. 4 6. Over Excavation 5 a. Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for 6 the specific pipe to be installed. 7 b. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 8 material. 9 7. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 10 a. In -situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from 11 acceptable backfill materials. 12 b. If the unacceptable bac Hill material is to be blended in accordance with this 13 Specification, then store material in a suitable location until the material is 14 blended. 15 c. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be 16 blended or modified. 17 8. Rock —No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other 18 changed field conditions. 19 B. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 20 1. Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site 21 specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State 22 requirements. 23 2. Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations 24 as indicated in the Drawings. 25 3. Furnish, put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the 26 Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements. 27 4. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 28 Excavation Safety Plan, engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of 29 Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the 30 City. 31 5. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil, to migrate through the Excavation 32 Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the 33 Excavation Protection System. Movable bracing, shoring plates or trenchboxes 34 used to support the sides of the trench excavation shall not: 35 a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower 36 b. Alter the pipe's line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is 37 removed 38 c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of 39 the pipe and in the haunching 40 C. Water Control 41 1. Surface Water 42 a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 43 direct surface water away from the excavation. 44 2. Ground Water 45 a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method 46 which preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 47 b. Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -12 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 12 of 21 1 c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 2 d. Engage a Licensed Engineer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water 3 Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 4 1) A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 5 Documents 6 2) If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an 7 Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 8 the installation of the pipe which may include: 9 a) Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below 10 the top of the bedding 11 b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water 12 c) Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 13 excavation. 14 d) Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 15 quantities of soils through the Excavation Safety System. 16 e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City 17 requires an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions discovered 18 at the site, the contractor will be eligible to submit a change order. 19 f. Control of ground water shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: 20 1) No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 21 Contract Documents 22 g. Ground Water Control Plan installation, operation and maintenance 23 1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement, operate and 24 maintain the Ground Water Control Plan. 25 2) Once the excavation is complete, remove all ground water control 26 equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 27 h. Water Disposal 28 1) Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. 29 2) Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without 30 written permission. 31 3) Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary 32 Sewer. 33 4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State or local regulations. 34 D. Embedment and Pipe Placement 35 1. Water Lines less than, or equal to, 12 inches in diameter: 36 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 37 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 38 c. If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump, then use 39 crushed rock as embedment. 40 1) If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, 41 then crushed rock shallbe paid by the pre -bid unit price. 42 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 43 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 44 f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 45 g. In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the 46 proposed grade, unless specifically called for in the Drawings. 47 h. Place embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not 48 more than 12 inches, above the pipe. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -13 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 13 of 21 I i. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above 2 the elevation of the valve nut. 3 j. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 4 Drawings. 5 k. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 6 1. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 7 Section 33 05 26. 8 2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter: 9 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 10 b. Utility sand maybe used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is 11 less than 15 feet deep. 12 c. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 trench depths 15 feet, or greater. d. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe. e. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine crushed rock come into contact with utility sand f. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. g. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. h. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. i. The pipe line shall be within: 1) ±3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24-inch water lines j. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. k. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 1. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve nut. in. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. n. Density test performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. o. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. p. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shallbe used for embedment. c. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine crushed rock come into contact with utility sand. d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -14 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 14 of 21 1 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 2 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit 3 price. 4 f. 5 g. 6 7 h. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 J. k. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. The pipe line shall be within: 1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter, the initial embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve nut. 1. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. in. Density test maybe performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. n. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. o. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 4. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines (HDPE) a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. b. Crushed rock shallbe used for embedment. c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the trench. 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit price. f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the grade shown on the Drawings. h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. i. For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter, the embedment lift shall not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. j. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D 698. 1. Density test maybe performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. in. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. n. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with Section 33 05 26. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -15 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 15 of 21 1 5. Storm Sewer (RCP) 2 a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 3 material. 4 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line. 5 c. The specified backfill material maybe used above the spring line. 6 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 7 e. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 8 sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 9 f. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 10 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 11 trench. 12 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 13 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit 14 price. 15 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 16 h. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent 17 with the grade, shown on the Drawings. 18 i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 19 1) Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 20 j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 21 ASTM D 698. 22 k. Density test maybe performed by a commercial testing firm approved by the 23 City to verify that the compaction of embedment meets requirements. 24 1. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 25 6. Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene) 26 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 27 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to top of pipe. 28 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 29 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no sags 30 in the storm sewer pipe line. 31 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 32 1) Additional bedding maybe required if groundwater is present in the 33 trench. 34 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically 35 identified in the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid 36 by the pre -bid unit price. 37 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 38 g. The pipe line shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with 39 the grade shown on the Drawings. 40 h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 41 accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 42 i. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 43 ASTM D 698. 44 j. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 45 embedment meets requirements. 46 k. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 47 7. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 48 a. Crushed rock shallbe used for bedding. 49 b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -16 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 16 of 21 1 1) Crushed rock, or 2 2) Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor 3 density 4 c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 5 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 6 sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 7 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 8 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 9 trench. 10 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 11 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit 12 price. 13 f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM 14 according to 03 34 13. 15 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 16 h. The pipe shall be within ±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the 17 grade, shown on the Drawings. 18 i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM 19 D698. 20 8. Water Services (Less than 2 Inches in Diameter) 21 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 22 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 23 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 24 d. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 25 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans. 26 f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 27 9. Sanitary Sewer Services 28 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 29 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 30 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 31 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 32 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 33 e. Provide firm, uniform bedding. 34 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 35 trench. 36 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 37 the Contract Documents, then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre -bid unit 38 price. 39 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 40 g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill, to a minimum of 6 41 inches, but not more than 12 inches, above the pipe. 42 h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 43 i. Density test maybe required to verify that the compaction meets the density 44 requirements. 45 E. Trench Backfill 46 1. At a minimum, place backfill in such a manner that the required in -place density 47 and moisture content is obtained, and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 48 pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -17 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 17 of 21 ] a. Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages 2 associated with the Work. 3 2. Backfill Material 4 a. Final backfill (not under existing pavement or future pavement) 5 1) Backfill with: 6 a) Acceptable backfill material 7 b) Blended backfill material, or 8 c) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 9 b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater (under existing or future pavement) 10 1) Backfill depth from 0 to 15 feet deep 11 a) Backfill with: 12 (1) Acceptable backfill material 13 (2) Blended backfill material, or 14 (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 15 2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 16 a) Backfill with: 17 (1) Select Fill 18 (2) CSS, or 19 (3) CLSM when specifically required 20 b) 21 c. Backfill for service lines: 22 1) Backfill for water or sewer service lines shall be the same as the 23 requirement of the main that the service is connected to. 24 3. Required Compaction and Density 25 a. Final backfill (depths less than 15 feet/under existing or future pavement) 26 1) Compact acceptable backfillmaterial, blended backfill material or select 27 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at 28 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 29 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 30 b. Final backfill (depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 31 1) Compact select backfillto a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per 32 ASTM D 698 at moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum 33 moisture up to the final grade. 34 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 35 c. Final backfill (not under existing or future pavement) 36 1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material, or select 37 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at 38 moisture content within -2 to +5 percent of the optimum moisture. 39 4. Saturated Soils 40 a. If in -situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over 41 optimum moisture content, the soils are considered saturated. 42 b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 43 c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 44 Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill procedures 45 outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 percent. 46 d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 47 Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: 48 1) The Contractor shall: 49 a) Immediately notify the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -18 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 18 of 21 b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from 2 City. 3 2) The City shall: 4 a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified 5 location. 6 b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 7 the saturated soils that may include: 8 (1) Imported backfill 9 (2) A site specific backfill design 10 5. Placement of Backfill 11 a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 12 particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 13 trench. 14 b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 15 c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. 16 d. Compact to specified densities. 17 e. Compact only on top of initial backfill, undisturbed trench or previously 18 compacted backfill. 19 f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring 20 or due to sloughing of the trench wall. 21 g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in 22 accordance with Section 33 05 26. 23 6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration 24 a. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 25 and perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 26 b. The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning 27 excavation. 28 c. Upon commencing of backfillplacement for the project the Contractor shall 29 demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities. 30 d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 31 1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches 32 2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill 33 3) Placement and moving trench box, if used 34 4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 35 5) Compaction techniques around structure 36 e. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled 37 material. 38 f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to 39 randomly test density and moisture continent. 40 1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 41 7. Varying Ground Conditions 42 a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 43 proctors. 44 b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change. 45 c. The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion. 46 d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 47 Methods demonstration. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -19 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 19 of 21 1 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A Field Tests and Inspections 5 1. Proctors 6 a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 7 b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 8 to: 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 1) Contractor 2) City Project Manager 3) City Inspector 4) Engineer c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 2) If notified by the Contractor 3) At the convenience of the City e. Trenches where different soil types are present at different depths, the proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 2. Density Testing of Backfill a. Density Tests shallbe in conformance with ASTM D2922. b. Provide a testing trench protection for trench depths in excess of 5 feet. c. Place, move and remove testing trench protection as necessary to facilitate all test conducted by the commercial testing firm approved by the City. d. The commercial testing lab will perform moisture/density test for every 200-ft or less of trench length, as measured along the length of the pipe. A minimum of one test shall be performed for every 2 vertical feet of compacted backfill material, independent of the contractor's lift thickness for compaction. Test locations shall be staggered within each lift so that successive lifts are not tested in the same location. A random number generator may be used to determine test locations. Moisture/density tests shall be performed at a depth not more than 2 feet above the top of the pipe bedding and in 2-foot increments up to the final grade. The project inspector or project manager may request testing at an increased frequency and/or at specific locations. e. The contractor can proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. If the required compaction density has not been obtained, the backfill should be scarified and moistened or aerated, or removed to a depth required, and be replaced with approved backfill, and re -compacted to the specified density at the contractor's expense. In no case will excavation, pipe -laying, or other operation be allowed to proceed until the specified compaction is attained. f. The testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City's Inspector upon completion of the testing. g. A formal report will be posted to the City's Accela (Developer Projects) and BIM 360 (City Projects) site within 48 hours. h. Test reports shall include: 1) Location of test by station number CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -20 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 20 of 21 1 2) Time and date of test 2 3) Depth of testing 3 4) Field moisture 4 5) Dry density 5 6) Proctor identifier 6 7) Percent Proctor Density 7 3. Density of Embedment 8 a. Storm sewer boxes that are embedded with acceptable backfill material, 9 blended backfill material, cement modified backfill material or select material 10 will follow the same testing procedure as backfill. 11 b. The City may test fine crushed rock or crushed rock embedment in accordance 12 with ASTM D2922 or ASTM 1556. 13 B. Non -Conforming Work 14 1. All non -conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 18 19 20 21 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2 — Added Item for Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines Various Sections — Revised Depths to Include 15' and greater 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.3.A — Additional notes for pavement protection and positive drainage. 3.4.E.2 — Added requirements for backfill of service lines. 3.4.E.5 — Added language prohibiting flooding of trench 1.2.A.3 — Clarified measurement and payment for concrete encasement as per plan 6/18/2013 D. Johnson quantity 2.2.A — Added language for concrete encasement 11/09/16 Z. Arega 2.2.A. Ld Modify gradation for sand material 2.2 A. 1. E. - Added reference to pre -approved list of sand sources for embedment; 3.3 A. 6. - Changed reference to Transportation Management Division; 3.4 - 2/26/2021 Z. Arega Provided clarification re: use of commercial testing firms approved by City and backfill requirements; and 3.7 A. 2. Provided clarification re: backfill testing requirement s. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 -21 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL Page 21 of 21 4/2/2021 M Owen 3.4 D. 6. Add requirements Storm Sewer (PP - Polypropylene) CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 2, 2021 3305 13- 1 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 33 05 13 2 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Cast iron frame, cover and grade rings used as access ports into water, sanitary 7 sewer and storm drain structures such manholes or vaults 8 2. Compression Molded Composite Frames and Covers used as access ports into 9 sanitary sewer and water structures such as manholes and junction boxes. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A.Measurement and Payment 18 1. Measurement 19 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure containing the frame, cover 20 and grade rings. 21 2. Payment 22 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each structure complete in place, and no 24 other compensation will be allowed. 25 1.3 REFERENCES 26 A.Reference Standards 27 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30 2. ASTM International (ASTM) 31 a. ASTM A48 — Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 32 b. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 33 c. ASTM C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 34 3. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 35 a. AASHTO HS-25 — AASHTO Highway Bridge Specification: Axial Loading to 36 meet or exceed 21,280 pounds/wheel load 37 b. AASHTO M306 — Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility and 38 Related Castings CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 330513-2 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 2 of 6 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 5 specials. 6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 7 A.Product Data 8 1. All castings shall be cast with: 9 a. Approved foundry's name 10 b. Part number 11 c. Country of origin 12 2. All moldings shall display: 13 a. Approved Molder 14 b. Molding date 15 c. Wording that material is non-metallic 16 d. Country of origin 17 3. Provide manufacturers: 18 a. Specifications 19 b. Load tables 20 c. Dimension diagrams 21 d. Anchor details 22 e. Installation instructions 23 B. Certificates 24 1. Manufacturer shall certify that all castings or moldings conform to the ASTM and 25 AASHTO designations. 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 33 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 34 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 35 A.Manufacturers 36 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 37 considered as shown in Section 0160 00 unless otherwise specified on the plans. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 330513-3 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 3 of 6 1 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 3 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 B. Cast Iron Covers 1. Use castings for frames that conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B or better. 2. Use castings for covers that conform to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 or better. 3. Use clean casting capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading with permanent deformation. 4. Covers a. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8-inch gap between the frame and cover b. Provide with 2-inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. c. Provide gasket in frame and cover. d. Standard Dimensions 1) Sanitary Sewer a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Storm Drain a) Provide a clear opening of 24 inches for all storm drain frames, inlets and cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. b) Provide a minimum clear opening of 30 inches for all storm sewer manholes and junction structures. e. Standard Labels 1) Water a) Cast lid with the word "WATER" in 2-inch letters across the lid. 2) Sanitary Sewer a) Cast lid with the word "SANITARY SEWER" in 2-inch letters across the lid. 3) Storm Drain a) Cast lid with the word "STORM DRAIN" in 2-inch letters across the lid. f. Hinge Covers 1) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 2) Water a) Provide hinged covers for all water structures. 3) Sanitary Sewer a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over 24-inch sewer lines and larger and for manholes where rim elevations are greater than 12 inches above the surface. C. Composite Covers 1. All composite moldings shall consist of a thermosetting resin matrix blended and/or combined with reinforcing fiber rovings, short fiber filaments, or equivalent nonmetallic reinforcing structure(s). The thermosetting resin matrix shall be a polymer, vinylester, or a blend of these. The moldings shall be true to pattern in locations affecting their strength and value for the service intended. Before the moldings are removed from the molding operation, they shall be thoroughly deflashed and cleaned at the parting lines, holes, notches and all exposed edges. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 330513-4 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 4 of 6 1 2. Use clean molding capable of withstanding application of AASHTO HS-25 vehicle 2 loading with permanent deformation. Composite frames shall have a minimum wall 3 thickness of 0.75 inches in sections exposed to traffic and potential traffic wheel 4 impact. 5 3. Metal reinforcements or metal hinges molded within the composite shall not be 6 permitted. 7 4. All composite moldings shall have UV stabilizers (concentrations from 0.05% to 8 5%) added prior to shaping the product by injection molding. 9 5. Covers 10 a. Composite covers shall be compression molded under high pressures (>0.5 11 tons/sq inch of x-y surface area) and high temperatures (>200 degrees F). 12 Components for locking systems below the cover exposed to sewer environment 13 shall be made of noncorrosive materials such as nonmagnetic 316 stainless steel 14 (Austenite) or a polymer. 15 b. Size to set flush with the frame with no larger than a 1/8 -inch gap between the 16 frame and cover 17 c. Provide with 2 - inch wide pick slots in lieu of pick holes. 18 d. Provide gasket in frame and cover. 19 e. Standard Dimensions 20 1) Sanitary Sewer and Water 21 a) Provide a clear opening of 30 inches for all sanitary sewer frames and 22 cover assemblies unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 23 f. Standard Labels 24 1) Sanitary Sewer 25 a) Cast lid with the word "SANITARY SEWER" in 1-1/2-inch 26 (minimum) or 2-inch (maximum) letters across the lid. 27 2) Water 28 a) Cast lid with the word "WATER" in 1-1/2-inch (minimum) or 2-inch 29 (maximum) letters across the lid. 30 b) 31 g. Hinge Covers 32 1) Hinged covers shall be double -hinged allowing a minimal 180' full 33 opening. 34 2) Provide water tight gasket on all hinged covers. 35 3) Sanitary Sewer 36 a) Provide hinged covers for all manholes or structures constructed over 37 all sewer lines. 38 D.Grade Rings 39 1. Provide composite grade rings in sizes from 2-inch up to 8-inch. 40 2. Precast concrete grade rings are not permitted 41 3. Riser adjustment to surface grade may be constructed using circular Sonotube® 42 forms 43 E. Joint Sealant 44 1. Provide a pre -formed or trowelable bitumastic sealant in an extrudable or flat tape 45 form. 46 2. Provide sealant that is not dependant on a chemical action for its adhesive 47 properties or cohesive strength. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 330513-5 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 5 of 6 1 3. Provide adhesive as recommended by manufacturer on composite covers/grade 2 rings. 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9 3.4 INSTALLATION 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 A.Grade Rings 1. Place as shown in the City Standard Details. 2. Clean surfaces of dirt, sand, mud or other foreign matter before placing sealant. 3. Seal each composite grade ring with sealant specified in this Specification and as shown on the City Standard Details. B. Frame and Cover 1. Water a. For water structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 2. Sanitary Sewer a. For sanitary sewer structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 3. Storm Drain a. For storm drain structures install frame, cover and grade rings in accordance with applicable City Standard Detail. 4. Hinge Cover a. Provide hinge cover on elevated manholes, junction boxes, in the flood plain and where specified on the Drawings. Hinges are not required on composite manhole covers. C. Joint Sealing 1. Seal frame, grade rings and structure with specified sealant. D.Concrete Collar 1. Provide concrete collar around all frame and cover assemblies constructed at grade. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 330513-6 FRAME, COVER, AND GRADE RINGS Page 6 of 6 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 22 'h inches 3/19/2021 C. Henry 2.2.B.4.d.2)a) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 24 inches 2.2.B.4.d.2)b) — Updated to clear opening dimensions to 30 inches 7/02/2021 M Owen Included composite requirements 12/09/2021 M Owen Update specification to correspond to standard detail revisions. 9/09/2022 M Owen 2.2 D and E and 3.4 A — Clarified use of composite grade rings or adjustment using circular Sonotube® forms and that precast concrete grade rings are not permitted. 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 SECTION 33 05 26 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 330526-1 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 1 of 4 A. Section Includes: 1. Buried and surface utility markers for utility construction B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Utility Markers". 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing Utility Markers as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c. Pavement removal d. Excavation e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill h. Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Public Works Association (AWPA): a. Uniform Color Code. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330526-2 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 2 of 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Buried Marker 2. Surface Marker 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3. Provide new Utility Markers/Locators from a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Utility Markers/Locators. B. Materials 1. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) a. Provide detectable warning tape as follows: 1) 5.0 mil overall thickness 2) Width — 3 inch minimum 3) Weight — 27.5 pounds per inch per 1,000 square feet 4) Triple Layer with: a) Minimum thickness 0.35 mils solid aluminum foil encased in a protective inert plastic jacket (1) 100 percent virgin low density polyethylene (2) Impervious to all known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents and solvents within soil (3) Aluminum foil visible to both sides 5) Locatable by conductive and inductive methods 6) Printing encased to avoid ink rub -off 7) Color and Legends a) Potable water lines CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330526-3 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 3 of 4 (1) Color — Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Potable Water Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) b) Reclaimed water lines (1) Color — Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) c) Sewer Line (1) Color — Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Sewer Line Below (repeated every 24 inches) 2. Surface Markers a. Provide as follows: 1) 4-inch diameter, 6-feet minimum length, polyethylene posts, or equal 2) White posts with colored, ultraviolet resistant domes as follows: a) Water Lines (1) Color — Blue (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Potable Water Line Below b) Reclaimed water lines (1) Color — Purple (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Reclaimed Water Line Below c) Sewer lines (1) Color — Green (in accordance with APWA Uniform Color Code) (2) Legend — Caution Sewer Line Below 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Buried Markers (Detectable Warning Tape) Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations below natural ground surface and directly above the utility for which it is marking. a. Allow 18 inches minimum between utility and marker. b. Bury to a depth of 3 feet or as close to the grade as is practical for optimum protection and detectability. B. Surface Markers Bury a minimum of 2 feet deep, with a minimum of 4 feet above ground 2. The warning sign for all surface markers shall be 21 inches (not including post cap). 3. Where possible, place surface markers near fixed objects. 4. Place Surface Markers at the following locations: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330526-4 UTILITY MARKERS/LOCATORS Page 4 of 4 a. Buried Features 1) Place directly above a buried feature. b. Above -Ground Features 1) Place a maximum of 2 feet away from an above -ground feature. c. Water lines 16-inches and larger 1) Each right-of-way line (or end of casing pipe) for: a) Highway crossings b) Railroad crossings 2) Utility crossings such as: a) High pressure or large diameter gas lines b) Fiber optic lines c) Underground electric transmission lines d) Or other locations shown on the Drawings, or directed by the City d. Surface markers not required for 12-inch and smaller water lines e. For sanitary sewer lines: 1) In undeveloped areas, place marker maximum of 2 feet away from an above -ground feature such as a manhole or combination air valve vault. 2) Place at 500-foot intervals along the pipeline. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Removed references to Utility Marker Balls throughout. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330530-1 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES SECTION 33 05 30 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Page 1 of 4 1. Locating and verifying the location and elevation of the existing underground utilities that may conflict with a facility proposed for construction by use of. a. Exploratory Excavation b. Vacuum Excavation B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 05 10 —Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as identified in the Drawings, or as directed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Exploratory Excavation for Existing Utilities" specified. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Grade survey 2) Pavement removal 3) Excavation 4) Utility Location 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 10) Surface restoration 2. Vacuum Excavation of Existing Utilities a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each excavation performed as identified in the Drawings, or as directed. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330530-2 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 2 of 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Vacuum Excavation" specified. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Grade survey 2) Pavement removal 3) Vacuum Excavation 4) Utility Location 5) Hauling 6) Disposal of excess material 7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment 8) Furnishing, placing and compaction of backfill 9) Clean-up 10) Surface restoration 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. Exploratory Excavation: Previously called "D-Hole" within the City, a method used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of standard excavation equipment. 2. Vacuum Excavation: Method used to locate existing underground utility as shown on the plans through the use of geophysical prospecting equipment such as vacuum excavation. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) a. ASCE Publication CFASCE 38 (Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data) 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination 1. Coordinate with City Inspector at least 48 hours prior to commencing on site for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities. 2. Coordinate location of all other existing utilities within vicinity of excavation prior to commencing Exploratory Excavation. 3. Coordinate staking of Exploratory Excavations with City at least 1 week prior to commencement. B. Sequencing 1. Exploratory Excavations shall be conducted prior to the construction of the entire project. C. Scheduling 1. For critical utility locations, the City may choose to be present during excavation. 2. Alter schedule for Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities to accommodate City personnel. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330530-3 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 3 of 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] fMtGi0111X110W111:3uI10I/:\IkI A. Report of Utility Location 1. Horizontal location of utility as surveyed 2. Vertical elevation of utility as surveyed a. Top of utility b. Spring line of utility c. Existing ground 3. Material type, diameter and description of the condition of existing utility 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify location of existing utilities in accordance with the General Requirements, the General Notes and the Drawings. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with City Survey, if applicable. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Exploratory Excavation 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as directed by the City. a. Expose utility to spring line, as necessary. b. Excavate and Backfill Trench for the Exploratory Excavation in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Vacuum Excavation 1. Verify location of existing utility at location denoted on the Drawings, or as directed by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 330530-4 LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES Page 4 of 4 2. Designate the horizontal position of the existing underground utilities that are to be located using geophysical prospecting equipment. a. Acquire record documentation from and coordinate with utility companies, as necessary to locate utility. 3. Perform excavation in general accordance with the recommended practices and procedures described in ASCE Publication CFASCE 38. C. Upon completion of the utility locating, submit a report of the findings. D. If location of utility is in conflict with the Drawings, notify the City Project Manager for appropriate design modifications. E. Place embedment and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. F. Once necessary data is obtained, immediately restore surface to existing conditions to: 1. Obtain a safe and proper driving surface, if applicable 2. Ensure the safety of the general public 3. The satisfaction of the City 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Title- Exploratory Excavation of Utilities changed to Location of Existing Utilities 1.2 — Added Measurement of Payment for Vacuum Excavation 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3 — Added Definitions 3.4 — Added requirements for Vacuum Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 1105 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 331105-1 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 1 of 7 1. All nuts, bolts and gaskets associated with pressurized water utility lines including: a. T-Bolts and Nuts b. Flange Bolts and Nuts c. Threaded Rods d. Push -on Gaskets e. Mechanical Joint Gaskets f. Flange Gaskets g. Flange Isolation Kits h. Petrolatum Tape Systems B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 10 —Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 4. Section 33 11 10 —Ductile Iron Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all "Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets". 2. All Other Items a. Measurement 1) The Items in this Section are considered subsidiary to the Item being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid for the Item being installed and no other compensation will be allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-2 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 2 of 7 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. PCC-1-2012 Guidelines for Pressure Boundary Bolted Flange Joint Assembly. 4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. b. A194, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Carbon Structural Steel d. B 117, Salt Spray Testing e. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. (100 mm Through 3,600 mm). c. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. d. M11, Steel Pipe. e. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 6. Fastener Quality Act (FQA) a. Public Law 106-34 (P.L. 106-34) 7. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 8. Society for Protective Coating (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards (SP): a. SP2, Hand Tool Cleaning b. SP3, Power Tool Cleaning 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Bolts and nuts for mechanical and or flange joints 2. Gaskets B. Certificates CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-3 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 3 of 7 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). 2. Furnish an affidavit certifying that the Xylan Coating is manufactured by Whitford Corporation, or a Whitford Corporation certified Applicator. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Fastener manufacturing operations (bolts, nuts, gaskets and coatings) shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. b. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. B. Preconstruction Testing The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be grounds for rejecting the entire order. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Regulatory Requirements All fasteners, excluding T-Bolts, shall conform to the Fastener Quality Act (FQA) (P.L. 106-34). All fasteners shall meet the marking requirements set forth by this Act. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-4 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 4 of 7 C. T-Bolts and Nuts Standard Xylan Coated T-bolt and Nut a. High strength, corrosion -resistant, low -carbon weathering steel in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 and ASTM A242 b. Xylan Coating in accordance with this Section 2. Stainless Steel T-bolt with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nut a. Stainless Steel T-bolt and Nut in accordance with AISI 304. b. Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. D. Flange Bolts and Nuts Stainless Steel Bolt and Xylan Coated Nut a. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 b. Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8, Class l(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide solution treated) c. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel Washers 1) Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. E. Threaded Rods 1. Meet requirements of AWWA C207 2. Rods: ASTM Al93, Grade B8, Class 1(AISI 304 Stainless Steel, carbide solution treated) 3. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8 Nuts with AISI 304 Stainless Steel Washers a. Coat nut with Xylan in accordance with this Section. F. Push -on Gaskets 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSFAWWA C111/A21.11. 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings. 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use. 5. Gaskets shall be the size and shape required to provide an adequate compressive force against the plain end and socket after assembly to affect a positive seal under all combinations of joint and gasket tolerances. G. Mechanical Joint Gaskets 1. Conforming to the physical and marking requirements specified in ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. 2. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. 3. Rubber gaskets shall be made of vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber SBR, unless otherwise specified in Drawings. 4. Gaskets shall be free from porous areas, foreign material and other defects that make them unfit for intended use. H. Flange Gaskets 1. Class E Flanges CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-5 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 5 of 7 a. Full face b. Manufactured true to shape from minimum 80 durometer SBR rubber stock of a thickness not less than 1/8 inch c. Virgin stock d. Conforming to the physical and test requirements specified in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 e. All gaskets shall meet or exceed the latest revisions NSF 61. f. Finished gaskets shall have holes punched by the manufacturer and shall match the flange pattern in every respect. g. Frayed cut edges are not acceptable. h. Field cut sheet gaskets are not acceptable. I. Hydrocarbon Resistant Gaskets 1. Furnish Viton® (Fluorocarbon) Rubber, hydrocarbon resistant gaskets, when required. J. Flange Isolation Kits 1. Flanges which are required by the Drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 2. For bolts used with isolation sleeves per Section 33 04 10, threading must extend to bolt head with no grip to ensure sleeves fit properly. K. Petrolatum Tape System 1. Petrolatum Tape Primer: Denso Paste, or approved equal 2. Molding and Filler mastic: Densyl Mastic, or approved equal 3. All Purpose Petrolatum Tape: Densyl Tape, or approved equal L. Xylan Coating a. Coat nuts and bolts with a ceramic -filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin, when required. b. Coated nuts and bolts shall be prepared "near white" or "white" when coated to the coating manufacturer's recommended thickness by a certified applicator. c. Coating shall be of Xylan as manufactured by Whitford Corporation and applied by Whitford Corporation or Whitford Corporation Recommended Coater. d. Coating shall be free from holidays and defects. e. Coating thickness shall between 0.0007-inches and 0.0012-inches and shall be such that the nut turns freely on the bolt. £ Coating shall conform to the performance requirements of ASTM B 117, "Salt Spray Test" and shall include, if required, a certificate of conformance. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-6 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 6 of 7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Mechanical Joints 1. Assemble mechanical joints in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11 Appendix A, AWWA C600 and AWWA Manual M41. 2. Use Standard Xylan Coated T-bolts and Nuts. a. Stainless Steel T-bolts with Xylan Coated Stainless Steel Nuts shall only be used when specifically required in the Drawings. B. Flanged Joints 1. Install in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. 2. Use Stainless Steel Bolts and Xylan Coated Nuts. Wrap all buried steel flanges for AWWA C200, C301 or C303 pipe with Petrolatum Tape System. a. If only 1 flange in a joint is steel (AWWA C200, C301, or C303), petrolatum tape wrapping will be required. b. If a joint is made between two ductile iron flanges, the joint should be polyethylene encased in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 4. Flange bolts are normally spaced evenly around the flange. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three -pass method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. c. Allow a minimum of 1 hour to pass to provide time for settlement between bolts and nuts and gasket relaxation. d. Complete the third pass by checking each bolt in a clockwise pattern. Each nut should be tightened until it will no longer turn. This step compensates for elastic interaction and brings all bolts into parity. 6. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of/z-inch from the nuts. C. Flanged Joints with Isolation Kit 1. Flange Isolation Kits shall be installed in accordance with Section 33 04 10. 2. City will verify Isolation in accordance with Section 33 04 10. D. Threaded Rod 1. Install as part of joint harness assembly in accordance with AWWA Manual M11. 2. Space rods evenly around the pipe. 3. During assembly, tighten nuts gradually and equally using a three -pass method in accordance with ASME PCC-1-2012. a. For the first pass, tighten the nuts to 50 percent at diametrically opposite sides to prevent misalignment and to ensure that all bolts carry equal loads. b. For the second pass, tighten the nuts to 100 percent again in a diametrically opposite pattern. 4. The threads of the bolts should protrude a minimum of/2-inch from the nuts. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 331105-7 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GASKETS Page 7 of 7 5. Wrap joint harness assembly with Petrolatum Tape System. E. Petrolatum Tape System 1. Surfaces should be free from dirt, loose rust, scale or flaking coatings. a. Clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP2 or SSPC SP3. 1) High pressure wash of 3,000 to 7,000 psi is also suitable. b. Surfaces may be damp but shall not have droplets or continuous film of water. 2. Apply a uniform, thin coat of Petrolatum Tape Primer to the entire surface by stiff brush, gloved hand or rag at normal ambient temperatures. 3. By hand application, apply Molding and Filler Mastic to a rounded configuration to fill irregular shapes and reduce sharp -edged surfaces. 4. Spirally wrap All Purpose Petrolatum Tape with a minimum overlap of 1 inch. a. For severely corrosive environments, an overlap of 55 percent is recommended. b. Press air pockets out and smooth all lap seams. 5. For additional mechanical protection, overwrap may be applied to increase impact strength and electrical resistance. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 33 11 10- 1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 1 of 14 1 SECTION 33 1110 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Ductile Iron Pipe 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse 7 applications 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 13 3. Section 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 14 4. Section 33 04 10 — Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 15 5. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 16 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 17 7. Section 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 18 8. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 19 9. Section 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Ductile Iron Pipe 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of 25 the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 28 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per linear foot for "DIP" installed for: 30 a) Various sizes 31 b) Various types of backfill 32 c) Various linings 33 d) Various Depths, for miscellaneous sewer projects only 34 e) Various restraints 35 f) Various uses 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Pipe with joints as specified by the 38 Drawings 39 2) Mobilization CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 33 11 10-2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 2 of 14 3) Polyethylene encasement 4) Lining 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess material 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 11) Trench water stops 12) Thrust restraint, if required in Contract Documents 13) Bolts and nuts 14) Gaskets 15) Clean-up 16) Cleaning 17) Disinfection 18) Testing 17 1.3 REFERENCES 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 A. Definitions 1. Gland or Follower Gland a. Non -restrained, mechanical joint fitting 2. Retainer Gland a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 4. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications b. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. d. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. e. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for Water or Other Liquids. f. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. g. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 5. American Water Works Association (AWWA): CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 11 10 - 3 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 3 of 14 1 a. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - 2 Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 3 b. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 4 c. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 5 6. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute 6 (AWWA/ANSI): 7 a. C I04/A21.4, Cement —Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 8 b. C 105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 9 c. CI I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 10 d. C 115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron 11 Threaded Flanges. 12 e. C I50/A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile -Iron Pipe. 13 £ C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 14 g. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances 15 7. NSF International (NSF): 16 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 17 8. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 18 a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 23 specials. 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25 A. Product Data 26 1. Interior lining 27 a. If it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 28 C104/A21.4, including: 29 1) Material 30 2) Application recommendations 31 3) Field touch-up procedures 32 2. Thrust Restraint 33 a. Retainer glands, thrust harnesses or any other means 34 3. Gaskets 35 a. If hydrocarbon or other special gaskets are required 36 B. Shop Drawings — Furnish for Ductile Iron Pipe used in the water distribution system or 37 for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: 38 1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in 39 Texas including: 40 a. Working pressure 41 b. Surge pressure 42 c. Deflection CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10-4 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 4 of 14 l 2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed 2 Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown in the Drawings. 3 3. Lay schedule/drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters, sealed by a Licensed 4 Professional Engineer in Texas including: 5 a. Pipe class 6 b. Joints type 7 c. Fittings 8 d. Stationing 9 e. Transitions 10 f. Joint deflection 11 C. Certificates 12 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Pipe meets the provisions of this 13 Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have 14 been made, and that all tests have been performed in accordance with 15 AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 16 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20 A. Qualifications 21 1. Manufacturers 22 a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer. 23 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different 24 manufacturer upon City approval. 25 b. Pipe manufacturing operations (pipe, lining, and coatings) shall be performed 26 under the control of the manufacturer. 27 c. Ductile Iron Pipe 28 1) Manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51 29 a) Perform quality control tests and maintain results as outlined within 30 standard to assure compliance. 31 2) Subject each pipe to a hydrostatic test of not less than 500 psi for duration 32 of at least 10 seconds. 33 B. Preconstruction Testing 34 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random lengths of pipe for testing by an 35 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 36 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 37 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 38 grounds for rejecting the entire order. 39 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 40 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 41 1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be stored and handled in accordance with the guidelines as 42 stated in AWWA M41. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 5 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 5 of 14 1 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 0166 2 00. 3 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART2- PRODUCTS 6 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Pipe 1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11, AWWA/ANSI C150/A21.15, and AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 2. All pipe shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 3. Pipe shall have a lay length of 18 feet or 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces and necessary to comply with the Drawings. 4. As a minimum the following pressures classes apply. The Drawings may specify a higher pressure class or the pressure and deflection design criteria may also require a higher pressure class, but in no case should they be less than the following: Diameter Min Pressure Class (inches) (psi) 3 through 12 350 14 through 20 250 24 200 30 through 64 150 5. Pipe markings shall meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: a. "DI" or "Ductile" shall be clearly labeled on each pipe b. Weight, pressure class and nominal thickness of each pipe c. Year and country pipe were cast d. Manufacturer's mark 6. Pressure and Deflection Design a. Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 11 10 - 6 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 6 of 14 1 b. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA/ANSI 2 C150/A21.50, AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51, and AWWA M41 for trench 3 construction, using the following parameters: 4 1) Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf 5 2) Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 6 3) Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings 7 4) Bedding Conditions = Type 4 8 5) Working Pressure (PW) = 150 psi 9 6) Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi 10 7) Design Internal Pressure (Pi) = PW + Ps or 2:1 safety factor of the actual 11 working pressure plus the actual surge pressure, whichever is greater. 12 a) Test Pressure = 13 (1) No less than 1.25 minimum times the stated working pressure (187 14 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation 15 along the test section. 16 (2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi 17 minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. 18 8) Maximum Calculated Deflection (DX) = 3 percent 19 9) Restrained Joint Safety Factor (Sf) = 15 percent 20 c. Trench depths shall be verified after existing utilities are located. 21 1) Vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other 22 conflicts shall be accommodated by an appropriate change in pipe design 23 depth. 24 2) In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 25 7. Provisions for Thrust 26 a. Thrust at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained 27 joints when required by the Drawings, corrosion resistant joints. 28 b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, 29 horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking 30 and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended 31 by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. 32 Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or 33 dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the 34 exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically 35 required in the plans. 36 c. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of 37 pipe within the casing. 38 d. Restrained joints, when required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from 39 each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve or other fitting to resist thrust which will 40 be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust, the 41 following shall apply: 42 1) Valves shall be calculated as dead ends. 43 2) Design pressure shall be greater than the working pressure of the pipe or 44 the internal pressure (Pi) whichever is greater. 45 3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push- 46 on restrained joints as listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown 47 in Section 0160 00. 48 e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to 49 resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings, AWWA M41, and the following: CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10-7 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 7 of 14 1 1) The weight of earth (We) shall be calculated as the weight of the projected 2 soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 3 2) Soil density = 130 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil 4 conditions 5 3) If indicated on the Drawings and the Geotechnical Borings that ground 6 water is expected, account for reduced soil density. 7 8. Joints 8 a. General — Comply with AWWA/ANSI CI I I/A21.11. 9 b. Push -On Joints 10 c. Mechanical Joints 11 d. Push -On Restrained Joints 12 1) Restraining Push -on joints by means of a special gasket 13 a) Only those products that are listed in Section 0160 00 14 b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the 15 test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. 16 c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a 17 carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches 18 d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the Drawings 19 2) Push -on Restrained Joint bell and spigot 20 a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for 21 the size listed in the standard products list per Section 01 60 00. 22 b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 23 line. 24 e. Flanged Joints — AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 25 f. Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B 16.1, Class 125. 26 g. Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 27 9. Gaskets 28 a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 29 10. Isolation Flanges 30 a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 31 Section 33 04 10. 32 11. Bolts and Nuts 33 a. Mechanical Joints 34 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 35 b. Flanged Ends 36 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 37 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 38 12. Flange Coatings 39 a. Connections to Steel Flanges 40 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 41 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 42 13. Ductile Iron Pipe Exterior Coatings 43 a. All ductile iron shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil thick, on the 44 pipe exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 45 14. Polyethylene Encasement 46 a. All buried Ductile Iron Pipe shall be polyethylene encased. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 33 11 10 - 8 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 8 of 14 b. Only manufacturers listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00 will be considered acceptable. c. Use only virgin polyethylene material. d. Encasement for buried pipe shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD) polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density cross -laminated (HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 and ASTM A674. e. Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the polyethylene film with the following information: 1) Manufacturer's name or trademark 2) Year of manufacturer 3) AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 4) Minimum film thickness and material type 5) Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes 6) Warning — Corrosion Protection — Repair Any Damage f. Special Markings/Colors 1) Reclaimed Water, perform one of the following: a) Label polyethylene encasement with "RECLAIMED WATER", b) Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public Works Association Uniform Color Code; or c) Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 2) Wastewater, perform one of the following: a) Label polyethylene encasement with "WASTEWATER"; b) Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public Works Association Uniform Color Code; or c) Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. g. Minimum widths Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push -On Joint Pipe Nominal Pipe Diameter Min. Width — Flat Tube Min. Width — Sheet (inches) (inches) (inches) 3 14 28 4 14 28 6 16 32 8 20 40 10 24 48 12 27 54 14 30 60 16 34 68 18 37 74 20 41 82 24 54 108 30 67 134 36 81 162 42 81 162 48 95 190 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 11 10-9 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 9 of 14 54 108 216 60 108 216 64 121 242 15. Ductile Iron Pipe Interior Lining a. Cement Mortar Lining 1) Ductile Iron Pipe for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI CI04/A21.O4 and be acceptable according to NSF 61. b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 1) Ductile Iron Pipe for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT. 3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the manufacturer. a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. b) Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 6) Test the interior lining of all pipe barrels for pinholes with a non- destructive 2,500 volt test. a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records maintained by the applicator of his work. 8) For all Ductile Iron Pipe in wastewater service where the pipe has been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as recommended by the manufacturer. a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 11 10-10 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 10 of 14 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. General 9 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 10 AWWA C600, AWWA M41 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's 11 recommendations. 12 2. See Section 33 11 11 for installation requirements for Ductile Iron Fittings. 13 3. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 14 4. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 15 5. Embed Ductile Iron Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 16 6. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. 17 B. Pipe Handling 18 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. 19 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. 20 a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to 21 lowering into the trench. 22 b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the interior lining. 23 c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the 24 surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 25 3. At the close of each operating day: 26 a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after 27 the laying operation. 28 b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. 29 C. Joint Making 30 1. Mechanical Joints 31 a. Bolt the follower ring into compression against the gasket with the bolts 32 tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. 33 b. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be 34 permitted. 35 2. Push -on Joints 36 a. Install Push -on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 37 b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. 38 c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 l 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 33 11 10 - 11 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 11 of 14 d. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut and scarf to conform to AWWA C600. 3. Flanged Joints a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in one direction. 4. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines and grades and shown in the Drawings. b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA C600. d. The manufacturer's recommendation may be used with the approval of the Engineer. D. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 1. Preparation a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on pipe surface prior to installation of polyethylene encasement. 1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between pipe and polyethylene. b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of pipe to affect a snug, but not tight encase with minimum space between polyethylene and pipe. 1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell -spigot interfaces, bolted joints or fittings and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling operations. 2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 2. Tubular Type (Method A) a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than pipe section. b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section and bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise until it clears pipe ends. c. Lower pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section of pipe. d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. e. After assembling pipe joint, make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the new length of pipe and wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. f. Secure overlap in place. g. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel of pipe, securing fold at quarter points. h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised December 9, 2022 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 11 10 - 12 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 12 of 14 ] i. Proceed with installation of next pipe in same manner. 2 3. Tubular Type (Method B) 3 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than pipe section. 4 b. Slip tube around pipe, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare pipe at each end. 5 c. Take up slack width at top of pipe to make a snug, but not tight, fit along barrel 6 of pipe, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 7 d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 8 proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise. 9 e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 10 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 11 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 12 4. Sheet Type 13 a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 14 section. 15 b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each adjacent pipe section, bunching 16 it until it clears the pipe ends. 17 c. Wrap polyethylene around pipe so that it circumferentially overlaps top 18 quadrant of pipe. 19 d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 20 e. Lower wrapped pipe into trench and make up pipe joint with preceding section 21 of pipe. 22 f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 23 g. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 24 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 25 i. Proceed with installation of next section of pipe in same manner. 26 5. Pipe -Shaped Appurtenances 27 a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets and other pipe -shaped appurtenances with 28 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 29 6. Odd -Shaped Appurtenances 30 a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses, and other odd -shaped 31 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 32 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 33 b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 34 c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 35 penetrations. 36 7. Repairs 37 a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 38 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 39 fitting to cover damaged area and secured in place. 40 8. Openings in Encasement 41 a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow -offs, air valves and similar 42 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 43 folding back film. 44 b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 45 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 46 c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 47 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 13 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 13 of 14 1 9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Pipe: 2 a. Where polyethylene -wrapped pipe joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 3 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 4 b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 5 c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 6 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from Cast or Ductile Iron Pipe. 7 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 8 A. Patching 9 1. Excessive field -patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 10 2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 11 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 12 3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 13 any 1 joint of pipe. 14 4. Wherever necessary to patch the pipe: 15 a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 16 b. Do not install patched pipe until the patch has been properly and adequately 17 cured and approved for laying by the City. 18 5. Promptly remove rejected pipe from the site. 19 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [oR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 21 A. Potable Water Mains 22 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains 23 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water 24 main as specified in Section 33 04 40. 25 B. Wastewater Lines 26 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 27 a. Provide a Post -CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 0131. 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35 END OF SECTION 36 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 33 11 10 - 14 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Page 14 of 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A.l.b. — Updated Payment types 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3 — Added definitions of gland types for clarity 2.2.13.9, 10, 11 and 12 — Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets 12/9/2022 W Norwood 2.2 B. 7. Revised "Provisions for Thrust' section CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 9, 2022 1 2 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 33 11 11 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 33 1111 -1 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page I of 13 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Ductile Iron Fittings 3-inch through 64-inch for potable water, wastewater, and 7 other liquids for use with Ductile Iron Pipe and Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 8 2. All mechanical joint fittings shall be mechanically restrained using restrained 9 wedge type retainer glands. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1— General Requirements 16 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 17 4. Section 33 04 10 — Joint Bonding and Electrical Isolation 18 5. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 19 6. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 20 7. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment 23 1. Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint 24 a. Measurement 25 1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 26 2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by 27 the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 28 3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed 29 for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the 30 Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. 31 4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full 32 body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI CI53/A21.53 33 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shall be 34 measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 37 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per ton of "Ductile Iron Water Fittings with Restraint". 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the 41 Drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -2 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS 1 2) Polyethylene encasement 2 3) Lining 3 4) Pavement removal 4 5) Excavation 5 6) Hauling 6 7) Disposal of excess material 7 8) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 8 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 9 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 10 11) Trench water stops 11 12) Clean-up 12 13) Cleaning 13 14) Disinfection 14 15) Testing 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Page 2 of 13 2. Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings a. Measurement 1) Shall be per ton of fittings supplied 2) Fittings weights are the sum of the various types of fittings multiplied by the weight per fitting as listed in AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 3) The fitting weights listed in AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 are only allowed for specials where an AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 is not available, or if the Drawings specifically call for an AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 fittings. 4) If the Contractor chooses to supply AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 (full body) Ductile Iron Fittings in lieu of AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 (compact) Ductile Iron Fittings at his convenience, then the weight shallbe measured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton of "Ductile Iron Sewer Fittings". c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing Ductile Iron Water Fittings as specified by the Drawings 2) Epoxy Coating 3) Polyethylene encasement 4) Liming 5) Pavement removal 6) Excavation 7) Hauling 8) Disposal of excess material 9) Furnishing and installing bolts, nuts, and restraints 10) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 11) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 12) Clean-up 13) Cleaning 14) Disinfection 15) Testing CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -3 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 3 of 13 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 3 1. Gland or Follower Gland 4 a. Non -restrained, mechanical joint fitting 5 2. Retainer Gland 6 a. Mechanically restrained mechanical joint fitting, consisting of multiple 7 gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable 8 requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 9 B. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 11 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 12 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 14 a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125 and 250). 15 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 16 a. Al93, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for 17 High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose 18 Applic ations 19 b. Al94, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High 20 Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both 21 c. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. 22 d. A674, Standard Practice for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe for 23 Water or Other Liquids. 24 e. B117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 25 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 26 a. C203, Coal -Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - 27 Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied. 28 b. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. 29 c. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 30 5. American Water Works Association/AmericanNational Standards Institute 31 (AWWA/ANSI): 32 a. C104/A21.4, Cement —Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 33 b. C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. 34 c. C110/A21.10, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings. 35 d. C1 I I/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 36 e. C115/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron 37 Threaded Flanges. 38 f. C151/A21.51, Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 39 g. C153/A21.53, Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for Water Service. 40 6. NSF International (NSF): 41 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 42 7. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC): 43 a. PA 2, Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -4 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 4 of 13 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS 3 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 5 specials. 6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 7 A. Product Data 8 1. Ductile Iron Fittings 9 a. Pressure class 10 b. Interior lining 11 c. Joint types 12 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape 13 a. Planned method of installation 14 b. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 15 c. The thickness of the film provided 16 3. The interior lining, if it is other than cement mortar lining in accordance with 17 AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 18 a. Material 19 b. Application recommendations 20 c. Field touch-up procedures 21 4. Thrust Restraint 22 a. Retainer glands 23 b. Thrust harnesses 24 c. Any other means 25 5. Gaskets 26 a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 27 6. Isolation Flanges 28 a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 29 Section 33 04 10. 30 7. Bolts and Nuts 31 a. Mechanical Joints 32 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 33 b. Flanged Ends 34 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 35 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 36 8. Flange Coatings 37 a. Connections to Steel Flanges 38 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 39 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 40 B. Certificates 41 1. The manufacturer shallfurnish an affidavit certifying that all Ductile Iron Fittings 42 meet the provisions of this Section and meet the requirements of AWWA/ANSI 43 Cl 10/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 44 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B117. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -5 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 5 of 13 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 A. Qualifications 5 1. Manufacturers 6 a. Fittings manufacturing operations (fittings, lining, and coatings) shall be 7 performed under the control of the manufacturer. 8 b. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA/ANSI 9 C110/A21.10 or AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 10 1) Perform quality control tests and maintain the results as outlined in these 11 standards to assure compliance. 12 B. Preconstruction Testing 13 1. The City may, at its own cost, subject random fittings for destructive testing by an 14 independent laboratory for compliance with this Specification. 15 a. The compliance test shall be performed in the United States. 16 b. Any visible defects or failure to meet the quality standards herein will be 17 grounds for rejecting the entire order. 18 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 19 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 20 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M41. 21 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 22 6600. 23 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 24 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 28 A. Manufacturers 29 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 30 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 31 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 32 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 33 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 34 B. Ductile Iron Fittings 35 1. Ductile Iron Fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI Cl 10/A21.10, 36 AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53. 37 2. All fittings for potable water service shall meet the requirements of NSF 61. 38 3. Ductile Iron Fittings, at a minimum, shall meet or exceed the pressures classes of 39 the pipe which the fitting is connected, unless specifically indicated in the 40 Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -6 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 6 of 13 1 4. Fittings Markings 2 a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.51. 3 b. Minimum markings shall include: 4 1) "DI" or "Ductile" cast or metal stamped on each fitting 5 2) Applicable AWWA/ANSI standard for that the fitting 6 3) Pressure rating 7 4) Number of degrees for all bends 8 5) Nominal diameter of the openings 9 6) Year and country fitting was cast 10 7) Manufacturer's mark 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 5. Joints a. Mechanical Joints with mechanical restraint 1) Comply with AWWA/ANSI C1 I l/A21.11 and applicable parts of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 2) The retainer gland shall have the following working pressure ratings based on size and type of pipe: a) Ductile Iron Pipe (1) 3-inch — 16-inch, 350 psi (2) 18-inch — 48-inch, 250 psi b) PVC C900 and C905 (1) 3-inch-12-inch, 305psi (2) 14-inch-16-inch, 235psi (3) 18-inch — 20-inch, 200psi (4) 24-inch — 30 —inch 165psi c) Ratings are for water pressure and must include a minimum safety factor of 2 to 1 in all sizes 3) Retainer glands shall have specific designs for Ductile Iron and PVC and it should be easy to differentiate between the 2. 4) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 5) Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation procedures per AWWA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after assembly. 6) Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque limiting twist off nuts. 7) A minimum of 6 wedges shall be required for 8 inch diameter PVC pipe. b. Push -On, Restrained Joints 1) Restraining Push -on joints by means of a special gasket a) Only those products that are listed in 0160 00 b) The working pressure rating of the restrained gasket must exceed the test pressure of the pipe line to be installed. c) Approved for use of restraining Ductile Iron Pipe in casing with a carrier pipe of 4-inches to 12-inches d) Otherwise only approved if specially listed on the drawings 2) Push -on Restrained Joint bell and spigot a) Only those products list in the standard products list will be allowed for the size listed in the standard products list per Section 0160 00 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 1111 -7 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 7 of 13 I b) Pressure rating shall exceed the working and test pressure of the pipe 2 line 3 c. Flanged Joints 4 1) AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 5 2) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class 6 125. 7 3) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 8 6. Gaskets 9 a. Provide Gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 10 7. Isolation Flanges 11 a. Flanges required by the drawings to be Isolation Flanges shall conform to 12 Section 33 04 10. 13 8. Bolts and Nuts 14 a. Mechanical Joints 15 1) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 16 b. Flanged Ends 17 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115. 18 a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 19 9. Flange Coatings 20 a. Connections to Steel Flanges 21 1) Buried connections with Steel Flanges shall be coated with a Petrolatum 22 Tape System in accordance with Section 33 1105. 23 10. Ductile Iron Fitting Exterior Coatings 24 a. All Ductile Iron Fittings shall have an asphaltic coating, minimum of 1 mil 25 thick, on the exterior, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 26 11. Polyethylene Encasement 27 a. All buried Ductile Iron Fittings shall be polyethylene encased. 28 b. Only manufacturers listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in 29 Section 0160 00 will be considered acceptable. 30 c. Use only virgin polyethylene material. 31 d. Encasement for buried fittings shall be 8 mil linear low density (LLD) 32 polyethylene conforming to AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 or 4 mil high density 33 cross -laminated (HDCL) polyethylene encasement conforming to conforming 34 to AWWA/ANSI CI05/A21.5 and ASTM A674. 35 e. Marking: At a minimum of every 2 feet along its length, the mark the 36 polyethylene film with the following information: 37 1) Manufacturer's name or trademark 38 2) Year of manufacturer 39 3) AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5 40 4) Minimum film thickness and material type 41 5) Applicable range of nominal diameter sizes 42 6) Warning — Corrosion Protection— Repair Any Damage 43 f. Special Markings/Colors 44 1) Reclaimed Water, perform one of the following: 45 a) Label polyethylene encasement with "RECLAIMED WATER", 46 b) Provide purple polyethylene in accordance with the American Public 47 Works Association Uniform Color Code; or CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 33 1111 -8 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 8 of 13 c) Attach purple reclaimed water marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. 2) Wastewater, perform one of the following: a) Label polyethylene encasement with "WASTEWATER"; b) Provide green polyethylene in accordance with the American Public Works Association Uniform Color Code; or c) Attach green sanitary sewer marker tape to the polyethylene wrap. g. Minimum widths Polyethylene Tube and Sheet Sizes for Push -On Joint Fittings Nominal Fittings Diameter (inches) 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 64 Nfin. Width — Flat Tube (inches) 14 14 16 20 24 27 30 34 37 41 54 67 81 81 95 108 108 121 NEn. Width — Sheet (inches) 28 28 32 40 48 54 60 68 74 82 108 134 162 162 190 216 216 242 12. Ductile Iron Fittings Interior Lining a. Cement Mortar Lining 1) Ductile Iron Fittings for potable water shall have a cement mortar lining in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C104/A21.4 and be acceptable according to NSF 61. b. Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy Linings 1) Ductile Iron Fittings for use in wastewater applications shall be lined with a Ceramic Epoxy or Epoxy lining as designated in the Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 2) Apply lining at a minimum of 40 mils DFT 3) Due to the tolerances involved, the gasket area and spigot end up to 6 inches back from the end of the spigot end must be coated with 6 mils nominal, 10 mils maximum using a Joint Compound as supplied by the manufacturer. a) Apply the joint compound by brush to ensure coverage. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 1111 -9 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 9 of 13 b) Care should be taken that the joint compound is smooth without excess 2 buildup in the gasket seat or on the spigot ends. 3 c) Coat the gasket seat and spigot ends after the application of the lining. 4 4) Surface preparation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's 5 recommendations. 6 5) Check thickness using a magnetic film thickness gauge in accordance with 7 the method outlined in SSPC PA 2. 8 6) Test the interior lining of all fittings for pinholes with a non-destructive 9 2,500 volt test. 10 a) Repair any defects prior to shipment. 11 7) Mark each fitting with the date of application of the lining system along 12 with its numerical sequence of application on that date and records 13 maintained by the applicator of his work. 14 8) For all Ductile Iron Fittings in wastewater service where the fitting has 15 been cut, coat the exposed surface with the touch-up material as 16 recommended by the manufacturer. 17 a) The touch-up material and the lining shall be of the same manufacturer. 18 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 19 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. General 26 1. Install fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in 27 AWWA C600, AWWA M41, and in accordance with the fittings manufacturer's 28 recommendations. 29 2. Lay fittings to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 30 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with 33 05 10. 31 4. Embed Ductile Iron Fittings in accordance with 33 05 10. 32 B. Joint Making 33 1. Mechanical Joints with required mechanical restraint 34 a. All mechanical joints require mechanical restraint. 35 b. Bolt the retainer gland into compression against the gasket, with the bolts 36 tightened down evenly then cross torqued in accordance with AWWA C600. 37 c. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation practice will not be 38 permitted. 39 2. Push -on Joints (restrained) 40 a. All push -on joints shall be restrained push -on type. 41 b. Install Push -on joints as defined in AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. 42 c. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -10 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 10 of 13 1 d. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. 2 e. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the 3 gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. 4 f. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinished the field cut and scarf 5 to conform to AWWA M-41. 6 3. Flanged Joints 7 a. Use erection bolts and drift pins to make flanged connections. 8 1) Do not use undue force or restraint on the ends of the fittings. 9 2) Apply even and uniform pressure to the gasket. 10 b. The fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. 11 1) Install flange bolts with all bolt heads faced in 1 direction. 12 4. Joint Deflection 13 a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions or to meet the lines 14 and grades and shown in the Drawings. 15 b. The deflection of each joint must be in accordance with AWWA C600 Table 3. 16 c. The maximum deflection allowed is 50 percent of that indicated in AWWA 17 C600. 18 d. The manufacturer's recommendation may be used with the approval of the 19 Engineer. 20 C. Polyethylene Encasement Installation 21 1. Preparation 22 a. Remove all lumps of clay, mud, cinders, etc., on fittings surface prior to 23 installation of polyethylene encasement. 24 1) Prevent soil or embedment material from becoming trapped between 25 fittings and polyethylene. 26 b. Fit polyethylene film to contour of fittings to affect a snug, but not tight encase 27 with minimum space between polyethylene and fittings. 28 1) Provide sufficient slack in contouring to prevent stretching polyethylene 29 where it bridges irregular surfaces such as bell -spigot interfaces, bolted 30 joints or fittings, and to prevent damage to polyethylene due to backfilling 31 operations. 32 2) Secure overlaps and ends with adhesive tape and hold. 33 c. For installations below water table and/or in areas subject to tidal actions, seal 34 both ends of polyethylene tube with adhesive tape at joint overlap. 35 2. Tubular Type (Method A) 36 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 2 feet longer than fittings 37 section. 38 b. Slip tube around fittings, centering it to provide 1 foot overlap on each adjacent 39 pipe section and bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise until it clears fittings 40 ends. 41 c. Lower fittings into trench with preceding section of pipe. 42 d. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene tube. 43 e. After assembling fittings make overlap of polyethylene tube, pull bunched 44 polyethylene from preceding length of pipe, slip it over end of the fitting and 45 wrap until it overlaps joint at end of preceding length of pipe. 46 f. Secure overlap in place. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -11 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 11 of 13 1 g. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along 2 barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points. 3 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 4 i. Proceed with installation of next fitting in same manner. 5 3. Tubular Type (Method B) 6 a. Cut polyethylene tube to length approximately 1 foot shorter than fitting 7 section. 8 b. Slip tube around fitting, centering it to provide 6 inches of bare fitting at each 9 end. 10 c. Take up slack width at top of fitting to make a snug, but not tight, fit along 11 barrel of fitting, securing fold at quarter points; secure ends. 12 d. Before making up joint, slip 3-foot length of polyethylene tube over end of 13 proceeding pipe section, bunching it accordion -fashion lengthwise. 14 e. After completing joint, pull 3-foot length of polyethylene over joint, 15 overlapping polyethylene previously installed on each adjacent section of pipe 16 by at least 1 foot; make each end snug and secure. 17 4. Sheet Type 18 a. Cut polyethylene sheet to a length approximately 2 feet longer than piece 19 section. 20 b. Center length to provide 1-foot overlap on each fitting, bunching it until it 21 clears the fitting ends. 22 c. Wrap polyethylene around fitting so that it circumferentially overlaps top 23 quadrant of fitting. 24 d. Secure cut edge of polyethylene sheet at intervals of approximately 3 feet. 25 e. Lower wrapped fitting into trench with preceding section of pipe. 26 f. Make shallow bell hole at joints to facilitate installation of polyethylene. 27 g. After completing joint, make overlap and secure ends. 28 h. Repair cuts, tears, punctures or other damage to polyethylene. 29 i. Proceed with installation of fittings in same manner. 30 5. Pipe -Shaped Appurtenances 31 a. Cover bends, reducers, offsets, and other pipe -shaped appurtenances with 32 polyethylene in same manner as pipe and fittings. 33 6. Odd -Shaped Appurtenances 34 a. When it is not practical to wrap valves, tees, crosses and other odd -shaped 35 pieces in tube, wrap with flat sheet or split length polyethylene tube by passing 36 sheet under appurtenances and bringing it up around body. 37 b. Make seams by bringing edges together, folding over twice and taping down. 38 c. Tape polyethylene securely in place at the valve stem and at any other 39 penetrations. 40 7. Repairs 41 a. Repair any cuts, tears, punctures or damage to polyethylene with adhesive tape 42 or with short length of polyethylene sheet or cut open tube, wrapped around 43 fitting to cover damaged area, and secure in place. 44 8. Openings in Encasement 45 a. Provide openings for branches, service taps, blow -offs, air valves and similar 46 appurtenances by making an X-shaped cut in polyethylene and temporarily 47 folding back film. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 33 11 11 -12 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 12 of 13 1 b. After appurtenance is installed, tape slack securely to appurtenance and repair 2 cut, as well as other damaged area in polyethylene with tape. 3 c. Service taps may also be made directly through polyethylene, with any 4 resulting damaged areas being repaired as described above. 5 9. Junctions between Wrapped and Unwrapped Fittings 6 a. Where polyethylene -wrapped fitting joins an adjacent pipe that is not wrapped, 7 extend polyethylene wrap to cover adjacent pipe for distance of at least 3 feet. 8 b. Secure end with circumferential turns of tape. 9 c. Wrap service lines of dissimilar metals with polyethylene or suitable dielectric 10 tape for minimum clear distance of 3 feet away from cast or Ductile Iron 11 Fittings. 12 D. Blocking 13 1. Install concrete blocking in accordance with Section 03 30 00 for all bends, tees, 14 crosses and plugs in the pipe lines as indicated in the Drawings. 15 2. Place the concrete blocking so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, 16 normal to the thrust. 17 3. The supporting area for each block shall be at least as great as that indicated on the 18 Drawings and shall be sufficient to withstand the thrust, including water hammer, 19 which may develop. 20 4. Each block shall rest on a firm, undisturbed foundation or trench bottom. 21 5. If the Contractor encounters soil that appears to be different than that which was 22 used to calculate the blocking according to the Drawings, the Contractor shall 23 notify the Engineer prior to the installation of the blocking. 24 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION 25 A. Patching 26 1. Excessive field -patching is not permitted of lining or coating. 27 2. Patching of lining or coating will be allowed where area to be repaired does not 28 exceed 100 square inches and has no dimensions greater than 12 inches. 29 3. In general, there shall not be more than 1 patch on either the lining or the coating of 30 any fitting. 31 4. Wherever necessary to patch the fitting: 32 a. Make patch with cement mortar as previously specified for interior joints. 33 b. Do not install patched fitting until the patch has been properly and adequately 34 cured and approved for laying by the City. 35 c. Promptly remove rejected fittings from the site. 36 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 38 A. Potable Water Mains 39 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing and bacteriological testing of water mains 40 a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water 41 main as specified in Section 33 04 40. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 20, 2017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 33 11 11 -13 DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS Page 13 of 13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A. Le — Restraints included in price bid 1.2.A.2.c — Restraints included in price bid 1.3 — Added definitions of gland types for clarity 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2•B.5 — Removed unrestrained push -on and mechanical joints 2.2.B.6, 7, 8, and 9 — Added reference to Section 33 05 10 and 33 04 10; removed material specifications for bolts, nuts and gaskets. 3.4 — Requirement for all mechanical and push -on joints to be restrained 3.4.1) — Corrected reference 9/20/2017 W. Norwood 2.2.B.5.a.7 — Added requirement for 6 wedges on MJ Restraint for 8 inch PVC pipe CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2017 [Insert Project Name] [Insert Project Number] 33 11 12- 1 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page I of 9 SECTION 33 1112 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 4-inch through 24-inch for potable water, wastewater and reuse applications B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. 33 0131 — Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection 4. 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 5. 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 6. 33 05 24 — Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 7. 33 11 11 — Ductile Iron Fittings 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Measurement a. Measured horizontally along the surface from center line to center line of the fitting, manhole, or appurtenance 2. Payment a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "PVC Water Pipe" installed for: 1) Various sizes 2) Various types of backfill 3) With or without restrained joints b. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Sewer Force Main" installed for: 1) Various sizes 3. The price bid shall include: a. Furnishing and installing PVC Pressure Pipe with joints as specified by the Drawings b. Mobilization c. Pavement removal d. Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 2 of 9 e. Hauling f. Disposal of excess material g. Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment h. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill i. Trench water stops j. Thrust restraint, if required by Contract Documents k. Gaskets 1. Clean-up m. Cleaning n. Disinfection o. Testing Ills=701y017W1419.1 A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl -Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. b. D3139, Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C600, Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances. b. C605, Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipes and Fittings for Water. c. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN through 60 IN (100 mm thru 1,500 mm). d. M23, PVC Pipe — Design and Installation. e. M41, Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings. 5. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. b. 14, Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. 6. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL). a. UL 1285, UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), and Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) for Underground Fire Service. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS / INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 3 of 9 For PVC Pressure Pipe that is used for water distribution, wastewater force mains or wastewater gravity mains, including: a. PVC Pressure Pipe b. Manufacturer c. Dimension Ratio d. Joint Types 2. Restraint, if required in Contract Documents a. Retainer glands b. Thrust harnesses c. Any other means of restraint 3. Gaskets B. Shop Drawings: When restrained joints are required, furnish for PVC Pressure Pipe used in the water distribution system or for a wastewater force main for 24-inch and greater diameters, including: 1. Wall thickness design calculations sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Working pressure b. Surge pressure c. Deflection 2. Provide thrust restraint calculations for all fittings and valves, sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas, to verify the restraint lengths shown on the Drawings. Lay schedule / drawing for 24-inch and greater diameters sealed by a Licensed Professional Engineer in Texas including: a. Pipe class b. Joints type c. Fittings d. Stationing e. Transitions f. Joint deflection C. Certificates 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all PVC Pressure Pipe meets the provisions of this Section, each run of pipe furnished has met Specifications, all inspections have been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C900. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Manufacturers a. Finished pipe shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each size, unless otherwise approved by the City. 1) Change orders, specials, and field changes may be provided by a different manufacturer upon City approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 4 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 4 of 9 b. Pipe manufacturing operations shall be performed under the control of the manufacturer. c. All pipe furnished shall be in conformance with AWWA C900. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Store and handle in accordance with the guidelines as stated in AWWA M23. 2. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Pipe 1. Pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C900. 2. PVC Pressure Pipe for potable water shall meet the requirements of NSF 61 and NSF 14. 3. Pressure Pipe shall be approved by the UL. 4. Pipe shall have a lay length of 20 feet except for special fittings or closure pieces necessary to comply with the Drawings. 5. The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454. Outside diameters must be equal to those of cast iron and ductile iron pipes. 6. As a minimum the following Dimension Ratio's apply: Diameter Min Pressure Class (inch) (psi) 4 through 12 DR 14 16 through 24 DR 18 7. Pipe Markings a. Meet the minimum requirements of AWWA C900. Minimum pipe markings shall be as follows: 1) Manufacturer's Name or Trademark and production record CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 5 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 5 of 9 2) Nominal pipe size 3) Dimension Ratio 4) AWWA C900 5) Seal of testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe C. Pressure and Deflection Design Pipe design shall be based on trench conditions and design pressure class specified in the Drawings. Pipe shall be designed according to the methods indicated in AWWA M23 for trench construction, using the following parameters: a. Unit Weight of Fill (w) = 130 pcf b. Live Load = AASHTO HS 20 c. Trench Depth = 12 feet minimum, or as indicated in Drawings d. Maximum E' = 1,000 max e. Deflection Lag Factor = 1.0 f. Working Pressure (PW) = 150 psi g. Surge Allowance (Ps) = 100 psi minimum h. Test Pressure = 1) No less than 1.25 times the stated working pressure (187 psi minimum) of the pipeline measured at the highest elevation along the test section. 2) No less than 1.5 times the stated working pressure (225 psi minimum) at the lowest elevation of the test section. i. Maximum Calculated Deflection = 3 percent j. Restrained Joint Safety Factor (SF) = 1.5 k. Maximum Joint Deflection = 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Verify trench depths after existing utilities are located. a. Accommodate vertical alignment changes required because of existing utility or other conflicts by an appropriate change in pipe design depth. b. In no case shall pipe be installed deeper than its design allows. 3. Provisions for Thrust a. Thrusts at bends, tees, plugs or other fittings shall be mechanically restrained, corrosion resistant joints. b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe, as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings. Inclusion in the plans of dimensions for joint restraint lengths along the pipe, or dimensions for concrete thrust blocking, shall be interpreted to mean the exclusion of the other method of restraint, unless both methods are specifically required in the plans. c. No thrust restraint contribution shall be allowed for the restrained length of pipe within the casing. d. Restrained joints, where required, shall be used for a sufficient distance from each side of the bend, tee, plug, valve, or other fitting to resist thrust which will be developed at the design pressure of the pipe. For the purpose of thrust the following shall apply: 1) Calculate valves as dead ends. 2) Design pressure shall be greater than the pressure class of the pipe or the internal pressure (Pi), whichever is greater. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 6 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 6 of 9 3) Restrained joints shall consist of approved mechanical restrained or push - on restrained joints as listed in the City's Standard Products List as shown in Section 0160 00. 4) Restrained PVC pipe is not allowed for pipe greater than 12 inches. e. The Pipe Manufacturer shall verify the length of pipe with restrained joints to resist thrust in accordance with the Drawings and the following: 1) Calculate the weight of the earth (We) as the weight of the projected soil prism above the pipe, for unsaturated soil conditions. 2) Soil density = 115 pcf (maximum value to be used), for unsaturated soil conditions 3) In locations where ground water is encountered, reduce the soil density to its buoyant weight for the backfill below the water table. a) Reduce the coefficient of friction to 0.25. 4. Joints a. Joints shall be gasket, bell and spigot and push -on type conforming to ASTM D3139. b. Since each pipe manufacturer has a different design for push -on joints, gaskets shall be part of a complete pipe section and purchased as such. c. Lubricant must be non -toxic and NSF approved for potable water applications. d. Push -On Restrained Joints shall only be as approved in the Standard Products List in Section 01 60 00. 5. Detectable Markers a. Provide detectable markers in accordance with Section 33 05 26. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances as specified herein, as specified in AWWA C600, AWWA C605, AWWA M23 and in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Lay pipe to the lines and grades as indicated in the Drawings. 3. Excavate and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4. Embed PVC Pressure Pipe in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 5. For installation of carrier pipe within casing, see Section 33 05 24. B. Pipe Handling 1. Haul and distribute pipe and fittings at the project site. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 7 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 7 of 9 a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Handle piping with care to avoid damage. a. Inspect each joint of pipe and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics. c. Use only nylon ropes, slings or other lifting devices that will not damage the surface of the pipe for handling the pipe. 3. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C. Joint Making 1. Mechanical Joints a. In accordance with Section 33 11 11. Push -on Joints a. Install Push -On joints as defined in AWWA C900. b. Wipe clean the gasket seat inside the bell of all extraneous matter. c. Place the gasket in the bell in the position prescribed by the manufacturer. d. Apply a thin film of non -toxic vegetable soap lubricant to the inside of the gasket and the outside of the spigot prior to entering the spigot into the bell. e. When using a field cut plain end piece of pipe, refinish the field cut to conform to AWWA C605. 3. Joint Deflection a. Deflect the pipe only when necessary to avoid obstructions, or to meet the lines and grades shown in the Drawings. b. Joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendation. D. Detectable Metallic Tape Installation 1. See Section 33 05 26. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Potable Water Mains 1. Cleaning, disinfection, hydrostatic testing, and bacteriological testing of water mains: a. Clean, flush, pig, disinfect, hydrostatic test and bacteriological test the water main as specified in Section 33 04 40. B. Wastewater Lines 1. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection a. Provide a Post -CCTV Inspection in accordance with Section 33 0131. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12-8 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 8 of 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 11 12 - 9 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE Page 9 of 9 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.C.1 and 3.4.C.3 — revised maximum joint deflection requirements 3A.C.1 — Added reference to Ductile Iron Fittings 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 3.4.D — Removed Marker Balls 1.1 Modified acceptable range for specification from up to 24-inch to up to 36-inch Change Section 2.2 B. 5. from "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the 4/1/2013 F. Griffin requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454-B." to "The pipe material shall be PVC, meeting the requirements of ASTM D1784, with a cell classification of 12454". All references to the use of C905 are no longer applicable and are deleted. 11/14/2018 D.V. Magana 1.3.A.4.c. — Updated to reflect C900 applicable on PVC pipe sizes 4" through 60". 1.1.A Modified acceptable range for specification from 36-inch to 24-inch 1.3.A.4.c Updated C900 to reflect metric dimensions 1.3.A.5.b & 2.2.B.2 Addition of "NSF 14 Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials" 1.3.A.6.a Addition of "UL 1285 UL Standard for Safety Pipe and Couplings, PVC and PVCO for Underground Fire Service" 2.2.C.3.a Addition of "corrosion resistant" and deletion of "when required by the Drawings" 9/9/22 W Norwood 2.2.C.3. Add " b. In addition to the mechanical joint restraint required for all bends and fittings, horizontal and vertical bends shall be restrained by concrete thrust blocking and by mechanical joint restraint along the length of the pipe as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, unless shown otherwise in the design drawings" 3.4.B.1. Add " a. Pipe shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacture's recommendations" 3.4.13.2 Add "b. Conduit shall be homogenous throughout and free from voids, cracks, inclusions and other defects, and shall be uniform as commercially practicable in color, density and other physical characteristics" CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised September 9, 2022 33 12 10- 1 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 1 of 17 SECTION 33 12 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lead-free 1-inch to 2-inch water service lines from the water main to the right-of- way, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer, and specified herein for: a. New Water Service b. New Water Service (Bored) c. Water Meter Service Relocate d. Private Water Service B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Products Installed but not Furnished Under this Section 1. Water meters for various sizes D. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 40 —Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 12 25 — Connection to Existing Water Mains 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. New Water Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new "Water Service" complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by open cut construction. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Water Service" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Furnishing and installing New Service Line as specified by the Drawings 2) Submitting product data 3) Tapping saddle 4) Corporation stop 5) Curb stop CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 331210-2 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 2 of 17 6) Fittings 7) Service line installed by open cut 8) Connection to meter 9) Meter Box and Lid 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Surface Restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 15) Clean-up 16) Disinfection 17) Testing 2. New Bored Water Service a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each new Water Service complete in place from the tap of the main to the installation of the meter box and associated appurtenances where the service line is installed by trenchless method. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Bored Water Service" installed for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Submitting product data 2) Tapping saddle 3) Corporation stop 4) Curb stop 5) Fittings 6) Service line installed by trenchless method 7) Connection to meter 8) Meter Box and Lid 9) Pavement removal 10) Excavation 11) Hauling 12) Disposal of excess material 13) Surface restoration associated with Meter Box installation and connection, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 14) Clean-up 15) Disinfection 16) Testing 3. Water Meter Service Reconnect a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Water Meter Service Reconnect complete in place from public service line connection to private service line connection. b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10-3 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 3 of 17 1) The work performed in conjunction with relocation of the meter, associated private service line, fittings and meter box 5 feet or less in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Water Meter Service, Reconnection" installed for: a) Various size of services c. The price bid shall include: 1) Private service line 2) Fittings 3) Private connection to water meter 4) Connection to existing private service line 5) Cut and crimp of existing service 6) Removal and Disposal or Salvage of existing 2-inch or smaller water meter, as directed by City 7) Pavement removal 8) Excavation 9) Hauling 10) Disposal of excess material 11) Surface restoration for area disturbed for installation of meter box, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 12) Clean-up 13) Cleaning 14) Disinfection 15) Testing 4. Private Water Service Relocation a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Private Service relocation complete in place from the meter box to a connection to the existing service line on private property. b. Payment 1) The work performed in conjunction with Private Service Line installation where the meter and meter boxes are moved more than 5 feet in any direction from centerline of existing meter location and materials furnished in accordance with the Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot of "Private Water Service" performed for: a) Various service sizes c. The price bid shall include: 1) Obtaining appropriate permit 2) Obtaining Right of Entry 3) Submitting product data 4) Private service line 5) Fittings 6) Backflow preventer, check valve, and isolation valve relocation, if applicable 7) Connection to existing private service line 8) Pavement removal and replacement 9) Excavation 10) Hauling 11) Disposal of excess material CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 4 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 4 of 17 12) Surface restoration, excluding grass (seeding, sodding or hydro -mulch paid separately) 13) Clean-up 14) Cleaning 15) Disinfection 16) Testing 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions 1. New Service a. Installation of new I -inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by open cut construction from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 2. New Service (Bored) a. Installation of new I -inch to 2-inch Water Service Line by trenchless construction method from the water main to the right-of-way, including corporation stop, curb stop, fittings and water meter boxes complete in place, as shown on the Drawings. 3. Meter Service Reconnection a. Relocation and reconnection of the private service line from an existing meter to be abandoned and a new meter installed that lies within 5 feet of the existing meter. 4. Private Service Relocation a. Relocation and reconnection of private service line behind the water meter where the existing meter to be abandoned and the new meter installed is greater than 5 feet of the existing meter. A licensed plumber is required to relocate the private service. 5. Lead-free a. Lead-free pipes and plumbing fittings and fixtures shall contain less than 0.25 percent lead in accordance with the reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. c. B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. d. B98, Standard Specification for Copper -Silicon Alloy Rod, Bar and Shapes. e. C131, Standard Specification for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. f. C 150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. g. C330, Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. h. C857 (RL), Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10-5 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 5 of 17 i. D883, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastics. j. D1693, Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress -Cracking of Ethylene Plastics 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C700, Cold -Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. b. C800, Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings. 4. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 5. Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act a. Public Law 111-380 (P.L. 111-380) 6. General Services Administration (GSA): a. RR-F-621E, Frames, Covers, Gratings, Steps, Sump and Catch Basin, Manhole 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling 1. Provide advance notice for service interruptions and meet requirements of Division 0 and Division 1. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, if applicable: 1. Tapping Saddle 2. Corporation stop 3. Curb Stop 4. Service Line 5. Meter Box 6. Meter Box Lid B. Certificates and Test Reports 1. Prior to shipment of any Water Service components, the manufacturer shall submit the following: a. A Certificate of Adequacy of Design stating that the components to be furnished comply with all regulatory requirements identified in this Section including: 1) The Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380) 2) AWWA C800 3) NSF 61 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 331210-6 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 6 of 17 1. Manufacturers a. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800, NSF 61, the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect all parts such that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or extremes in temperature. 4. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Water meters for various sizes 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 3. The Water Services and appurtenances shall be new and the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of Water Services and appurtenances having similar service and size. B. Description Regulatory Requirements a. All materials shall conform to the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act (P.L. 111-380). This Act defines "Lead-free" for pipes and other appurtenances to be less than 0.25 percent lead. b. Water Services shall meet or exceed the latest revisions of AWWA C800 and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. c. All Water Services components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Materials/Design Criteria CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 331210-7 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 7 of 17 1. Service Lines a. Provide Type K Copper Tubing per ASTM B88. b. Furnish in the annealed conditions, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 2. Service Couplings a. Fitting Ends 1) Flared Copper Tubing with thread dimensions per AWWA C800 2) Provide coupling nuts with a machined bearing skirt of a length equal to the tubing outer diameter (O.D.). b. Provide with hexagonal wrench grip compatible with the coupling size. c. Provide lead-free service couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 3. Corporation stops a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800 for: 1) Bodies 2) Plugs 3) D washers 4) Bottom nuts b. Machining and Finishing of Surfaces 1) Provide 1 3/4 inch per foot or 0.1458 inch per inch f 0.007 inch per inch taper of the seating surfaces for the key and body. 2) Reduce large end of the tapered surface of the key in diameter by chamfer or turning for a distance that will bring the largest end of the seating surface of the key into the largest diameter of the seating surface of the body. 3) Relieve taper seat in the body on the small end. 4) Extend small end of the key there -through to prevent the wearing of a shoulder and facilitate proper seating of key. 5) Design key, key nut and washer such that if the key nut is tightened to failure point, the stem end of the key shall not fracture. 6) Design nut and stem to withstand a turning force on the nut of at least 3 times the necessary effort to properly seat the key without failure in any manner. 7) Port through corporation stop shall be full size to eliminate turbulence in the flow way. 8) Design stop for rotation about the axis of the flow passageway inside the following minimum circles in order to properly clear the tapping machine: a) Two 7/8-inch for 1-inch corporation stops b) Four 15/16-inch for 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch corporation stops c. Provide lead-free corporation stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 4. Curb Stops a. Provide brass castings per AWWA C800. b. Valve plugs shall be: 1) Cylinder type 2) Plug type, or 3) Ball type c. Incorporate full flow porting. d. Provide for full 360 degree plug rotation clockwise or counter -clockwise. e. Overall Length CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10-8 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 8 of 17 1) 3-5/16 inch + 1/8 inch for 1-inch diameter 2) 4-1/32 inch + 9.32 for 1-inch diameter f. Cylindrical Plug Type 1) Provide 0-ring seal at top and bottom. a) 0-ring at top only is acceptable if bottom of curb stop body is closed. 2) Seals shall be Buna N. 3) 1 0-ring seal shall surround the outlet port of the curb stop and act to effectively seal in the closed position. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut-off of water. g. Tapered Plug Type 1) Provide 0-ring seal at top and bottom. 2) The tapered plug and cylindrical recess in the valve body shall be machined to match within approved manufacturing tolerances. 3) Inlet and outlet ports shall be sealed by 0-rings or combination Teflon U- shaped seal rings backed with 0-rings. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. 6) Design the curb stop to provide ease and accuracy of operation and positive shut-off of water. h. Ball Plug Type 1) Provide double 0-ring seals on the stem. 2) The ball shall seal against rubber rings mounted in the valve body at the inlet and outlet ports. 3) The ball shall be bronze with a smooth Teflon coating. 4) The port in the plug shall provide a straight through, full size flow way, so shaped as to eliminate turbulence. 5) All waterways shall be smooth and free of burrs or rough areas. i. Provide lead-free curb stops in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 5. Straight Adapters a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 b. Provide lead-free straight adapters in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 6. Three Part Copper Unions a. Brass castings and threads per AWWA C800 b. Provide lead-free Three Part Copper Unions in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. Straight Meter Couplings a. Brass castings per AWWA C800 b. Threads per AWWA C700 c. Tailpiece with outside iron pipe thread d. Chamfer corners on threaded end of meter nut. e. Machine inside and outside of tailpiece. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 331210-9 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 9 of 17 f. Provide lead-free Straight Meter Couplings in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 8. Branch Connections a. Brass castings per AWWA C800 b. Inlet and outlet connections per AWWA C800 c. Provide lead-free branch connections in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 9. Service Saddles a. Castings 1) Brass or Nylon coated ductile iron castings per AWWA C800 2) Free of porosity with sharp edges removed 3) Saddle a) Form to fit firmly against side of maximum diameter of water main with approximately 180 degrees wrap around. 4) Outlet a) Design outlet boss for no thread distortion by bending moments. b) Tapped for taper threaded corporation stop conforming to AWWA C800. b. Straps 1) Conform to ASTM B98. 2) Form flat to fit uniformly against the wall of the water main. 3) Shall be double straps 4) Rod diameter not less than 5/8 inch flattened to 1 inch on one side. 5) Straps shall be threaded 5/8 inch (11-NC-2A) for a distance such that'/2 inch remains after clamp is fully tightened on the pipe. 6) Chamfer strap ends to protect the starting threads. 7) The threads shall be full and free from shear. 8) 4-inch and larger pipe shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. c. Nuts 1) Bronze material a) Same material as straps 2) Dimensions equal to or larger than heavy hexagon nuts 3) Tapped 5/8 inch (11-NC-2B) d. Gaskets 1) Neoprene rubber material 2) Cemented to saddle and positioned to facilitate installation 10. Brass Flanged Angle Valve a. For 1 '/2-inch and 2-inch services b. Brass castings per AWWA C800 c. Valve Body with integral outlet flange and inlet wrenching flat d. Fit together key and body by turning key and reaming body 1) Key with O-ring seal seat at the upper end 2) Lap key and body seat are to conform to corporation stop requirements of this Specification. 3) The outlet flange shall contain an O-ring seat or a uniform flat drop -in flange gasket surface. 4) Drop -in flange gasket surface shall contain gasket retaining grooves milled circular about the axis of the flange. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 10 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 10 of 17 5) The size of the outlet flange and the diameter and spacing of the bolt holes shall conform to AWWA C700. 6) The flange on 2-inch angle valves shall be double drilled to permit connection to 1 1/2 -inch meters. 7) The inlet port of the valve shall be tapered to conform to AWWA C800 taper pipe thread. 8) The key cap shall include a wrenching tee marked with a raised or recessed arrow to show whether the valve is open or closed. 9) Valve Assembly (main body, key, key cap) a) Brass material per AWWA C800 b) 0-ring seal on the top of the key between the key and body seat c) Key cap shall complete the assembly by attaching to the key by means of a strong bronze pin with phosphor bronze spring washer(s) depressed between the key cap and the top of the valve main body. d) Provide with padlock wings for locking the valve in the closed position. e) There shall be a uniform application of cold water valve grease between the body and the key. f) The valve shall be capable of being easily opened and stopping lugs. g) The waterway through the valve shall be smooth and rounded for minimum pressure loss, and shall be free of burrs or fins. h) The valve shall be strong, well designed, neat in appearance, water- tight and entirely adequate for the intended purpose. i) Provide with either a high quality rubber drop -in gasket or an 0-ring seal depending on the manufacturer's flange seal surface design choice. e. Provide lead-free brass flanged angle valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 11. Meter Boxes shall: a. Be constructed of- t) Polymer, black polyethylene material as defined in ASTM D883. a) Minimum wall thickness of 3/8-inch throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics b) Body shall be black throughout, blended at the time of manufacture, and shall have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 35 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. c) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 pounds per square inch (psi). d) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. e) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. f) Have crush resistant ribbing along the outside of the box. g) Have a flange around the lid opening to help prevent settling and aide in adjustment to grade. h) Not to be installed in roadway — designed to withstand loading in non - deliberate and incidental traffic only. 2) Concrete a) Frame of No. 6 gauge wire welded closed b) Type I or Type 11 Portland cement, in accordance with ASTM C150, portioned with lightweight aggregate, in accordance with ASTM C330 (1) Percentage of wear not to exceed 40 per ASTM C131 (2) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10- I1 WATER SERVICES I -INCH TO 2-INCH Page 11 of 17 b. Be able to withstand a minimum 15,000 pounds vertical load c. Withstand a minimum 400 pounds sidewall load. d. Have pipe holes measuring a minimum of 2-1/2" x 3-1/4". e. 1-inch Standard Meter Box (Class A) 1) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch, 3/4-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working of not less than 10 inches x 16 inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 10-inches x 16-inches, 12 inches high f. 2-inch Standard Meter Box (Class C) 1) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working area not less than 14-inches x 28-inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 26-1/2-inches, 12 inches high g. Bullhead Standard Meter Box (Class B) 1) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch or 3/4-inch or 1-inch Single service meter. 2) Polymer a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 3) Concrete a) Size: working area not less than 15-inches x 18-inches, 12 inches high 12. Meter Box Lid a. Meter Box Lids Shall: 1) Be solid throughout with reinforcing ribs. 2) Have City of Fort Worth `Molly' logo molded into the lid. 3) Bear the Manufacturer's IS (name or logo) and Country of Origin. 4) Be designed both with and without AMI receptacles 5) Have a molded tread -plate 6) Seat securely and evenly inside the meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 7) Have a molded pick bar for use by meter reading tool. 8) Have Automated Meter Infrastructure (AMI) snap locking slide mounts for number of meters/endpoints associated with meter box 9) Have an opening to accept the AMI end -point. Opening shall accommodate an endpoint with a 1-7/8 inches diameter. 10) Have recessed AMI end point area, to alleviate a trip hazard, centered over AMI slide mount. Recess area should be 4-1/2 inches in diameter and 3/8" deep. 11) Have built-in anti -flotation devices. b. Cast Iron or Ductile Iron 1) Lids for Concrete Meter Boxes shall be constructed out of a cast iron and meet RRF-621 specification. 2) Shall withstand a minimum vertical load of 15,000 pounds 3) Coat castings with a bituminous emulsified asphalt unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, ground smooth, and cleaned with shot blasting, to get a uniform quality free from strength defects and distortions. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 12 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 12 of 17 4) Dimensions shall be within industry standards of ::L1/16 inch per foot. 5) Shall have a plug inserted in to the AMI receptacle to avoid water entering through opening until the AMI receptacle is used 6) Be a minimum of 1-3/4 inches thick at reinforcing ribs. 7) Casting weights may vary f5 percent from drawing weight per industry standards. c. Plastic(Composite) 1) The lid shall : a) Constructed of Engineered Plastic as defined in ASTM D883 (1) Have a molded recycled emblem with a minimum of 50 percent Post Consumer Recycled and 50 percent Post Industrial/ Pre Consumer Recycled Content- verified with a Leed Product Documentation. (2) Be designed to fit a concrete box/cast iron box in retrofit installations. (3) Have a tensile strength greater than 1700 psi. (4) Have a `knock -out" plug to accept the AMI end- point. Knock -out diameter shall be 1-7/8 inch diameter. A removable plug may be substituted for the knock -out plug. (5) Be constructed out of a composite material blend for maximum durability and corrosion resistance. (6) Be black throughout with no blowing agents or foaming plastics (7) Smooth edges and corners and be free from sharp edges so the unit can be handled safely without gloves. (8) Exterior free from seams or parting lines. (9) Have a molded tread -pattern- tread dimensions shall be .188-inch x .938-inch x .150-inch deep. (10) Have "City of Fort Worth" molded into the lid. (11) Have "Water Meter" molded into the lid- Font shall be standard Fadal CNC font with 1-inch characters x .150-inch deep. (12) Have a molded pick hole pocket- dimensions shall be 3-inch x 9/16-inch x Thru Hole with 3/16-inch 304 stainless steel rod. (13) Have 2 pieces of %-inch rebar located in lid pockets for locatability as shown in Drawings. (14) Have location capability using metal detector. b) Domestic Manufacture Only -Made in USA molded on Lid. c) Not to be installed in roadway or parking area d) Be designed to withstand H-10 loading for non -deliberate and incidental traffic only as . e) Have ultraviolet protection. 2) 1-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class A) a) For use with services utilizing 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch, 3/4-inch or 1-inch meter Single or Dual service meter. b) Size: 11-7/8-inch x 17-7/8-inch, 1-1/2 inches high c) For use with Class A Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 3) 2-inch Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class C) a) For use with services utilizing 1-1/2-inch or 2-inch Single service meter. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 13 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 13 of 17 b) Size 27-inches x 15-1/4-inches, 1-7/8 inches high c) For use with Class C Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 4) Bullhead Standard Plastic Meter Box Lid (Class B) a) For use with services utilizing two 5/8-inch x 3/4-inch or 3/4-inch or f- inch Single service meter: b) Size: 16-5/8-inch x 14-5/8-inch, 1-3/4 inches high c) For use with Class B Standard Meter Box. d) Polymer lid shall seat evenly inside meter box and shall not overlap the top edge of the meter box. 13. Horizontal Check Valve a. Equip 1 %2-inch and 2-inch Water Services with a horizontal check valve, with pipe plug, only if specified in the Drawings. b. If an existing backflow preventer is present, the Contractor is to leave it, and is not required to provide an additional horizontal check valve. c. Provide lead-free horizontal check valves in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. 14. Service Marker a. 3 inch wide, 5 mil blue vinyl tape 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections 1. At the City's option, the manufacturer shall be required to provide certification records showing conformance of materials, design and testing to these Specifications. 2. The test procedures shall conform to AWWA C800. a. In the event that a chosen valve fails the City's hydrostatic test, the cost of the test shall be at the expense of the supplier. b. Proof testing of the remainder of the valves shall be at the cost and responsibility of the supplier. c. These tests will be the basis of acceptance or rejection of the remainder of the shipment by the City. 3. The City reserves the right to select products at random for testing. The failure of materials to conform to the applicable Specification may result in the rejection of the entire shipment. B. Marking Service saddle castings shall be clearly marked by letters and numerals cast thereon showing: a. Manufacturer's name b. Type c. Size of Pipe CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 14 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 14 of 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. A licensed plumber is required for installations on the outlet side of the service meter. 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install Water Services and appurtenances in accordance with AWWA C800. 2. Install Water Service Lines 5 feet north or east of center of lot frontage on lots 75 feet or wider, or where shown on Drawings. 3. Install Water Service Lines on lot center line on lots less than 75 feet wide, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4. Install services at a minimum depth of 36 inches below final grade/proposed top of curb, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 5. Perform leak tests in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 6. Replace existing 3/4-inch Service Lines with 1-inch new Service Line, tap, and corporation. 7. Install replaced or relocated services with the service main tap and service line being in line with the service meter, unless otherwise directed by the City. 8. Excavate, embed and backfill trenches in accordance with Section 33 05 10. B. Handling 1. Haul and distribute Service Lines fittings at the project site and handle with care to avoid damage. a. Inspect each segment of Service Line and reject or repair any damaged pipe prior to lowering into the trench. b. Do not handle the pipe in such a way that will damage the pipe. 2. At the close of each operating day: a. Keep the pipe clean and free of debris, dirt, animals and trash — during and after the laying operation. b. Effectively seal the open end of the pipe using a gasketed night cap. C. Service Line Installation Service Taps a. Only ductile iron pipe may be directly tapped. b. Install service taps and/or tap assemblies of the specified size as indicated on the Drawings, or as specified by the Engineer. c. Perform taps on a water system that is either uncharged or under pressure. d. Taps consist of: 1) For Concrete Pressure Pipe or Steel Pipe a) Standard internal pipe threaded holes in the pipe walls (1) Made during pipe fabrication (2) Provide tapered threaded outlet with cc threads for up to 2-inch. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 15 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 15 of 17 (3) Provide flange outlet with flange to thread insulator adaptor kits for 4-inch and larger taps. 2) Other pipe materials a) Bronze service clamp with a sealed, threaded port through which the pipe wall is drilled to complete a service port e. Tap Assemblies 1) Consist of corporation stop with iron to copper connection attached to: a) Copper tubing terminating as shown on the City's Standard Detail b) May be required adjacent to gate valves c) Install as shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. d) When required, shall be included in the unit price bid for installing gate valve. 2) Chlorination and testing purposes a) No separate payment will be made for taps required for testing and chlorination. 2. Installation of Water Services a. Install tap and Service Line in accordance with City Details. b. Install meter box in accordance with City Details. 1) Adjustment of the Service Line to proper meter placement height shall be considered as part of the Meter Box installation. 3. Trenching a. Provide a trench width sufficiently wide to allow for 2 inches of granular embedment on either side of the Service Line. 4. Bored Services a. Services shall be bored utilizing a pilot hole having a diameter %2 inch to 3/4 inches larger than the Service Line. 5. Arrangement a. Arrange corporation stops, branches, curb stops, meter spuds, meter boxes and other associate appurtenances as shown in the City Detail, and to the approval of the Engineer. 6. Service Marker a. When Meter Box is not installed immediately subsequent to service installation: 1) Mark Curb Stop with a strip of blue vinyl tape fastened to the end of the service and extending through the backfill approximately 6 inches above ground at the Meter Box location. b. Installation of service taps only: 1) Attach service marker tape to the corporation stop or plug and extend upward and normal to the main through the backfill at the adjacent trench edge to at least 6 inches above ground to flag the tap location. 7. Corporation stops a. Fully open corporation stop prior to backfill. D. Removal of Existing Water Meters 1. Remove, tag and collect existing Water Service meter for pickup by the City for reconditioning or replacement. 2. After installation of the Water Service in the proposed location and receipt of a meter from the City inspector, install the meter. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 16 WATER SERVICES I -INCH TO 2-INCH Page 16 of 17 3. Reset the meter box as necessary to be flush with existing ground or as otherwise directed by the City. 4. All such work on the outlet side of the service meter shall be performed by a licensed plumber. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Check each Water Service installation for leaks and full flow through the curb stop at the time the main is tested in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 33 12 10 - 17 WATER SERVICES 1-INCH TO 2-INCH Page 17 of 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE Added Blue Text for clarification 1.2 A. — Revision to items included in price bid Specification modified to be in accordance with the Reduction of Lead in Drinking 12/20/2012 D. Johnson Water Act — All materials shall be lead free in accordance with this Act. 1.2.A.3 — Water Meter Service Relocate was renamed Water Meter Service Reconnect 1.6.13. — added certification submittals for compliance with regulatory requirements Added the phrase `, including grass' to lines; Part 1, 1.2.A.1.c.14, Partl, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1, 1.2.A.2.c.13, Part 1,1.2.A.3.c.11, 2/13/2013 F. Griffin Partl, 1.2.A.4.c.11 Added the phrase `and replacement' to line Part 1,1.2.A.4.c.7 Revised lines with `including grass' replacing with `excluding grass (seeding, 4/26/2013 F. Griffin sodding or hydromulching paid separately)' Included in Part 1, 1.2, A, 1, c, 14; Part 1, 1.2, A, 2, c, 13; Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, c, 11; Part 1, 1.2, A, 4, 2, 11 6/19/2013 D. Johnson 1.2.A.4.c — Addition of private water service appurtenances relocation to being included in the linear foot price of private water services 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require meter box suitable for AMI meter. 2.2,C, 11 & 2.2,C,12 11/21/2016 W. Norwood Require service saddle with double straps. 2.2,C,9,b 2/14/17 W. Norwood 2.2, C, 9.a.3 Remove table "Fit Contour of pipe..." 2/14/17 W. Norwood 3.4, C, l.d.(2) Remove nylon sleeve inserts, require cc threads. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised February 14, 2017 331220-1 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 33 12 20 2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE 3 PART1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves 4-inch through 48-inch for use with potable 7 water mains 8 a. 24-inch and larger valves may require an integral bypass 9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract 14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 15 3. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 16 4. Section 33 11 10 — Ductile Iron Pipe 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Gate Valve 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 24 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Gate Valve" installed 25 for: 26 a) Various sizes 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 29 Drawings 30 2) Valve box 31 3) Extension 32 4) Extensions for valves in vaults 33 5) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 34 6) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 35 7) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 36 8) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 37 9) Polyethylene encasement 38 10) Pavement removal 39 11) Excavation 40 12) Hauling CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-2 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 2 of 10 1 13) Disposal of excess material 2 14) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 3 15) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backflll 4 16) Clean-up 5 17) Cleaning 6 18) Disinfection 7 19) Testing 8 2. Cut -in Gate Valve 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 13 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Cut -in Gate Valve" 14 installed for: 15 a) Various sizes 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Gate Valves with connections as specified in the 18 Drawings 19 2) System dewatering 20 3) Connections to existing pipe materials 21 4) Valve box 22 5) Extension 23 6) Extensions for valves in vaults 24 7) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 25 8) Petrolatum tape for connections to steel flanges 26 9) 2-inch risers (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 27 10) Isolation kits when installed with flanged connections 28 11) Valve vault and appurtenances (for 16-inch and larger gate valves) 29 12) Polyethylene encasement 30 13) Pavement removal 31 14) Excavation 32 15) Hauling 33 16) Disposal of excess material 34 17) Furnishing, placement and compaction of embedment 35 18) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backflll 36 19) Clean-up 37 20) Cleaning 38 21) Disinfection 39 22) Testing 40 1.3 REFERENCES 41 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 42 1. NRS — Non Rising Stem 43 2. OS&Y — Outside Screw and Yoke 44 B. Reference Standards CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 331220-3 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 3 of 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (Classes 25, 125, and 250). 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 5. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A48, Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. b. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. c. A307, Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. d. A536, Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. e. 13117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. f. B633, Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 6. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C509, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. b. C515, Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. c. C550, Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. d. C900, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 IN through 12 IN, for Water Transmission and Distribution. 7. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a. C 105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. b. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. c. CI15/A21.15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile -Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. 8. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components -Health Effects. 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A. Product Data 38 1. Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve noting the pressure rating and coating system 39 supplied, including: 40 a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings 41 b. Joint type 42 c. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve size 43 2. Polyethylene encasement and tape CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-4 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 4 of 10 1 a. Whether the film is linear low density or high density cross linked polyethylene 2 b. The thickness of the film provided 3 3. Thrust Restraint, if required by contract Documents 4 a. Retainer glands 5 b. Thrust harnesses 6 c. Any other means 7 4. Instructions for field repair of fusion bonded epoxy coating 8 5. Gaskets 9 B. Certificates 10 1. Furnish an affidavit certifying that all Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valves meet 11 the provisions of this Section, each valve meets Specifications, all inspections have 12 been made and that all tests have been performed in accordance with AWWA C509 13 or AWWA C515. 14 2. Furnish a certificate stating that buried bolts and nuts conform to ASTM B 117. 15 3. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer has five 16 years experience manufacturing Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar service and 17 size with experience record. 18 4. Furnish affidavit that Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer owns or 19 controls any foreign factory/foundry that supplies valve casings and can certify that 20 the Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve manufacturer is in control of quality 21 control at the foreign factory/foundry. 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 A. Qualifications 26 1. Manufacturers 27 a. Valves 16-inch and larger shall be the product of 1 manufacturer for each 28 project. 29 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 30 manufacturer upon City approval. 31 b. For valves less than 16-inch, valves of each size shall be the product of 1 32 manufacturer, unless approved by the City. 33 1) Change orders, specials and field changes may be provided by a different 34 manufacturer upon City approval. 35 c. Valves shall meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515. 36 d. For valves equipped with a bypass, the bypass valve must be of the same 37 manufacturer as the main valve. 38 e. Resilient Seated Gate Valves shall be new. 39 f. Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer shall not have less than 5 years of 40 successful experience manufacturing of Resilient Seated Gate Valves of similar 41 service and size, and indicated or demonstrate an experience record that is 42 satisfactory to the Engineer and City. This experience record will be thoroughly 43 investigated by the Engineer, and acceptance will be at the sole discretion of the 44 Engineer and City. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-5 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 5 of 10 1 g. Casings for Resilient Seated Gate Valve, such as valve body, wedge, and 2 bypass; that are not manufactured within the United States of America, shall be 3 manufactured by factories/foundries that are owned or controlled (partial 4 ownership) such that the Resilient Seated Gate Valve Manufacturer can control 5 and guarantee quality at the foreign factory/foundry. 6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 7 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 8 1. Protect all parts so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged 9 delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and 10 equipment are ready for operation. 11 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the 12 site. 13 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges by wooden blank flanges, 14 strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 15 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 16 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to sunlight or 17 extremes in temperature. 18 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19 6600. 20 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 21 1.12 WARRANTY 22 A. Manufacturer Warranty 23 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 27 A. Manufacturers 28 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be 29 considered as shown in Section 0160 00. 30 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 31 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a 32 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. 33 B. Description 34 1. Regulatory Requirements 35 a. Valves shall be new and meet or exceed AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 and 36 shall meet or exceed the requirements of this Specification. 37 b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the 38 requirements of NSF 61. 39 C. Materials CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 331220-6 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 6 of 10 1. Valve Body a. Valve body: ductile iron per ASTM A536 b. Flanged ends: Furnish in accordance withAWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15. c. Mechanical Joints: Furnish with outlets which conform to AWWA/ANSI CIII/A21.11. d. Valve interior and exterior surfaces: fusion bonded epoxy coated, minimum 5 mils, meeting AWWA C550 requirements e. Buried valves: Provide with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement: Furnish in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Wedge (Gate) a. Resilient wedge: rated at 250 psig cold water working pressure b. The wedge (gate) for all valve sizes shall be 1 piece, fully encapsulated with a permanently bonded EPDM rubber. 3. Bypass a. For gate valves using a double roller, track and scrapper system, an integrally cast bypass on the body of the valve is required_ 1) Orient the bypass on the same side of the gate valve as the spur gear to allow operation of both valves from the manhole opening. 2) The bypass shall be a minimum 4-inch in size. 4. Gate Valve Bolts and Nuts a. Bonnet, Stuffing Box and Gear Box - Hex head bolt, and hex nut: Steel ASTM A307 Gr. B, Zinc Plate per ASTM B633, SC3 for non -buried service (4-inch through 12-inch valves) or as specified in 2.2.C.4.b. b. Hex head bolt and hex nut: AISI 304 stainless steel for buried service (all sizes) and for valves 16-inch through 36-inch (non -buried service) 5. Bolts and Nuts a. Mechanical Joints a) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. b. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 1105. 3) Flanged isolation kits shall be provided when connecting to buried steel or concrete pressure pipe. Kits shall conform to Section 33 04 10. 6. Joints a. Valves: flanged, or mechanical joint or any combination of these as specified on the Drawings or in the project Specifications 1) Flanged joints: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, ASME B16.1, Class 125 a) Flange bolt circles and bolt holes shall match those of ASME B16.1, Class 125. b) Field fabricated flanges are prohibited. 2) Steel or concrete pressure pipe a) Use flange joints unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. 3) Ductile Iron or PVC pressure pipe a) Use mechanical joints with mechanically restrained retainer glands unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised May 6, 2015 Echo Suites — Fort Worth 105161 331220-7 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 7 of 10 1 7. Operating Nuts 2 a. Supply for buried service valves 3 b. 1-15/16-inch square at the top, 2-inch at the base, and 1-3/4-inch high 4 c. Cast an arrow showing the direction of opening with the word "OPEN" on the 5 operating nut base. 6 d. To open, the operating nut shall be turned to the RIGHT (CLOCKWISE) 7 direction. Nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications 8 e. Connect the operating nut to the shaft with a shear pin that prevents the nut 9 from transferring torque to that shaft or the gear box that exceeds the 10 manufacturer's recommended torque. 11 f. Furnish handwheel operators for non -buried service, or when shown in the 12 Drawings. 13 8. Gearing 14 a. Gate valves that are 24 inch and larger: Equip with a spur gear. 15 b. Bevel gears for horizontally mounted valves are not allowed. 16 c. The spur gear shall be designed and supplied by the manufacturer of the valve 17 as an integral part of the gate valve. 18 9. Gaskets 19 a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 20 2.3 ACCESSORIES 21 A. All gate valves shall have the following accessories provided as part of the gate valve 22 installation: 23 1. A keyed solid extension stem of sufficient length to bring the operating nut up to 24 within 1 foot of the surface of the ground, when the operating nut on the gate valve 25 is 3 feet or more beneath the surface of the ground. Extension Stems are: 26 a. Not required on City stock orders 27 b. Not to be bolted or attached to the valve -operating nut 28 c. To be of cold rolled steel with a cross -sectional area of 1 square inch, fitting 29 loosely enough to allow deflection 30 2. Furnish joint components such as gaskets, glands, lubricant, bolts, and nuts in 31 sufficient quantity for assembly of each joint. 32 3. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: provide for buried service gate valves, cast iron valve 33 boxes and covers 34 a. Each valve box for 4-inch through 12-inch valves shall be 2-piece, 5 1/4-inch 35 shafts, screw type, consisting of a top section and a bottom section. 36 b. Valve boxes shall be as listed in the City of Fort Worth Standard Products List 37 in attached in Section 01 60 00. 38 c. Valve box covers shall be so designed that they can be easily removed to 39 provide access to valve operating nut. 40 d. Valve box covers must be designed to stay in position and resist damage under 41 AASHTO HS 20 traffic loads. 42 e. Each cover shall be casted with the word "WATER" or "RECLAIMED" in 43 raised letters on the upper surface. 44 f. Cast iron valve boxes and covers shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B. 45 1) Valve box covers shall be round for potable water applications and square 46 for reclaimed water applications. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-8 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 8 of 10 1 g. Box extension material shall be AWWA C900 PVC or ductile iron. 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. General 9 1. All valves shall be installed in vertical position when utilized in normal pipeline 10 installation. 11 2. Valves shall be placed at line and grade as indicated on the Drawings. 12 3. Polyethylene encasement installation shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 13 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 14 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 16 A. Field Inspections 17 1. Before acceptance of the installed valve, the City Field Operations Staff shall have 18 the opportunity to operate the valve. 19 2. The City shall be given the opportunity to inspect all buried flanges before they are 20 covered. 21 3. The Operator will be assessing the ease of access to the operating nut within the 22 valve box and ease of operating the valve from a fully closed to fully opened 23 position. 24 4. If access and operation of the valve meet the City's criteria, then the valve will be 25 accepted as installed. 26 B. Non -Conforming Work 27 1. If access and operation of the valve or its appurtenances does not meet the City's 28 criteria, the Contractor will remedy the situation until it meets the City's criteria, at 29 the Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331220-9 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 9 of 10 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 33 12 20 - 10 RESILIENT SEATED (WEDGE) GATE VALVE Page 10 of 10 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1. LA — Modified acceptable size range and added requirement for bypass in 30-inch gate valves, Blue text added for exceptions 1.2 Measurement and Payment — Added Cut -In Gate Valve 1.2.A. Lc and 1.2.A.2.c — added additional items to be included in price bid 1.6.A — removed requirement for product data for bolts and nuts because it is to be included under Section 33 1105. 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.9.A.1 — Added requirement for bypass valve manufacturing 2.2.C. — Added requirement for 30-inch gate valves to have a bypass and bypass material requirements; Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed material specification for bolts, nuts and gaskets; Added requirement for flanged isolation kits; Added restraint requirements for mechanical joint connections with ductile iron or PVC pressure pipe. 2.3.3 — Modified acceptable cast iron from Class 40 to Class 3513; Added requirements for reclaimed water applications 1.1.A.2 Revision - Gate valves larger than 24-inches may be approved by the City on a case -by -case basis 1.6.13.3 Added Section. Requires Affidavit for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.6.13.4 Added Section — Requires Affidavit on Gate Valve manufacturers ownership 6/24/2014 D. Townsend in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control. 1.9.A. Lf Added Section. Requirement for 5 years of experience in manufacturing RS Gate valves of similar size and type. 1.9.A.1.g Added Section. Requirement for Gate Valve manufacturers ownership (or control) in foreign factories/foundries providing components to certify on -site quality control 1.1.A.1 Revised maximum allowable Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve from 30-inch to 48-inch 1.1.A. La Revised minimum size gate valve requiring bypass from 30-inch to 24- inch. 5/6/2015 D. Townsend 2.2.C.3. Changed requirement for an integrally cast bypass from 30-inch and above resilient seated gate valves to all double roller, track and scrapper system resilient seated gate valves 2.2.C.3.2 Added the minimum size bypass shall be 4-inches. 2.2.C.7.d Added that nut shall be painted red per AWWA specifications CITY OF FORT WORTH Echo Suites — Fort Worth STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 105161 Revised May 6, 2015 331225-1 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 1 of 8 SECTION 33 12 25 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Connection to existing water mains to include, but not limited to: a. Cutting in a tee for a branch connection b. Extending from an existing water main c. Installing a tapping sleeve and valve B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 33 04 40 — Cleaning and Acceptance Testing of Water Mains 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 5. Section 33 05 30 — Location of Existing Utilities 6. Section 33 1105 — Bolts, Nuts, and Gaskets 7. Section 33 11 10 — Ductile Iron Pipe 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Connection to an existing unpressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that does not require the City to take part of the water system out of service a. Measurement 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the water pipe being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water pipe complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 2. Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Connection to Existing Water Main" installed for: a) Various sizes of existing water distribution main CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 2 of 8 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Remobilization 6) Temporary lighting 7) Polyethylene encasement 8) Make-up pieces 9) Linings 10) Pavement removal 11) Excavation 12) Hauling 13) Disposal of excess material 14) Clean-up 15) Cleaning 16) Disinfection 17) Testing Connection to an existing pressurized Fort Worth Water Distribution System Main by Tapping Sleeve and Valve: a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each connection completed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tapping Sleeve and Valve" installed for: a) Various sizes of connecting main b) Various sizes of existing water distribution main c. The price bid shall include all aspects of making the connection including, but not limited to: 1) Preparing submittals 2) Dewatering 3) Exploratory excavation (as needed) 4) Coordination and notification 5) Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve 6) Remobilization 7) Temporary lighting 8) Polyethylene encasement 9) Make-up pieces 10) Linings 11) Pavement removal 12) Excavation 13) Hauling 14) Disposal of excess material 15) Clean-up 16) Cleaning 17) Disinfection 18) Testing CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 3 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 3 of 8 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): a. B16.1, Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250) 3. ASTM International (ASTM): a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. b. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications c. A194, Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both d. A242, Standard Specification for High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. e. A283, Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. f. A285, Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low - and Intermediate -Tensile Strength. g. B 117, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. h. D2000, Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications. 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA): a. C200, Steel Water Pipe - 6 IN and Larger. b. C207, Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service — Sizes 4 IN through 144 IN. c. C213, Fusion -Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. d. C223, Fabricated Steel and Stainless Steel Tapping Sleeves. 5. American Water Works Association/American National Standards Institute (AWWA/ANSI): a. C I05/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems. b. C111/A21.11, Rubber -Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. c. CI 15A21/15, Flanged Ductile -Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray -Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. NSF International (NSF): a. 61, Drinking Water System Components —Health Effects. 7. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry Inc. (MSS): a. SP-60, Connecting flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre -installation Meetings 1. Required for any connections to an existing, pressurized 16-inch or larger City water distribution system main that requires a shutdown of some part of the water system CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 4 of 8 2. May also be required for connections that involve shutting water service off to certain critical businesses 3. Schedule a pre -installation meeting a minimum of 3 weeks prior to proposed time for the work to occur. 4. The meeting shall include the Contractor, City Inspector and City Valve Crew. 5. Review work procedures as submitted and any adjustments made for current field conditions. 6. Verify that all valves and plugs to be used have adequate thrust restraint or blocking. 7. Schedule a test shutdown with the City. 8. Schedule the date for the connection to the existing system. B. Scheduling 1. Schedule work to make all connections to existing 16-inch and larger mains: a. During the period from November through April, unless otherwise approved by the City b. During normal business hours from Monday through Friday, unless otherwise approved by the City 2. Schedule City Valve Crew by 1:00 P.M. a minimum of 1 business day prior to planned disruption to the existing water system. a. In the event that other water system activities do not allow the existing main to be dewatered at the requested time, schedule work to allow the connection at an alternate time acceptable to the City. 1) If water main cannot be taken out of service at the originally requested time, coordination will be required with the City to discuss rescheduling and compensation for mobilization. 2) No additional payment will be provided if the schedule was altered at the Contractor's request. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for specials. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, if applicable Tapping Sleeve noting the pressure rating and coating system supplied including: a. Dimensions, weights, material list, and detailed drawings b. Maximum torque recommended by the manufacturer for the valve by size B. Submittals 1. Provide a detailed sequence of work for 16-inch, or larger, connections if required by City that includes: a. Results of exploratory excavation b. Dewatering c. Procedure for connecting to the existing water main CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 5 of 8 d. Time period for completing work from when the water is shut down to when the main is back in service e. Testing and repressurization procedures 2. Welders that are assigned to work on connection to concrete cylinder or steel pipe must be certified and provide Welding Certificates, upon request, in accordance with AWWA C200. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage and Handling Requirements 1. Protect parts so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. 2. Protect all equipment and parts against any damage during a prolonged period at the site. 3. Protect the finished surfaces of all exposed flanges using wooden flanges, strongly built and securely bolted thereto. 4. Protect finished iron or steel surfaces not painted to prevent rust and corrosion. 5. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and extremes in temperature. 6. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 6600. 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed by the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Description 1. Regulatory Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 6 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 6 of 8 a. Tapping Sleeves shall meet or exceed AWWA C223 and the requirements of this Specification. b. All valve components in contact with potable water shall conform to the requirements of NSF 61. C. Tapping Sleeve Materials 1. Body a. Body: Carbon Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C, ASTM A285 Grade C, ASTM A36 Steel or equal b. Finish: fusion bonded epoxy coating to an average 12 mil thickness. Fusion applied per AWWA C213. c. All buried tapping sleeves shall be provided with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C105/A21.5. 1) Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 33 11 10. 2. Flange a. Carbon Steel per ASTM A36 in accordance with AWWA C207 and ASME B16.1 Class 125. b. Recessed for tapping valve per MSS SP-60 3. Bolts and Nuts a. Flanged Ends 1) Meet requirements of AWWA C115 or AWWA C207 depending on pipe material. 2) Provide bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 33 11 05. 4. Gaskets a. Provide gaskets in accordance with Section 33 1105. 5. Test Plug a. 3/4-inch NPT carbon steel with square head and fusion bonded epoxy coating 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions 1. Verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing water main is as depicted in the Drawings and that the location is suitable for a connection to the existing water main. a. Excavate and backfill trench for the exploratory excavation in accordance with 3305 10. 2. Verify that all equipment and materials are available on —site prior to the shutdown of the existing main. 3. Pipe lines shall be completed, tested and authorized for connection to the existing system in accordance with Section 33 04 40. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 7 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 7 of 8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Upon disruption of the existing water main, continue work until the connection is complete and the existing water main is back in service. B. Procedure 1. Expose the proposed connection point in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 2. Dewater the existing water line so the chlorinated water is not unlawfully discharged. 3. Maintain the water that may bleed by existing valves or plugs during installation within the work area to a reasonable level. a. Control the water in such a way that it does not interfere with the proper installation of the connection or create a discharge of chlorinated water. 4. If any discharge of chlorinated water occurs, discharged water shall be de - chlorinated in accordance with Section 33 04 40 5. Cut and remove existing water main in order to make the connection. 6. Verify that the existing pipe line is suitable for the proposed connection. 7. Place trench foundation and bedding in accordance with 33 05 10. 8. In the event that a tapping sleeve and valve is used, the coupon from the existing water main shall be submitted to the City. 9. Prevent embedment, backiill, soil, water or other debris form entering the pipeline. 10. Establish thrust restraint as provided for in the Drawings. 11. Clean and disinfect the pipeline associated with the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 12. Place embedment to the top of the pipe zone. 13. Request that the City Valve Crew re -pressurize the pipeline. 14. Directionally flush the connection in accordance with Section 33 04 40. 15. Request that City Valve Crew open all remaining valves. 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 33 12 25 - 8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATER MAINS Page 8 of 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 2.2•C.3 and 4 — Added reference to Section 33 1105 and removed bolt, nut and gasket material specification 2/6/2013 D. Townsend 3.4.B.4 Modified to refer to Section 33 04040 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised February 6, 2013 333910-1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 7 SECTION 33 39 10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary Sewer Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures IRM9S101W.1013Z%140IBlel89ZIZy011117�61 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various types c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Concrete 5) Backfill 6) Foundation 7) Drop pipe 8) Stubs 9) Frame 10) Cover 11) Grade rings 12) Pipe connections 13) Pavement removal CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3339 10 - 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 7 14) Hauling 15) Disposal of excess material 16) Placement and compaction of backfill 17) Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for "Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each Sewer Junction Structure being installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the lump sum bid per each "Sewer Junction Structure" location. c. Price bid will include: 1) Junction Structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333910-3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 7 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions Manhole Type a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection (s) c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and larger sewer pipe d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Less than 4 feet deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller than 39-inch 2. Manhole Size a. 4 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch b. 5 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch c. See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. D4258, Standard Practice for Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. b. D4259, Standard Practice for Abrading Concrete. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Drop connection materials CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 3339 10 - 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 7 2. Pipe connections at manhole walls 3. Stubs and stub plugs 4. Admixtures 5. Concrete Mix Design 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 0160 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Materials 1. Concrete — Conform to Section 03 30 00. 2. Reinforcing Steel — Conform to Section 03 2100. 3. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 4. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 5. Pipe Connections a. Pipe connections can be premolded pipe adapter, flexible locked -in boot adapter, or integrally cast gasket channel and gasket. 6. Interior Coating or Liner — Conform to Section 33 39 60, if required. 7. Exterior Coating a. Use Coal Tar Bitumastic for below grade damp proofing. b. Dry film thickness shall be no less than12 mils and no greater than 30 mils. c. Solids content is 68 percent by volume f 2 percent. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333910-5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Evaluation and Assessment 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. kJ%=9S0171;7:rY1130 A. Foundation Preparation 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate, creating a stable base for the manhole construction. a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch mud slab may be substituted. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Manhole 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. Cast manhole foundation and wall monolithically. a. A cold joint with water stop is allowed when the manhole depth exceeds 12 feet. b. No other joints are allowed unless shown on Drawings. 3. Place, finish and cure concrete according to Section 03 30 00. a. Manholes must cure 3 days before backfilling around structure. B. Pipe connection at Manhole 1. Do not construct joints of sewer pipe within wall sections of manhole. C. Invert 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. a. Provide curves for side inlets. 3. Sewer pipe may be laid through the manhole and the top 1/2 of the pipe removed to facilitate manhole construction. 4. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 5. For example, if 8-inch pipe is connected to manhole, construct the invert to full 8 inches in depth. D. Drop Manhole Connection CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333910-6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 7 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert. E. Final Rim Elevation 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the final surface elevation of the manhole frame. F. Internal coating 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by Drawings. G. External coating 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. 2. Cure for 3 days before backfilling around structure. 3. Coat the same date the forms are removed. 4. Prepare surface in accordance with ASTM D4258 and ASTM D4259. 5. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. H. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. I. Junction Structures 1. All structures shall be installed as specified in Drawings. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333910-7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 7 of 7 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A.1.c. — reinforcing steel removed from items to be included in price bid CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 SECTION 33 39 20 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 333920-1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 1 of 6 1. Sanitary Sewer, Water Appurtenance, or Reclaimed Water Appurtenance Precast Concrete Manholes B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 4. Section 03 80 00 — Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 5. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 6. Section 33 05 13 — Frame, Cover, and Grade Rings 7. Section 33 39 60 — Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Measurement and Payment 1. Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each concrete manhole installed. b. Payment 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole" installed for: a) Various sizes b) Various types c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333920-2 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 2 of 6 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 2. Extra Depth Manhole a. Measurement 1) Measurement for added depth beyond 6 feet will be per vertical foot, measured to the nearest 1/10 foot. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid per vertical foot for `Extra Depth Manhole" specified for: a) Various sizes c. The price bid will include: 1) Manhole structure complete in place 2) Excavation 3) Forms 4) Reinforcing steel (if required) 5) Concrete 6) Backfill 7) Foundation 8) Drop pipe 9) Stubs 10) Frame 11) Cover 12) Grade rings 13) Pipe connections 14) Pavement removal 15) Hauling 16) Disposal of excess material 17) Placement and compaction of backfill 18) Clean-up 1.3 REFERENCES A. Definitions Manhole Type a. Standard Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Greater than 4 feet deep up to 6 feet deep b. Standard Drop Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Same as Standard Manhole with external drop connection(s) c. Type "A" Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Manhole set on a reinforced concrete block placed around 39-inch and larger sewer pipe. d. Shallow Manhole (See City Standard Details) 1) Less than four 4 deep with formed invert for sewer pipe diameters smaller than 39-inch 2. Manhole Size CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333920-3 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 3 of 6 a. 4 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 8-inch to 15-inch b. 5 foot diameter 1) Used with pipe ranging from 18-inch to 36-inch 2) See specific manhole design on Drawings for pipes larger than 36-inch. B. Reference Standards 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 2. ASTM International (ASTM): a. C443, Standard Specification for Joint for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets b. C478, Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. c. C923, Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manholes Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. d. D1187, Standard Specification for Asphalt -Base Emulsion for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal e. D 1227, Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Precast Concrete Manhole 2. Drop connection materials 3. Pipe connections at manhole walls 4. Stubs and stub plugs 5. Admixtures 6. Concrete Mix Design 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333920-4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 4 of 6 1. Manufacturer's Warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [oR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Only the manufacturers as listed on the City's Standard Products List will be considered as shown in Section 01 60 00. a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections. 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00. B. Materials 1. Precast Reinforced Concrete Sections — Conform to ASTM C478. 2. Precast Joints a. Provide gasketed joints in accordance with ASTM C443. b. Minimize number of segments. c. Use long joints at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. d. Include manufacturer's stamp on each section. 3. Lifting Devices a. Manhole sections and cones may be furnished with lift lugs or lift holes. 1) If lift lugs are provided, place 180 degrees apart. 2) If lift holes are provided, place 180 degrees apart and grout during manhole installation. 4. Frame and Cover — Conform to Section 33 05 13. 5. Grade Ring — Conform to Section 33 05 13 and ASTM C478. 6. Pipe Connections a. Utilize either an integrally cast embedded pipe connector or a boot -type connector installed in a circular block out opening conforming to ASTM C923. 7. Steps a. No steps are allowed. 8. Interior Coating or Liner — Conform to Section 33 39 60. 9. Exterior Coating a. Coat with non-fibered asphaltic emulsion in accordance with ASTM D 1187 Type I and ASTM D 1227 Type III Class 1. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333920-5 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 5 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Evaluation and Assessment 1. Verify lines and grades are in accordance to the Drawings. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Foundation Preparation 1. Excavate 8 inches below manhole foundation. 2. Replace excavated soil with course aggregate; creating a stable base for manhole construction. a. If soil conditions or ground water prevent use of course aggregate base a 2-inch mud slab may be substituted. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Manhole 1. Construct manhole to dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. Precast Sections a. Provide bell -and -spigot design incorporating a premolded joint sealing compound for wastewater use. b. Clean bell spigot and gaskets, lubricate and join. c. Minimize number of segments. d. Use long joints used at the bottom and shorter joints toward the top. B. Invert 1. Construct invert channels to provide a smooth waterway with no disruption of flow at pipe -manhole connections. 2. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. a. Provide curves for side inlets. 3. For all standard manholes provide full depth invert. 4. For example, if 8-inch pipe in connected to manhole construct the invert to full 8 inches in depth. C. Drop Manhole Connection 1. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches above the invert. D. Final Rim Elevation 1. Install concrete grade rings for height adjustment. a. Construct grade ring on load bearing shoulder of manhole. b. Use sealant between rings as shown on Drawings. 2. Set frame on top of manhole or grade rings using continuous water sealant. 3. Remove debris, stones and dirt to ensure a watertight seal. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 333920-6 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE Page 6 of 6 4. Do not use steel shims, wood, stones or other unspecified material to obtain the final surface elevation of the manhole frame. E. Internal coating 1. Internal coating application will conform to Section 33 39 60, if required by Drawings. F. External coating 1. Remove dirt, dust, oil and other contaminants that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. 2. Cure manhole for 3 days before backfilling around the structure. 3. Application will follow manufacturer's recommendation. G. Modifications and Pipe Penetrations 1. Conform to Section 03 80 00. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests and Inspections 1. Perform vacuum test in accordance with Section 33 01 30. 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.1.A.1 — Modified to include precast manholes for water and reclaimed water applications 12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.3.B.2 — Modified to include ASTM C443, D1187 and D1227 as references 2.2.B.1-3 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references 2.2.B.10 — Modified in accordance with new ASTM references CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised December 20, 2012 33 39 60 -1 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 1 of 12 1 SECTION 33 39 60 2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Application of a high -build epoxy coating system (or modified polymer liner 7 system, i.e. SpectraShield) to concrete utility structures such as manholes, lift 8 station wet wells, junction boxes or other concrete facilities that may need 9 protection from corrosive materials. This covers rehabilitation of existing sanitary 10 sewer structures and newly installed sanitary sewer structures. 11 2. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and larger, use of a structural liner 12 system, Warren Environmental System 301, ARC S 1HB by A.W. Chesterton 13 Company, is acceptable. 14 3. For sanitary sewer mains 8-inch diameter and smaller, and less than 6-feet in depth, 15 use of a liner system, SpectraShield, is acceptable. 16 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: 19 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract 21 2. Division 1— General Requirements 22 3. Section 33 0130 — Sewer and Manhole Testing 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Manholes 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per vertical foot of coating as measured 28 from 2-inches below the bottom of the removable cover (not frame) to the top 29 of the bench. This includes lining of all exposed concrete, the bench and 30 invert, thru the use of flow control devices (i.e. temporary plugs, sand 31 bags), to temporarily block flow. However, as a last resort and with prior 32 written approval from Water Field Operations, if the flow cannot be 33 blocked temporarily, then the lining would stop 3-inches from the edge of 34 the water in the pipe. This item covers the total vertical footage for the 35 specific bid items of various manhole sizes (i.e. 4 foot diameter, 5 foot 36 diameter, Specific Manhole Designs for lines larger than 36-inch, etc.) and 37 specific types (Standard Manhole, Drop Manhole, Type "A" Manhole, 38 Shallow Manhole, including additional depth beyond 6 foot). 39 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 2 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 2 of 12 1 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per vertical foot of "Manhole Liner" applied. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Removal of roots 6 2) Removal of existing coatings 7 3) Eliminating any leaks 8 4) Removal of steps 9 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 10 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 11 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 12 7) Surface cleaning 13 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 14 9) Hauling 15 10) Disposal of excess material 16 11) Site Clean-up 17 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 18 13) Testing 19 14) Re -Testing 20 2. Non -Manhole Structures 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per square foot of area where the 23 coating is applied. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 26 and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per square foot of "Structure Liner" applied. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Removal of roots 30 2) Removal of existing coatings 31 3) Eliminating any leaks 32 4) Removal of steps 33 5) Repair/seal connection of the existing frame to chimney 34 6) Repairs of any cracks in the existing structure chimney, corbel (cone), wall, 35 bench, including any replacement of damaged rebar, pipe 36 7) Surface cleaning 37 8) Furnishing and installing Liner as specified by the Drawings 38 9) Hauling 39 10) Disposal of excess material 40 11) Site Clean-up 41 12) Manhole and Invert Cleaning 42 13) Testing 43 14) Re -Testing 44 1.3 REFERENCES 45 A. Reference Standards 46 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 47 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 48 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 3 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 3 of 12 1 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 2 a. D543, Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical 3 Reagents. 4 b. D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. 5 c. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. 6 d. D790, Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and 7 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 8 e. D4060, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by 9 the Taber Abraser. 10 f. D4414, Standard Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch 11 Gages. 12 g. D7234, Stand Test Method for Pull -Off Adhesion strength of Coatings on 13 Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion Testers. 14 3. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 15 4. NACE International (NACE). Published standards from the National 16 Association of Corrosion Engineers 17 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Employ a trench 18 safety system in accordance with Section 19 6. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, (RCRA). 20 7. The Society for Protective Coatings/NACE International (SSPC/NACE): 21 a. SP 13/NACE No. 6, Surface Preparation of Concrete. This includes 22 monitoring for hydrogen sulfide, methane, or low oxygen. Also includes 23 flow control equipment. Surface preparation equipment may include high 24 pressure water cleaning (3500 psi) and shall be suited to provide a surface 25 compatible for installation of the liner system. Surface preparation shall 26 produce a clean, abraded, and sound surface, with no evidence of loose 27 concrete, loose brick, loose mortar, oil, grease, rust, scale, other 28 contaminants or debris, and shall display a surface profile suitable for 29 application of the liner system. 30 b. SP0188, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on 31 Conductive Substrates 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 35 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 37 A. Product Data 38 1. Technical data sheet on each product used 39 2. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each product used 40 3. Copies of independent testing performed on the coating product indicating the 41 product meets the requirements as specified herein 42 4. Technical data sheet and project specific data for repair materials to be topcoated 43 with the coating product including application, cure time and surface preparation 44 procedures CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 4 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 4 of 12 1 5. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in the structure. This 2 applies to repair work on both existing structures, manholes and new installed 3 manholes (including Developer projects) that have been identified with cracks, 4 voids, signs of infiltration, other structural defects or other related 5 construction damage. 6 B. Contractor Data 7 1. Current documentation from coating product manufacturer certifying Contractor's 8 training (and/or licensed) as an approved installer and equipment complies with the 9 Quality Assurance requirements specified herein 10 2. 5 recent references of Contractor indicating successful application of coating 11 product(s) of the same material type as specified herein, applied by spray 12 application within the municipal wastewater environment. References shall include 13 at least the following: owner name, City inspector name and phone number, project 14 name/number, size and linear footage of sanitary sewer main, manhole diameter, 15 structure dimensions and number of each, square feet (or vertical feet) of product 16 installed, contract cost, and contract duration. Contractor must demonstrate a 17 successful history of installing the product in structures of similar size and scope 18 and update this each time the contractor applies for and renews its Prequalification 19 for the Water Department. 20 3. For Developer Projects — at the time of Contractor selection, the 21 Pre qualification Statement, Section 00 4512 shall be submitted to the City, 22 clearly indicating the contractor prequalified for installation of 23 structure/manhole liner. No other bid submittals shall be accepted that 24 include lining contractors whose prequalification term has expired or is not on 25 the active contractor list at the time of Contractor selection. If the submitted 26 forms for this project not acceptable, the City will refer to the current active 27 contractor prequalification list, and the Contractor shall select the appropriate 28 manhole lining subcontractor based on the project scope of work. The 29 Contractor shall then provide the revised Pre qualification Statement Section 30 00 4512 for review and acceptance. 31 4. This Specification (along with the CCTV Specification) and the associated 32 submittals including the work plan, QA/QC, testing, closeout documents, etc. 33 shall be discussed as part of the Pre -Construction Agenda for each project 34 (Developer projects included). 35 5. For any project, Developer projects included - If the Contractor proceeds with 36 application of an unapproved lining product and/or using an unqualified 37 subcontractor for lining, the City shall recommend either repair and/or 38 removal of any defective lining material and have the Contractor select an 39 approved subcontractor that can apply the approved lining materials. This 40 work shall be at no additional cost to the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 5 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 5 of 12 1 6. Schedule and Sequence of Construction— Considering this is a specialized 2 installation performed by only certified applicators, the schedule for this work 3 has a lead time that shall be included in the Contractor's schedule. If the 4 Contractor does not provide written notification and/or fails to schedule the 5 subcontractor in advance, the City shall not be responsible for any additional 6 costs and/or delays caused by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide the 7 updated construction schedule and work plan (including manhole preparation, 8 repairs, lining, testing, etc.) in accordance with Section 0132 16 at least 1 week 9 prior to start of lining activities to the City Inspector, City Project Manager, 10 Water Field Operations, and Water Capital Projects. Equipment shall be on- 11 site and in working order for the testing. If the Contractor is unable to have 12 equipment ready for testing, the test date shall be rescheduled accordingly 13 with the Inspector. The updated construction schedule shall clearlyindicate 14 all related construction activities at the manholes before and after lining. All 15 paving activities, including any final grade adjustments for manholes outside 16 pavement, shall be completed before Contractor begins lining work. After 17 liner installation, Contractor shall wait a minimum of 48 hours to allow the 18 liner material to fully cure before returning the system to normal service. 19 CCTV per Section 33 0131 shall be scheduled after the lining has been 20 completed to document and confirm the manholes have been lined. 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 22 A. Testing Documentation 23 1. Provide test results required in Section 2.4 and Section 3.7 to City. 24 a. Include the following manhole or structure location information: 25 1) Existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number. For Developer Projects, 26 provide proposed sanitary sewer line number as designated on the plans 27 and provide the existing sanitary sewer main/lateral number at 28 connection to the existing manhole (if applicable). 29 2) Station number 30 3) GIS ID number (if provided during construction). 31 b. Inspection report of each manhole/structure tested (See attached sample 32 reports to be used for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark 33 Detection, and Manhole Adhesion Test). 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 36 A. Qualifications 37 1. Contractor 38 a. Be trained by, or have training approved and certified by, the coating product 39 manufacturer for the handling, mixing, application and inspection of the coating 40 product(s) to be used as specified herein 41 b. Initiate and enforce quality control procedures consistent with the coating 42 product(s) manufacturer recommendations and applicable NACE or SSPC 43 standards as referenced herein 44 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 45 A. Keep materials dry, protected from weather and stored under cover. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 6 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 6 of 12 1 B. Store coating materials between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. 2 C. Do not store near flame, heat or strong oxidants. 3 D. Handle coating materials according to their material safety data sheets. 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE) CONDITIONS 5 A. Provide confined space entry, flow diversion and/or bypass plans as necessary to 6 perform the specified work. Active flows shall be diverted with flow through plugs as 7 required to ensure that flow is maintained off the surfaces to be lined. 8 1.12 WARRANTY 9 A. Contractor Warranty 10 1. Contractor's Warranty shallbe in accordance with Division 0. 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS 14 A. Repair and Resurfacing Products 15 1. Compatible with the specified coating product(s) in order to bond effectively, thus 16 forming a composite system 17 2. Used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 18 3. The repair and resurfacing products must meet the following: 19 a. 100 percent solids, solvent -free epoxy grout specifically formulated for epoxy 20 topcoating compatibility 21 b. Factory blended, rapid setting, high early strength, fiber reinforced, non -shrink 22 repair mortar that can be toweled or pneumatically spray applied and 23 specifically formulated to be suitable for topcoating with the specified coating 24 product used 25 B. Coating Product 26 1. Capable of being installed and curing properly within a manhole or concrete utility 27 environment 28 2. Resistant to all forms of chemical or bacteriological attack found in municipal 29 sanitary sewer systems; and, capable of adhering to typical manhole structure 30 substrates 31 3. The 100 percent solids, solvent -free ultra high -build epoxy system shall exhibit the 32 following characteristics: 33 a. Application Temperature— 50 degrees F, minimum 34 b. Thickness —125 mils minimum for newly installed structures; 250 mils 35 minimum for rehabilitation of existing structures (Warren Environmental 36 System 301, ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company) 37 c. Color — White, Light Blue, or Beige 38 d. Compressive Strength (per ASTM D695) — 8,800 psi minimum 39 e. Tensile Strength (per ASTM D638) — 7,500 psi minimum 40 f. Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D4541) — 70 minimum CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 7 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 7 of 12 I g. Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060 CS 17F Wheel) — 80 mg loss 2 maximum 3 h. Flexural Modulus (per ASTM D790) — 400,000 psi minimum 4 i. Flexural Strength (per ASTM D790)—12,000 psi minimum 5 j. Adhesion to Concrete, mode of failure (ASTM D4541): Substrate (concrete) 6 failure 7 k. Chemical Resistance (per ASTM D543/G20) all types of service for: 8 1) Municipal sanitary sewer environment 9 2) Sulfuric acid, 70 percent 10 3) Sodium hydroxide, 20 percent 11 4. Or, the multi -layer modified polyurea and polyurethane shall exhibit the following 12 characteristics: 13 a. Application Temperature — 50 degrees F, minimum 14 b. Thickness — 500 mils minimum (SpectraShield) 15 c. Moisture Barrier and Final Corrosion Barrier 16 1) Color —Pink 17 2) Tensile Strength (per ASTM D412) — 2550 psi minimum 18 3) Hardness, Shore D (per ASTM D2240) — 56 minimum 19 4) Abrasion Resistance (per ASTM D4060) —20 mg loss maximum 20 5) Percent Elongation (per ASTM D412) — 269 21 d. Surfacer 22 1) Compressive Strength (per ASTM D1621) —100 psi minimum 23 2) Density (per ASTM D1622) — 5 lbs/cu ft minimum 24 3) Shear Strength (per ASTM C273) — 230 psi minimum 25 4) Closed Cell Content (per ASTM D1940) —>95% 26 C. Coating Application Equipment 27 1. Manufacturer approved heated plural component spray equipment 28 2. Hard to reach areas, primer application and touch-up may be performed using hand 29 tools. 30 3. Applicator shall use approved specialty equipment that is adequate in size, capacity, 31 and number sufficient to accomplish the work in a timely manner. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A Coating Thickness Testing 35 1. Film Thickness Testing for epoxy systems 36 a. Take wet film thickness gauge measurements per ASTM D4414 —Standard 37 Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness by Notch Gages at 3 locations 38 within the manhole, 2 spaced equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 39 1) Document and attest measurements and provide to the City using the form 40 at the end of this specification. 41 2. Thickness testing for modified polymer liner system 42 a. Upon installation of the Final Corrosion Barrier insert probe into substrate for 43 depth of system measurement at 3 locations within the manhole, 2 spaced 44 equally apart along the wall and 1 on the bench. 45 3. Document all testing results and provide to the City using the form at the end of this 46 specification. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 8 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 8 of 12 B. Non -Conforming Work 2 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 3 2. City will select testing locations. 4 C. Testing Frequency 5 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 6 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 7 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 8 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 9 PART 3- EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS 11 A. All installers shall be certified applicators approved by the manufacturers. Applicator 12 shall use adequate number of skilled workmen that have been trained and experienced for 13 the approved product. 14 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] T��Jm;ll Di Al ME'% M Dlel 17 A. Manhole Preparation 18 1. Stop active flows via damming, plugging or diverting as required to ensure all 19 liquids are maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated. 20 2. Maintain temperature of the surface to be coated between 40 and 120 degrees F. 21 3. Shield specified surfaces to avoid exposure of direct sunlight or other intense heat 22 source. 23 a. Where varying surface temperatures do exist, coating installation should be 24 scheduled when the temperature is falling versus rising. 25 B. Surface Preparation 26 1. Remove oils, roots, grease, incompatible existing coatings, waxes, form release, 27 curing compounds, efflorescence, sealers, salts or other contaminants which may 28 affect the performance and adhesion of the coating to the substrate. Remove any 29 steps found in the structure. 30 2. Remove concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other 31 means of degradation so that only sound substrate remains. 32 3. Surface preparation method, or combination of methods, that may be used include 33 high pressure water cleaning, high pressure water jetting, abrasive blasting, 34 shotblasting, grinding, scarifying, detergent water cleaning, hot water blasting and 35 others as described in SSPC SP 13/NACENo. 6. 36 4. All methods used shall be performed in a manner that provides a uniform, sound, 37 clean, neutralized, surface suitable for the specified coating product. 38 5. After completion of surface preparation, inspect for leaks, cracks, holes, exposed 39 rebar, ring and cover condition, invert condition, and inlet/outlet pipe condition. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 - 9 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 9 of 12 1 6. After defects in the structure have been identified, seal cracks, repair exposed rebar 2 with new rebar to match existing, repair leaks and cracks with grout or other 3 methods approved by the Manufacturer and the City. Allnew rebar shallbe 4 embedded in 1 %2 inch epoxy mastic. Replace/seal connection between existing 5 frame and chimney if it is found loose or not attached. 6 7. The repair materials shall be trowel or spray applied by the lining Contractor 7 utilizing proper equipment on to specified surfaces. The equipment shall be 8 specially designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified materials and 9 shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. The repair 10 mortar and epoxy topcoat must share the same epoxy matrix to ensure a 11 bonded weld. No cementitious repair material, quick setting high strength 12 concrete with latex or curing agent additives, or quick set mortars will be 13 allowed. Proper surface preparation procedures must be followed to ensure 14 adequate bond strength to any surface to be coated. New cement cure time is 15 at least 30 days prior to coating. The repair materials as specified in this 16 Section shall apply to both existing structures and new installed structures. 17 This includes Developer projects, in which new installed structures/manholes 18 have been identified with either cracks, voids, signs of infiltration, other 19 structural defects or other related construction damage. 20 3.4 INSTALLATION 21 A. General 22 1. Perform coating after the sewer line replacement/repairs, grade adjustments and 23 grouting are complete. 24 2. Perform application procedures per recommendations of the coating product 25 manufacturer, including environmental controls, product handling, mixing and 26 application. 27 B. Temperature 28 1. Only perform application if surface temperature is between 40 and 120 degrees F. 29 2. Make no application if freezing is expected to occur inside the manhole within 24 30 hours after application. 31 C. Coating 32 1. Spray apply per manufacturer's recommendation at a minimum film thickness as 33 noted in Section 2.2.B. 34 2. Apply coating from bottom of manhole frame to the bench/trough, including the 35 bench/trough. 36 3. After walls are coated, remove bench covers and spray bench/trough to at least the 37 same thickness as the walls. 38 4. Apply any topcoat or additional coats within the product's recoat window. 39 a. Additional surface preparation is required if the recoat window is exceeded. 40 5. Allow a minimum of 48 hours of cure time or be set hard to touch before 41 reactivating flow. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -10 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 10 of 12 1 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 4 A Each structure will be visually inspected by the City the same day following the 5 application. 6 B. Groundwater infiltration of the system shallbe zero. 7 C. All pipe connections shallbe open and clear. 8 D. The inspector will check for deficiencies, pinholes, voids, cracks, uncured spots, 9 delamination, and thin spots. Any deficiencies in the liner shall be marked and repaired 10 according to the procedures outlined by the Manufacturer. 11 E. If leaks are detected they will be chipped back, plugged and coated immediately with 12 protective epoxy resin coating. 13 1. Make repair 24 hours after leak detection. 14 F. Post Installation Coating Tests 15 1. Wet Film Testing 16 2. Adhesion Testing 17 a. Adhesion test the liner at a minimum of three locations (cone area, mid -section, 18 and bottom of the structure). For structures exceeding 6-feet add one additional 19 test for every additional 6-feet. For example: 6-foot manhole — 3 tests. 6-feet, 1- 20 inch manhole thru 1 I -feet, 11-inch manhole — 4 tests, 12-foot manhole — 5 tests. 21 Etc... Tests performed per ASTM D7234 — Standard Test Method for Pull -Off 22 Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion 23 Testers. 24 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the City 25 (see structure/manhole report form for adhesion testing at the end of this 26 specification) . 27 2) The adhesive used to attach the dollies shall have a tensile strength greater 28 that the liner. 29 3) Failure of the dolly adhesive is deemed anon -test and requires retesting. 30 4) All the pull tests shall exceed 300 psi or concrete failure with more than 31 50% of the subsurface adhered to the coating. If over 1/3rd fail, additional tests 32 may be required by the City. If additional tests fail the City may require 33 removal and replacement of the liner at the contractor's expense. 34 3. Holiday Detection Testing 35 a. Holiday Detection test the liner per NACE SP0188 — Discontinuity (Holiday) 36 Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates. Mark all 37 detected holidays. Repair all holidays in accordance to coating manufacturer's 38 recommendations. 39 1) Document and attest all test results repairs made and provide to the 40 City (see structure/manhole report for holiday detection testing at the 41 end of this specification). CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 33 39 60 -11 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 11 of 12 1 2) For example, the typical testing requirements are 100 volts per mil to 2 12,500 volts to test 125 mils. Contractor shall mark any location that 3 shows a spark or potential for a pinhole and repair these locations per 4 manufacturer recommendations. 5 4. CCTV 6 a. Post Construction CCTV recordings shall be made after all other testing is 7 completed, including the repairs that are made to the lining following any test 8 failures. 9 b. After liner installation, conduct post -CCTV in accordance with Section 33 01 31. 10 Video camera shall be lowered from the top of the manhole to the invert, to video 11 all lined surfaces, prior to beginning post -CCTV of the main. Payment for this 12 work is subsidiary to the cost for the post -CCTV of the main. 13 c. A bonded third -party testing company shall perform the testing. 14 d. Or Contractor may perform tests if witnessed by representative of the coating 15 manufacturer. Coating manufacturer representative to provide certification that 16 Contractor performed tests in accordance with noted standards. 17 G. Non -Conforming Work 18 1. City reserves the right to require additional testing depending on the rate of failure. 19 2. City will select testing locations. 20 3. Repair all defects according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 21 H. Testing Frequency 22 1. Projects with 10 or less manholes and/or structures test all. 23 2. Projects with greater than 10 manholes and/or structures, test at least 10 and test 25 24 percent of manholes and/or structures after the first 10. 25 3. City will select the manholes and/or structures to be tested. 26 I. Test manhole for final acceptance according to Section 33 0130. 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 31 A. Provide all test results from testing per Section 2.4 and applicator certifications per 32 Section 3.1 and in accordance with Section 1.7. In addition, perform vacuum test and 33 provide results using the test form per Section 33 0130, Sewer and Manhole Testing. 34 B. Upon final completion of the work, the manufacturer and/or the testing firm will 35 provide a written certification of proper application to the City. 36 C. The certification will confirm that the deficient areas were repaired in accordance with 37 the procedure set forth in this Specification. The final report will detail the location of the 38 repairs in the structure and description of the repairs. See attached testing forms. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 DATE NAME 09-23-2020 J. Kasavich 5 4-21-2021 J. Kasavich 33 39 60 -12 LINERS FOR SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Page 12 of 12 END OF SECTION Revision Log SUMMARY OF CHANGE Further clarification on the sizes and types of manholes under Part 1.2. Removal of Raven Lining system and inclusion of SpectraShield and Warren Environmental System 301, and ARC S1HB by A.W. Chesterton Company. Additional source quality control and field quality control test requirements. Added testing forms for Wet Film Thickness, Manhole Holiday/Spark Detection, andManhole Adhesion Test. Providedminor revisions to clarify howtestingis to be recorded and order of testing CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised April 29, 2021 POST INSTALLATION Fom' Wo 'ai MANHOLE LINER INSPECTION FORM ---_=-- WET FILM THICKNESS c, Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure: MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7' DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Wet Film Thickness Measurements Wet Film Thickness Gauge per ASTM D4414 at 3 Locations Within the Manhole Two (2) Spaced Equally Apart Along the Wall and One (1) on the Bench Steps: Yes / No Structure Material: MH Depth: MH Width: Lining Material: Bench: Yes / No Mil (Gauge) 125 / 250 Invert (Sprayed) Yes / *No Comments: *If No, Justify Indicate Measurements on the Diagram Above POST INSTALLATION FORT WORTH MANHOLE ADHESION TEST FORM Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Epoxy Coating: Location of Structure: MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7' DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Adhesion Test Results (ASTM D7234) Inspection Date: Indicate test locations on drawing Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Manhole Depth: Number of Tests: Test Results: Comments: *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include + additional sketches as needed. I POST INSTALLATION MANHOLE HOLIDAY/SPARK DETECTION TEST FORM Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Coating Date: Project Name: Contractor: Owner: Thickness of Coating: Location of Structure: Line & Station #: Structure Type: (check one) Liner Material: Spark Tester Serial #: Voltage Setting: Inspection Date: Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Comments: Work: Crew Leader: Project #: MANHOLE INFORMATION FORT WORTH Other: 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX 7' DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Holiday Detection Test Results (NACE SP0188) Indicate defect locations on drawing *Non -Manhole Structures may require additional sketches to indicate testing location for all testing procedures. Include additional sketches as needed. POST INSTALLATION Fom,WoR,m MANHOLE VACUUM TEST FORM Company Name: Address: Phone #: Cell: Work: Coating Date: Crew Leader: Project Name: Project #: Contractor: Owner: Indicate Pass/Fail: Location of Structure: Manhole Pour or Placement Date: MANHOLE INFORMATION Line & Station #: Other: Structure Type: (check one) 4' DI MH TYPE A FLDW DIV BOX 5' DI MH TYPE B FLDW DIV BOX 6' DI MH JUNCTION BOX T DI MH SPHIPHON ENTRY BOX METERING STATION Vacuum Test Results Inspection Date: Repair Locations Inspection Company: Inspector Name: Repair Date: Repair Location: Type of Repair: Repair Materials: Comments: 3471 13 -1 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 34 7113 2 TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices and preparation of Traffic Control Plans 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1— General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 A. Measurement and Payment 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices a. Measurement 1) Measurement for Traffic Control Devices shall be per month for the Project duration. a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Traffic Contror c. The price bid shall include: 1) Traffic Control implementation 2) Installation 3) Maintenance 4) Adjustments 5) Replacements 6) Removal 7) Police assistance during peak hours 2. Portable Message Signs a. Measurement 1) Measurement for this Item shallbe per week for the duration of use. b. Payment 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement' shall be paid for at the unit price bid per week for "Portable Message Sign" rental. c. The price bid shall include: 1) Delivery of Portable Message Sign to Site 2) Message updating 3) Sign movement throughout construction 4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post -construction CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -2 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2of6 1 3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measurement for this Item be per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 6 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Traffic Control Detail" 7 prepared. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 10 longer 11 2) Adherence to City and Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 12 (TMUTCD) 13 3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer 14 4) Incorporation of City comments 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Reference Standards 17 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 18 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 19 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 20 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 21 3. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 22 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 23 Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 24 1.4 ADNHNISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 25 A. General 26 1. Contractor shall minimize lane closures and impact to vehicular/pedestrian traffic. 27 B. Coordination 28 1. Contact Traffic Services Division (817-392-7738) a minimum of 48 hours prior to 29 implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 30 C. Sequencing 31 1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan included in the Drawings must be first 32 approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 33 1.5 SUBMITTALS 34 A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 35 activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 36 B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the TPW Department's Transportation Division. The 37 Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic Control 38 Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be 39 submitted with the Street Use Permit. 40 C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 41 Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -3 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 6 1 D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Drawings or 2 Specifications. The Contractor willbe responsible for having a licensed Texas 3 Professional Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets.A traffic control 4 "Typical" published by City of Fort Worth, the Texas Manual Unified Traffic Control 5 Devices (TMUTCD) or Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) can be used as 6 an alternative to preparing project/site specific traffic control plan if the typical is 7 applicable to the specific project/site. 8 E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site -specific traffic controlplan. 9 F. Contractor responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and seal 10 changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 16 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 ASSEMBLIES AND MATERIALS 21 A. Description 22 1. Regulatory Requirements 23 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices that conform to details shown on the 24 Drawings, the TMUTCD, and TxDOT's Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 25 Device List (CWZTCDL). 26 2. Materials 27 a. Traffic Control Devices must meet all reflectivity requirements included in the 28 TMUTCD and TxDOT Specifications — Item 502 at all times during 29 construction. 30 b. Electronic message boards shall be provided in accordance with the TMUTCD. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -4 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 4of6 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.2 PREPARATION 6 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions 7 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 8 3.3 INSTALLATION 9 A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) and install Traffic Control Devices as shown on 10 the Drawings and as directed. 11 B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 12 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 13 the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 14 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 15 D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 16 1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, 17 covering, or removing Devices. 18 2. Maintain the Devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, 19 and that retroreflective characteristics meet requirements during darkness and rain. 20 E. If the Inspector discovers that the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable federal 21 and state laws (by failing to furnish the necessary flagmen, warning devices, barricades, 22 lights, signs, or other precautionary measures for the protection ofpersons or property), the 23 Inspector may order such additional precautionary measures betaken to protect persons 24 and property. 25 F. Subject to the approval of the Inspector, portions of this Project, which are not affected by 26 or in conflict with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments, can be 27 constructed during any phase. 28 G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight 29 distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. 30 R To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may 31 be erected and mounted on portable supports. 32 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 33 I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. 34 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 35 operations, the Contractor shall provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as 36 approved by the Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -5 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 5 of 6 1 K Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 2 turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other c onstruction will be done during peak traffic 3 times (AM: 7 am — 9 am, PM: 4 pm - 6 pm). 4 L. Flaggers 5 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 6 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 7 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 8 organizations. 9 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 10 b. This representative is responsible for training and assuring that all flaggers are 11 qualified to perform flagging duties. 12 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by 1 of the organizations listed 13 above or trained by the Contractor's certified flagging instructor. 14 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 15 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, and signals 16 and follow the flagging procedures set forth in the TMUTCD. 17 5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time as may be 18 required to provide for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor's 19 personnel, and as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 20 a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 21 M. Removal 22 1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights 23 and other Traffic Control Devices used for work -zone traffic handling as soon as 24 practical in a timely manner, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 25 3.4 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 26 3.5 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.9 CLEANING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 32 3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 33 3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 34 3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35 END OF SECTION 36 37 CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 3471 13 -6 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 6 of 6 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S. Arnold Added police assistance, requirement for when a site specific TCP is required 1.4 A. Added language to emphasize minimizing of lane closures and impact to traffic. 3/22/2021 M Owen 1.5 Clarified submittal requirements 3.3 M. Clarified removal requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 22, 2021 APPENDIX GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-6.07 Wage Rates GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 Echo Suites — Fort Worth 105161 GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 Echo Suites — Fort Worth 105161 ECS Southwest, LLP Geotechnical Engineering Report Moriah at Timberland Addition 11228 Timberland Blvd Fort Worth, Texas ECS Project Number 63:1838 April 14, 2023 C ECS SOUTHWEST, LLP "Setting the Standard for Service" Geotechnical • Construction Materials • Environmental • Facilities Tx Registered Engineering Firm F-8461 April 14, 2023 Mr. Ian McClure Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC 17950 Preston Road, Suite 780 Dallas, Texas 75252 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Reference: Geotechnical Engineering Report Moriah at Timberland Addition 11228 Timberland Blvd Fort Worth, Texas Dear Mr. McClure: ECS Southwest, LLP (ECS) has completed the subsurface exploration, laboratory testing, and geotechnical engineering analyses for the referenced project. Our services were performed in general accordance with our agreed scope of work. This report presents our understanding of the geotechnical aspects of the project along with the results of the field exploration and laboratory testing conducted, and our design and construction recommendations. It has been our pleasure to be of service to Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC during the design phase of this project. We would appreciate the opportunity to remain involved during the continuation of the design phase, and we would like to provide our services during the construction phase operations as well to verify the assumptions of subsurface conditions made for this report. Should you have any questions concerning the information contained in this report, or if we can be of further assistance to you, please contact us. Respectfully submitted, ECS Southwest, LLP Ishtiaque Hossain, PhD, P.E. Geotechnical Department Manager 'i� JYM IHossain@ecslimited.com *H�&, Asif Akhtar, PhD, E.I.T. Geotechnical Staff Project Manager AAkhtar@ecslimited.com ..IIt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JAYA lcx .............................. 90187 Zctn Ranasinghege (Jay) Jayatilaka, Ph.D., P.E. Chief Engineer JJavatilaka@ecslimited.com The electronic seal on this document was authorized by Jay Jayatilaka, PhD, P.E. No. 90187, on April14, 2023 2621 White Settlement Road, Fort Worth, TX 76107 • T: 682-350-2250 • www.ecslimited.com ECS Capitol Services, PLLC • ECS Florida, LLC • ECS Mid -Atlantic, LLC • ECS Midwest, LLC • ECS Southeast, LLP • ECS Southwest, LLP Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 TABLE OF CONTENTS April 14, 2023 Page EXECUTIVESUMMARY............................................................................................................... 1 1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................... 2 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION....................................................................................................... 3 2.1 Project Location/Current Site Use..........................................................................................3 2.2 Proposed Construction...........................................................................................................3 3.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING................................................................. 1 3.1 Subsurface Characterization..................................................................................................1 3.2 Groundwater Observations....................................................................................................1 3.3 Laboratory Testing.................................................................................................................2 4.0 DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS.............................................................................................. 3 4.1 Potential Vertical Movements...............................................................................................3 4.2 Subgrade Improvements........................................................................................................3 4.3 Foundation Design.................................................................................................................4 4.3.1 Straight Drilled Shafts- Axial Design Parameters..........................................................4 4.3.2 Straight Drilled Shafts- Lateral Design Parameters......................................................5 4.3.3 Straight Drilled Shafts- Construction Considerations...................................................5 4.3.4 Grade Beams/ Pier Caps...............................................................................................6 4.3.5 Shallow Footings — Design Parameters.........................................................................7 4.3.6 Shallow Footings — Construction Considerations.........................................................8 4.4 Floor Slab Systems..................................................................................................................8 4.4.1 Structural Floor Slabs....................................................................................................8 4.4.2 Slab -On -Grade/ Flatwork on Prepared Subgrade.........................................................9 4.5 Building Perimeter Conditions...............................................................................................9 4.6 Seismic Design Considerations.............................................................................................10 4.7 Pavement Sections — Private Drives and Parking.................................................................11 5.0 SITE CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS........................................................................ 13 5.1 Subgrade Preparation..........................................................................................................13 5.1.1 Stripping and Grubbing...............................................................................................13 5.1.2 Proofrolling.................................................................................................................13 5.2 Earthwork Operations..........................................................................................................13 5.3 Material Specifications.........................................................................................................14 5.3.1 Moisture Conditioning Clay Fill...................................................................................14 5.3.2 Select Fill.....................................................................................................................15 5.3.3 Flexible Base...............................................................................................................15 5.4 Foundation and Slab Observations......................................................................................15 5.5 Utility Installations...............................................................................................................15 6.0 CLOSING............................................................................................................................. 17 Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 APPENDICES Appendix A — Drawings & Reports • Site Location Diagram • Boring Location Diagram • Generalized Subsurface Section Line A -A' • Regional Geology Appendix B — Field Operations • Reference Notes for Boring Logs • Subsurface Exploration Procedure • Boring Logs B-01, B-02, P-01 and P-02 Appendix C — Laboratory Testing • Laboratory Testing Summary Appendix D — Supplemental Report Documents • Clay Plug at Utility Trench April14, 2023 Page ii Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The following summarizes the main findings of the exploration, particularly those that may have a cost impact on the planned development. Further, our principal foundation recommendations are summarized. This Executive Summary is intended as a very brief overview of the primary geotechnical conditions that are expected to affect design and construction. Information gleaned from the executive summary should not be utilized in lieu of reading the entire geotechnical report. • The borings encountered Fat Clay (CH) and Lean Clay (CL) followed by weathered tan Limestone. Below weathered tan Limestone, gray Limestone was encountered until the termination depths of 30 feet below existing grades. Groundwater was not observed within borings during drilling operations. • Moderately expansive clays are present at this site. The potential vertical soil movements of floor slabs placed near existing grade are estimated to be about 2 inches. Subgrade treatment of the expansive clay soils is necessary to reduce the potential for vertical movements. • The planned buildings may be supported by straight drilled shafts bearing in gray limestone. As an alternative, the buildings can also be supported on a shallow foundation system consisting of shallow footings placed on improved subgrade if some movements in the foundation system can be tolerated. • It is recommended that ECS conduct a geotechnical review of the project plans (prior to issuance for construction) to check to see that ECS' geotechnical recommendations have been properly interpreted and implemented. • To prevent misinterpretation of ECS recommendations, ECS should be retained to perform quality control testing and documentation during construction of the earthwork and foundations for the project. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 2 1.0 INTRODUCTION The purpose of this study was to provide geotechnical information for the design and construction of new hotel building with an approximate building footprint of 12,750 SF on an approximately 2.423 - acre site. Associated utility improvement, and surface parking and driveways are also included in this project. The recommendations developed for this report are based on project information supplied by the client in their email dated March 8, 2023. Our services were provided in accordance with our Proposal No. 63:2741-GP, dated March 10, 2023, and executed on March 10, 2023, which includes our Terms and Conditions of Service. This report contains the results of our subsurface exploration and geotechnical laboratory testing program, site characterization, engineering analyses, and recommendations for the design and construction of the planned development. The report includes the following items. • A brief review and description of our field and laboratory test procedures and the results of testing conducted. • A review of surface topographical features and site conditions. • A review of area and site geologic conditions. • A review of subsurface soil stratigraphy with pertinent available physical properties. • A final copy of our soil test borings. • Recommendations for foundations. • Recommendations for floor slabs. • Recommendations for pavement subgrades. • Recommendations for site preparation and construction of compacted fills, including an evaluation of on -site soils for use as compacted fills. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 2.0 PROJECT INFORMATION 2.1 PROJECT LOCATION/CURRENT SITE USE April 14, 2023 Page 3 The project site is located at 11228 Timberland Blvd in Fort Worth, Texas (GPS: 32.9414 N, 97.3109 W). The site is currently undeveloped and covered with grass and vegetations. The site slopes down from the southeast to northwest with a relief of about 6 feet. The location is depicted in Figure 2.1.1 as shown below. �� Figure 2.1.1 Site Location 2.2 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION We understand the project will consist of the design and construction of a new hotel building with an approximate footprint of 12,750 SF on an approximately 2.423-acre site. The following information explains our understanding of the planned development including the proposed buildings and related infrastructure. SUBJECT Building Type & No. of Stories Usage Column Loads (assumed) Wall Loads (assumed) Lowest Finish Floor Elevation (assumed) DESIGN INFORMATION / ASSUMPTIONS One 4-story wood -framed Hotel Building with an approximate building footprint of 12,750 square feet Hotel 200 kips (Full Dead and Live Load) maximum 4 kips per linear foot (klf) maximum Within 2 feet of existing grades If ECS' understanding of the project is not correct, especially if the structural loads are different, please contact ECS so that we may review these changes and revise our recommendations, as appropriate. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 3.0 FIELD EXPLORATION AND LABORATORY TESTING April 14, 2023 Page 1 Our exploration procedures are explained in greater detail in Appendix B including the insert titled Subsurface Exploration Procedures. Our scope of work included drilling four (4) borings. Our borings were located with a handheld GPS unit and their approximate locations are shown on the Boring Location Diagram in Appendix A. 3.1 SUBSURFACE CHARACTERIZATION The regional parent geologic mapping indicates that the site is underlain by the Grayson Marl and Main Street Limetone (Kgm) geologic formation. The Grayson Marl consists of marl, light greenish gray to medium gray in color, with thin interbeds of limestone. This formation is approximately 15 to 60 feet thick. The Main Street Limestone consists of thick limestone beds, yellowish gray to white in color, interbedded with thin marl beds. This formation is on the order of 10 to 20 feet thick. Generally, Grayson Marl and Main Street Limestone residual soils are moderate plasticity clays. The subsurface conditions encountered were generally consistent with published geological mapping. The following sections provide generalized characterizations of the soil and rock strata. Please refer to the boring logs in Appendix B. Subsurface Stratigraphv Approximate Depth to Elevation of Bottom of Bottom of Strata (ft) Strata ili Stratum Description Consistency (ft) (CH) FAT CLAY, dark brown, 22 EL. +788.0 to 792.0 1 brown, with calcareous nodules Very Stiff to hard and limestone fragments Notes: 3 (CL) LEAN CLAY, brown, light Very stiff to 5 to 8 EL. +784.0 to 789.0 II brown, with limestone nodules hard and sand seams 17 to 184 EL. +774.0 to 775.0 III LIMESTONE, weathered, tan, with clay seams 30' EL. +762.0 IV LIMESTONE, gray, with shale seams (1) Please note that the ground surface elevations were not surveyed by a licensed surveyor; these elevations are approximate based on dfwmaps.com. Elevation ranges are approximate +/- several feet. (2) Encountered in all borings. (3) Encountered in all borings. Borings P-01 and P-02 were terminated in this stratum at a depth of 5 feet from the existing ground surface. (4) Encountered in Borings B-01 and B-02. (5) Encountered in Borings B-01 and B-02. These borings were terminated in this stratum at a depth of 30 feet from the existing ground surface. 3.2 GROUNDWATER OBSERVATIONS Groundwater level observations were made in the borings during drilling operations. In auger drilling operations, water is not introduced into the borehole and the groundwater position can often be determined by observing water flowing into the excavation. Furthermore, visual Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 2 observation of soil samples retrieved can often be used in evaluating the groundwater conditions. Groundwater seepage was not observed within the borings during drilling operations. Variations in groundwater levels can occur as a result of changes in precipitation, evaporation, surface water runoff, construction activities, and other factors not immediately apparent at the time of this exploration. The highest groundwater observations are normally observed in the late winter and early spring. Therefore, the groundwater conditions at this site could be different at the time of construction. The possibility of groundwater level fluctuation should be considered when developing the design and construction plans for the project. 3.3 LABORATORY TESTING The laboratory testing consisted of selected tests performed on samples obtained during our field exploration operations. Classification and index property tests were performed on representative soil samples. The soil samples were tested for moisture content, Atterberg Limits, overburden swell, and gradations presented in Appendix C. Soil samples were visually classified on the basis of texture and plasticity in accordance with ASTM D2488 Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedures) and including USCS classification symbols, and ASTM D2487 Standard Practice for Classification for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). After classification, the samples were grouped in the major zones noted on the boring logs in Appendix B. The group symbols for each soil type are indicated in parentheses along with the soil descriptions. The stratification lines between strata on the logs are approximate; in situ, the transitions may be gradual. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 4.0 DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS April 14, 2023 Page 3 The following recommendations have been developed on the basis of the previously described project characteristics and subsurface conditions. If there are any changes to the project characteristics or if different subsurface conditions are encountered during construction, ECS should be consulted so that the recommendations of this report can be reviewed. Since site grading information was not available at the time of preparing this report; we have assumed that the proposed building will have a finished floor elevation within 2 feet of the existing site grade. If the finished floor elevation deviates from this assumed grade, the recommendations provided below should be evaluated by our office. 4.1 POTENTIAL VERTICAL MOVEMENTS Based on test method TEX-124-E in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Manual of Testing Procedures, and our experience with similar soils, we estimate potential vertical soil movements (PVM) will be on the order of 2 inches. The actual movements could be greater if poor drainage, ponded water, and/or other unusual sources of moisture are allowed to saturate the soils beneath the structure after construction. 4.2 SUBGRADE IMPROVEMENTS Any imported fill material should have similar Plasticity Index (PI) to on -site soils. Higher PI soils if imported, could impact the recommendations below. Should differing materials than encountered on this site, we would be pleased to update our recommendations. In order to reduce the risk associated with future movements, we recommend the following subgrade improvements to achieve a uniform PVM across the subgrade. Please note, these recommendations are the minimum requirements to reduce potential movements below the floor slab due to expansion potential. Other recommendations presented in this report regarding foundation support should also be followed. The depth of subgrade modification should be selected based on the allowable post -construction movement of the floor slabs. Improvements to the soil subgrade can be achieved by reworking on -site soils with proper moisture/density control. Subgrade Improvements to Achieve Movements of about 1 inch Depth of Non -Expansive Depth of Moisture Total Depth of Improved Anticipated PVM Fill (Inches)(') Conditioning (feet) (') Zone (feet) (inches) 12 1 5 1 6 1 1 (1) Select fill or flexible base can be used as non -expansive fill. In lieu of non -expansive fill, a 8-inch lime stabilized cap can be used. (2) Or, top of tan Limestone. The subgrade improvements should extend at least 5 feet beyond the edge of the building pad and include any flatwork sensitive to movements such as sidewalks or pavements. Select fill should not be used outside of the building pad limits. Exterior grade beam backfill should consist of onsite moisture conditioned clay. Positive drainage should be provided away from the structures and with moderate irrigation of surrounding lawn and planter areas with no excessive wetting or drying of soils adjacent to the Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 4 foundations. Greater potential movements could occur with extreme wetting or drying of the soils due to ponding of water, plumbing leaks or lack of irrigation. Recommendations for earthwork operations are found in the "Site Construction Recommendations" portion of this report. 4.3 FOUNDATION DESIGN The planned hotel building may be supported on a deep foundation system consisting of drilled straight shafts bearing in gray limestone. As an alternative, the hotel building may be supported on shallow footings on improved subgrade if some movement can be tolerated. The following sections provide recommendations for foundation design, slabs, seismic design parameters, pavements, and retaining walls. 4.3.1 Straight Drilled Shafts- Axial Design Parameters The proposed hotel structure may be supported by drilled straight shafts bearing in the competent gray limestone. Gray limestone was encountered at depths of approximately 17 to 18 feet below existing grades. We recommend the drilled pier design use the following parameters: Axial Design Parameters for Straight Drilled Shafts Parameter Recommendations Bearing stratum Gray Limestone Minimum Penetration into bearing 2 feet Stratum' Net allowable end bearing capacity' 60,000 psf Allowable skin friction in Compression 7,500 psf Allowable skin friction in tension 5,500 psf Skin friction applicable zone Below top of gray limestone or below the bottom of temporary casing, whichever is deeper. No reduction is required for straight drilled shafts with center -to -center spacing of 2.5 times diameter of Reduction in skin friction due to two larger shaft. For closely spaced shafts, the design skin closely located shafts friction varies linearly from the full value at 2.5 times diameters to 50% of the design value at 1.0 times shaft diameter. Should be evaluated by ECS. Alternative installation Groups of 3 or more shafts spaced sequences will be required to allow for a minimum of closer than 2.5 times shaft diameter 48 hours of concrete curing time, prior to installation of adjacent shafts. 1,400 psf for soils with no moisture conditioning and Soil induced uplift3 800 psf for moisture conditioned soils acting over a shaft perimeter to a shaft length of 8 feet. Settlement4 Less than % inch. Minimum shaft diameter 18 inches. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 Notes: April 14, 2023 Page S 1. A minimum penetration of 2 feet or one shaft diameter, whichever is greater, into gray limestone is required to develop the end bearing. The required design penetration must be estimated by the structural engineer based on loads on the drilled shaft. 2. The skin friction should be applied to that portion of the drilled shafts in direct contact with the bedrock below any temporary casing or the top of design bearing stratum, whichever is deeper. 3. The drilled shafts will be subject to uplift due to swelling of the expansive clays in contact with the drilled shafts. The drilled shafts must be designed with adequate embedment depth to resist uplift loads and should be reinforced with sufficient, full - depth, vertical reinforcing steel to resist uplift forces. 4. Settlement will primarily be within the elastic range with a portion of settlement occurring during construction. 4.3.2 Straight Drilled Shafts- Lateral Design Parameters Drilled shafts may be subject to lateral loads. Lateral design parameters for drilled shafts are presented in the following tables for use in LPILE 2016 computer program, developed by Ensoft, Inc. WILE Design Parameters for Soil LEffective Pile Material Undrained Shear Friction Angle, Soil Description Type Unit(pW f)ight, Strength, (psf) (degrees) Eso Overburden soils Soft Clay 120 750 - 0.01 LPILE Design Parameters for Rock Uniaxial Unit ElasticPile Soil LMaterial Weight, Compressive Modulus, RQD % ( ) Krm Description Type (pcf) Strength, Er (psi) (psi) Tan Weak Rock 130 100 10,000 50 0.0005 Limestone (Reese) Gray Weak Rock 135 500 40,000 90 0.0005 Limestone (Reese) 4.3.3 Straight Drilled Shafts- Construction Considerations The drilled shafts should be installed in accordance with American Concrete Institute's "Standard Specification for the Construction of Drilled Piers" (ACI 336). Recommendations provided in this report are based on proper construction procedures including maintaining a dry shaft excavation. We recommend that all drilled shafts be observed by qualified geotechnical personnel, to verify proper shaft installation. Observations should include: 1. identification of the bearing stratum. 2. minimum penetration depth. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 6 3. removal of all smear zones and cuttings. 4. correct handling of groundwater seepage. 5. shafts are within acceptable vertical tolerance; and 6. other related items Groundwater was not observed in borings during the drilling operations but could be encountered during the installation of straight drilled shafts, particularly if construction proceeds during a wet period of the year. Rapid placement of steel and concrete may permit shaft installation to proceed; however, if significant seepage is encountered, the use of temporary casing for installation of the straight shafts may be required. The casing must be installed to a sufficient depth to ensure that an adequate seal is obtained. Typically, a casing penetration of 1 to 2 feet into the gray limestone will provide a satisfactory seal. After the satisfactory installation of the temporary casing, water and loose material should be removed prior to beginning the design penetration. The required penetration into the bearing material can then be excavated through the casing. The design penetration should be measured from the bottom of temporary casing or the top of gray limestone, whichever is deeper. Reinforcing steel and concrete should be placed immediately after the excavation has been completed, cleaned and observed. The concrete should have a slump between 5 and 7 inches and should be placed in a manner that prevents it from striking the reinforcing steel and sides of the excavation. Concrete placed in an excavation in excess of 10 feet should be placed in such a manner (using a tremie, centralizing chute, or by similar means) to prevent segregation of aggregates or to prevent concrete from striking the reinforcing steel. The concrete in the upper five feet of the shaft should be mechanically consolidated. Straight drilled shafts should be completed within 8 hours after design penetration into gray limestone has begun. Care should be taken to avoid creating an oversized cap ("mushroom") near the ground surface. A "mushroom" at the top of the drilled shaft could be lifted by expansive soils. Pier caps extending outside the nominal pier diameter (if used) should be constructed over void forms to reduce the potential for additional uplift forces. Gray limestone is relatively hard. We recommend the drilling equipment be equipped with suitable rock drilling teeth and it should have sufficient torque and weight to drill through the rock strata. A contractor experienced with drilling hard bedrock should be retained for this project. 4.3.4 Grade Beams/ Pier Caps All grade beams should be supported by the drilled shafts and formed with a nominal 6-inch void beneath the beam if structural slab is used. This void is provided to isolate the grade beams from the underlying active clays. Cardboard carton forms can be used to create this void. A soil retainer should be provided to help prevent "in fill" of this void. Cardboard void forms must have sufficient strength to support the weight of the grade beam during construction. The excavation in which the void box lays must remain dry. Care must be exercised during construction to prevent collapse of these cartons. Backfill material must not be allowed to Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 7 enter the void carton area below the grade beams, since this reduces the void space in which the underlying soils need to swell. Soils placed along the exterior of the grade beams should be on -site clay soils placed and compacted to at least 93% of the Maximum Dry Density at a minimum of 4 percentage points above optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). The purpose of this clay backfill is to reduce the opportunity for surface or subsurface water infiltration beneath the structure. 4.3.5 Shallow Footings — Design Parameters As an alternative, the planned structure can be supported on a shallow footing foundation system on improved subgrade if some movement can be tolerated. The subgrade soils shall be improved as discussed in Section 4.2 Subgrade Improvements to reduce the PVM to about 1 inch. The design parameters for shallow footings are presented in the following table. Design Parameter Recommendations Bearing stratum Moisture Conditioned Soils Minimum Penetration into bearing 2 feet Stratum' Net allowable bearing capacity- continuous footings' 2,000 psf Net allowable bearing capacity — individual footings' 2,500 psf Minimum embedment 2 feet below lowest adjacent final grade Minimum dimension — continuous footings 18 inches Minimum dimension — individual footings 36 inches Ultimate passive pressure (triangular distribution )Z, 3 260 psf/ ft Ultimate coefficient of sliding' 0.40 Approximate total settlement 1 inch Approximate differential settlement % to % inches Notes: 1. The net allowable bearing pressure is the pressure in excess of the minimum surrounding overburden pressure at the footing base elevation. No footing should be founded within a 45 degree plane from the base of the adjacent footing or excavation. 2. The side of the excavation for footings must be nearly vertical and concrete should be placed against these vertical faces. The upper 1-foot of the passive earth pressure should be neglected. In addition, the passive pressure should be ignored if the material in front of the wall will be excavated at any time in the future. 3. A minimum factor of safety of 1.5 is recommended against sliding. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 4.3.6 Shallow Footings — Construction Considerations April 14, 2023 Page 8 Footing excavations should be protected from standing water or desiccation. The base of all foundation excavations should be free of water and loose soil and rock prior to placing concrete. Complete construction of a spread footing or a section of wall footing, including excavation, placement of steel and concrete, and backfilling should be completed in a reasonably continuous manner, preferably within 72 hours of excavation to reduce the disturbance to foundation bearing material. A seal slab of footing strength concrete should be provided at the bottom of any footing which will remain open for more than 72 hours or if rain events are expected before footings are constructed. Backfilling of footings should be accomplished using excavated material for footings and as soon as possible to reduce disturbance of foundation soils. Backfill should be placed at a minimum of 4 percentage points above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 93% of the Maximum Dry Density as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). Construction of footings should be inspected by a qualified geotechnical engineer to verify the bearing materials and to perform related observations and testing. 4.4 FLOOR SLAB SYSTEMS A structural (suspended) floor system is recommended if floor slab movement of about one (1) inch cannot be tolerated. If the floor slab can tolerate movements of about one (1) inch, it can be supported on grade provided the subgrade is prepared as discussed in Section 4.2 Subgrade Improvements. 4.4.1 Structural Floor Slabs Two methods are available for constructing a suspended floor slab system: 1. cardboard carton forms to create a void; and, 2. raising the floor slab above the underlying soils with a crawl space. Cardboard carton forms should be at least 12 inches thick. If these forms are used, care must be taken to preserve their structural integrity and ability to create a consistent void. A rigid material layer (such as Masonite) should be placed directly on the forms to prevent puncture by personnel during placement of concrete. This rigid layer would also help reduce the potential for concrete to leak down between the cardboard forms. If crawl space is utilized we recommend that the floor slab be suspended at least 12 inches above final subgrade elevations. If utility lines are suspended beneath the slab, the crawl space clearance should be increased to a minimum of 2 feet to provide access to these lines. The subgrade beneath the crawl space must be graded to remove water from beneath the structure. If gravity drainage cannot adequately remove the water from beneath the structure, it may be necessary to direct the underfloor drainage ditches to a sump pump. Construction must also contain sufficient ventilation to limit corrosion of the metal components. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 9 Future movements of soil supported utility lines must be considered when designing connections, especially where these lines approach or enter the stationary structure. In addition, isolating plumbing lines from the soil can be considered to eliminate plumbing line movements. The commercially available Mudskipper system or similar methods can be used to isolate plumbing lines from soil. 4.4.2 Slab -On -Grade/ Flatwork on Prepared Subgrade In conjunction with drilled shafts or shallow footings, the floor slabs can be supported on an improved subgrade if movements of about one (1) inch can be tolerated in the buildings. We recommend preparing the building subgrade as discussed in Section 4.2 Subgrade Improvements. We recommend that a modulus of subgrade reaction (ks) of 100 pci be used for the design of the slab -on -grade on moisture conditioned soils capped with one foot of select fill or flexible base. Adequate construction joints, contraction joints and isolation joints should also be provided in the slab to reduce the impacts of cracking and shrinkage. Please refer to ACI 302.11196 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction for additional information regarding concrete slab joint design. If floor treatments that are sensitive to moisture will be used, a vapor retarder of polyethylene sheeting or similar material should be placed beneath the slab to reduce moisture migration through the slab. Please refer to ACI 302.1R96 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction and ASTM E 1643 Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs for additional guidance on this issue. 4.5 BUILDING PERIMETER CONDITIONS Soils placed along the exterior of the building should be on -site clay soils placed and compacted at least 93% of the Maximum Dry Density at least at 4 percentages points above optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). The purpose of this clay backfill is to reduce the opportunity for surface or subsurface water infiltration beneath the structure. Additionally, where penetrations into the structure occur, a clay plug (or suitable synthetic alternative) should be placed at the building line to reduce the opportunity for infiltrating water, regardless of the backfill material. A typical clay plug at utility trench detail is provided in Appendix D of the report. Positive drainage away from the structures should also be provided. Additionally, Irrigation of lawn and landscaped areas should be moderate, with no excessive wetting or drying of soils around the perimeter of the structures allowed. Trees and bushes/shrubs planted near the perimeter of the structures can withdraw large amounts of water from the soils and should be planted at least their anticipated mature height away from the buildings. Where flatwork is placed against or near the structure, a positive seal must be installed and adequately maintained to reduce water intrusion. Down spouts and gutters should be used to collect and distribute water away from the structure. Routine maintenance is required to ensure that the recommendations contained in this report are Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 10 followed and maintained. Greater potential movements could occur with extreme wetting or drying of the soils due to poor drainage, ponding of water, plumbing leaks, lack of irrigation, and/or lack of routine maintenance, etc. 4.6 SEISMIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS Seismic Site Classification: The International Building Code (IBC) requires site classification for seismic design based on the upper 100 feet of a soil profile. The methods are utilized in classifying sites, namely the shear wave velocity (vs) method; the undrained shear strength (s,,) method; and the Standard Penetration Resistance (N-value) method. The undrained shear strength (s,,) method was used in classifying this site. Seismic Site Classification SEISMIC SITE CLASSIFICATION Site Soil Profile Name Shear Wave Velocity, N value (bpf) S„ (psf) Class Vs, (ft./s) A Hard Rock Vs > 5,000 fps N/A N/A B Rock 2,500 < Vs <_ 5,000 fps N/A N/A C Very dense soil and soft rock 1,200 < Vs <_ 2,500 fps >50 s > 2,000 D Stiff Soil Profile 600 <_ Vs <_ 1,200 fps 15 to 60 1,000 <_ sU <_ 2000 E Soft Soil Profile Vs < 600 fps <15 s" < 1000 Based upon our interpretation of the subsurface conditions, the appropriate Seismic Site Classification is "C" as shown in the preceding table. Ground Motion Parameters: In addition to the seismic site classification, ECS has determined the design spectral response acceleration parameters following the IBC methodology. The Mapped Reponses were estimated from the USGS website https://earthcluake.usgs.gov/ws/designmaps/. The design responses for the short (0.2 sec, SDs) and 1-second period (SDI) are noted in bold at the far right end of the following table. GROUND MOTION PARAMETERS [IBC Method] Mapped Spectral Values of Site Maximum Spectral Design Spectral Period Response Coefficient Response Acceleration Response (sec) Accelerations for Site Class Adjusted for Site Class (g) Acceleration (g) (g) Reference Figures 1613.3.1 Tables 1613.3.3 Eqs. 16-37 & Eqs. 16-39 & (1) & (2) (1) & (2) 16-38 16-40 0.2 Ss 0.096 Fa 1.2 Sms=FaSs 0.115 SDs=2/3 0.077 SMs 1.0 SI 0.05 F SDI=2/3 1.7 Sml=FvSI 0.086 0.057 SMI The Site Class definition should not be confused with the Seismic Design Category designation which the Structural Engineer typically assesses. If a higher site classification is beneficial to the project, we can provide additional testing methods that may yield more favorable results. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 11 4.7 PAVEMENT SECTIONS — PRIVATE DRIVES AND PARKING As previously noted, the PVM of this site is up to about 2.0 inches. Should these movements be unacceptable for the pavements, we should be contacted for recommendations to reduce potential movements. The proposed paved areas should be proof rolled with heavy compaction equipment to attempt to locate any soft or yielding soils so they can be removed and replaced with properly placed and compacted soils. Any new fill may consist of on -site soils or similar. These materials should be compacted to at least 95% of the Maximum Dry Density at or above optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). Care should be taken to verify and preserve the specified moisture levels in the reworked clays prior to placement of the pavements. Both asphalt pavement and portland cement concrete pavement can be considered for this site. Lime stabilization is recommended beneath asphaltic concrete pavements. If lime stabilization is considered, we recommend testing the soils for soluble sulfate during construction. We should be contacted to evaluate the feasibility of lime stabilization. For lime stabilization, a preliminary application rate of 6% lime by dry weight of clay can be used. The actual amount of lime required should be confirmed by additional laboratory tests (lime series) during the construction phase. The lime stabilization should conform TxDOT Item 260. The stabilized soil should be compacted to at least 95% of the Maximum Dry Density at workable moisture contents of about 3 percentage points above the optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). Stabilization should extend at least 1 foot beyond the pavement edges. Typical preliminary pavement sections are provided below. The Standard Duty and Medium Duty asphalt pavements with lime stabilization are adequate for design life of 50,000 and 100,000 ESAL, respectively. The Standard Duty and Medium Duty concrete pavements without lime stabilization are adequate for design life of 50,000 and 125,000 ESAL, respectively. If lime stabilization is performed beneath concrete pavements, the Standard Duty and Medium Duty concrete pavements are adequate for design life of 80,000 and 200,000 ESAL, respectively. In some cases, jurisdictional standards for pavement section construction may exceed those provided below. In that case, the pavement sections should follow the jurisdictional standards. Pavement Sections — Light Duty and Medium Duty Pavements Material Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Pavement Description Standard Duty Medium Duty Standard Duty Medium Duty Dumpster Area Asphalt Surface 2 inches 2 inches -- - Course Asphalt Binder 3 inches 4 inches -- -- -- Course' Portland Cement - 5 inches 6 inches 7 inches Concrete Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 April 14, 2023 Page 12 Material Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Pavement Description Standard Duty Medium Duty Standard Duty Medium Duty Dumpster Area 6 inches 6 inches 6 inches Subgrade' 6 inches 6 inches Compacted soil Compacted soil Compacted lime Stabilized lime Stabilized or lime or lime soil or lime stabilized soil stabilized soil stabilized soil Notes: 1. Flexible base material maybe substituted for the asphalt binder using a substitute ratio of three inches of flexible base for each inch of asphalt binder. 2. Flexible base materials may be substituted with the lime stabilization at an equivalent thickness substitution An important consideration with the design and construction of pavements is surface and subsurface drainage. Where standing water develops, either on the pavement surface or within the base course layer, softening of the subgrade and other problems related to the deterioration of the pavement can be expected. Furthermore, good drainage should reduce the possibility of the subgrade materials becoming saturated during the normal service period of the pavement. Pavement should be specified, constructed, and tested to meet the following requirements: 1. Reinforcing steel may consist of #3 reinforcing steel bars placed at 18 inches on center each way. The reinforcing steel should be placed at mid -point of the pavement section. 2. Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete: Item 340 of the TOOT Standard Specifications, Type A or B Base Course (binder), Type D Surface Course. The coarse aggregate in the surface course should be crushed limestone rather than gravel. 3. Portland Cement Concrete: Minimum compressive strength of 3,600 Ibs per sq inch at 28 days. Concrete should be designed with 3 to 6 percent entrained air. 4. Flexible Base Material: Item 247 of the TxDOT Standard Specifications, Type D, Grade 1 or 2. The material should be compacted to a minimum 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) and within three percentage points of the material's optimum moisture content. Proper joint placement and design is critical to pavement performance. Load transfer at all joints and maintenance of watertight joints should be accomplished by use of proper joint seals and dowels. Control joints in new pavement should be sawed as soon as practical and preferably within 5 to 12 hours after placing concrete in order to control the location of cracks which form as the concrete cures. Longitudinal and transverse control joints should be sawed at about 15-foot spacing. Joints should be properly cleaned and sealed as soon as possible to avoid infiltration of water, small gravel, etc. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 5.0 SITE CONSTRUCTION RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION April 14, 2023 Page 13 In a dry and undisturbed state, the soil at the site will provide good subgrade support for fill placement and construction operations. However, the soils at the site contain fines which are considered moderately erodible, moisture and disturbance sensitive when wet and degrade quickly with disturbance from contractor operations. Therefore, good site drainage should be maintained during earthwork operations in order to keep the surface water away from the project area during the construction phase. We recommend that an attempt be made to enhance the natural drainage without interrupting its pattern. The erosion and sedimentation shall be controlled in accordance with sound engineering practice and current jurisdictional requirements. 5.1.1 Stripping and Grubbing The subgrade preparation should consist of stripping vegetation, rootmat, topsoil, existing pavements, and soft or yielding materials from the 5-foot expanded pavement limits. In grassy areas of the site may have about 6 inches of topsoil. Deeper topsoil or organic laden soils may be present in flower beds and other landscaping areas. The root balls in large trees may extend deep and will require additional localized stripping depth to completely remove the organics. ECS should be retained to verify that topsoil and yielding surficial materials have been removed prior to the placement of new fill or construction of pavements. 5.1.2 Proofrolling Prior to fill placement or other construction on subgrades, the subgrades should be evaluated by an ECS field technician. The exposed subgrade outside the moisture conditioned area should be proofrolled with construction equipment having a minimum axle load of 10 tons [e.g. fully loaded tandem -axle dump truck]. Proofrolling should be traversed in two perpendicular directions with overlapping passes of the vehicle under the observation of an ECS technician. This procedure is intended to assist in identifying any localized yielding materials. Where proofrolling identifies areas that are yielding or "pumping" subgrade those areas should be repaired prior to the placement of subsequent fill or other construction materials. Methods of stabilization include undercutting, moisture conditioning, or chemical stabilization. The situation should be discussed with ECS to determine the appropriate procedure. Test pits may be excavated to explore the shallow subsurface materials to help in identifying the cause of the observed yielding materials, and to assist in the evaluation of appropriate actions to prepare the subgrade. 5.2 EARTHWORK OPERATIONS Prior to placement of any new general fill, all subgrades should be scarified to a depth of 6 inches, compacted to at least 95% of Maximum Dry Density as obtained by the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698) and moisture conditioned above the optimum value. Fills should be benched into the existing soils. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 14 Onsite soils can be used as fill materials. Imported soil used for general fill should not have a Plasticity Index (PI) greater than 35. General fill material, outside of the building subgrade improvements, should be placed at or above optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95% of the Maximum Dry Density as obtained by the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). Fill soils should be placed in 8 inch loose lifts for mass grading operations and 4 inch lifts for trench type excavations where walk behind or "jumping jack" compaction equipment is used. Upon completion of the filling operations, care should be taken to maintain the soil moisture content prior to construction of floor slabs and pavements. Soil moisture levels can be preserved by various methods that can include covering with plastic, watering, etc. If the soil becomes desiccated, the affected material should be removed and replaced, or these materials should be scarified, moisture conditioned and recompacted. Utility cuts should not be left open for extended periods of time and should be properly backfilled. Backfilling should be accomplished with properly compacted on -site soils, rather than granular materials. The clay plug detail provided in Appendix D is an acceptable method for the utility trench cut-off. Field density and moisture tests should be performed on each lift as necessary to verify that adequate compaction is achieved. As a guide, one test per 2,500 square feet per lift is recommended in the building and paving areas (two tests minimum per lift). Utility trench backfill should be tested at a rate of one test per lift per each 150 linear feet of trench (two tests minimum per lift). Certain jurisdictional requirements may require testing in addition to that noted previously. Therefore, these specifications should be reviewed and the more stringent specifications should be followed. 5.3 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Material specifications recommended for this project are provided below. 5.3.1 Moisture Conditioning Clay Fill Moisture conditioning may be performed within the building and flatwork areas sensitive to movements. Moisture conditioning of the existing clays, and all new clayey fill is performed to increase the moisture of the clays to a level that reduces their ability to absorb additional water that could result in post -construction heave in these soils. The moisture conditioning should consist of undercutting the existing soils to the depths recommended in Section 4.2 Subgrade Improvements, scarifying the exposed subgrade, and reworking of excavated soils, as required to achieve the required subgrade improvement. During this process, the clay should receive adequate amounts of water to ensure uniform moisture content of at least 4 percentages or higher above the optimum moisture content. During the addition of water, the soils should be adequately mixed, and re -mixed, to ensure a relatively uniform distribution of the moisture throughout the soil mass. Once appropriately mixed, the material should be compacted to at least 93% of the Maximum Dry Density as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 15 Outside of the moisture conditioned zone and where clay is used to establish site grades, we recommend that the clay material be placed and compacted to at least 95% of the Maximum Dry Density at or above the optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). These soils should be free of deleterious materials and be reworked to ensure a relatively uniform distribution of water. Care should be taken to verify and preserve the specified moisture levels in the reworked clays prior to placement of floor slabs and pavements. 5.3.2 Select Fill For the purposes of this report, Select Fill may consist of imported material that is free of debris and organic matter and have a Plasticity Index (PI) of 5 to 15, and contain 40 to 70 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. This material should be placed and compacted at workable moisture contents above the optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95% of the Maximum Dry Density as obtain using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). 5.3.3 Flexible Base Flexible base should meet the requirements of TxDOT Item 247, Type D, Grade 1 or 2. Recycled concrete meeting the gradation requirements of flexible base is also acceptable for use. The flexible base and recycled concrete should be compacted to 95% of maximum dry density at or above the optimum moisture content as obtained using the Standard Proctor Method (ASTM D-698). 5.4 FOUNDATION AND SLAB OBSERVATIONS Protection of Foundation Excavations: Exposure to the environment may weaken the soils in foundations if the foundation excavations remain open for too long a time. Therefore, foundation concrete should be placed immediately after the excavation has been completed, cleaned, and observed. If the bearing soils are softened by surface water intrusion or exposure, the softened soils must be removed from the foundation excavation immediately prior to placement of concrete. 5.5 UTILITY INSTALLATIONS Utility Subgrades: The soils encountered in our exploration are expected to be generally acceptable for support of utility pipes. The pipe subgrades should be observed and probed for stability by ECS. Any loose or yielding materials encountered should be removed and replaced with acceptable material. Utility Backfilling: The granular bedding material (often AASHTO #57 stone) should be at least 4 inches thick, but not less than that specified by the civil engineer's project drawings and specifications. We recommend that the bedding materials be placed up to the springline of the pipe. Fill placed for support of the utilities, as well as backfill over the utilities, should satisfy the project requirements. Moriah at Timberland Addition ECS Project No. 63:1838 April 14, 2023 Page 16 Excavation Safety: All excavations and slopes should be constructed and maintained in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards. The contractor is solely responsible for designing, constructing, and maintaining stable temporary excavations and slopes. The contractor's responsible person, as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. In no case should slope height, slope inclination, or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed those specified in local, state, and federal safety regulations. ECS is providing this information solely as a service to our client. ECS is not assuming responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's activities; such responsibility is not being implied and should not be inferred. Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 Page 17 6.0 CLOSING ECS has prepared this report of findings, evaluations, and recommendations to guide geotechnical- related design and construction aspects of the project. The description of the proposed project is based on information provided to ECS by the client. If any of this information is inaccurate, either due to our interpretation of the documents provided or site or design changes that may occur later, ECS should be contacted immediately in order that we can review the report in light of the changes and provide additional or alternate recommendations as may be required to reflect the proposed construction. We recommend that ECS be allowed to review the project's plans and specifications pertaining to our work so that we may ascertain consistency of those plans/specifications with the intent of the geotechnical report. Field observations, monitoring, and quality assurance testing during earthwork and foundation installation are an extension of and integral to the geotechnical design recommendation. We recommend that the owner retain these quality assurance services and that ECS be allowed to continue our involvement throughout these critical phases of construction to provide general consultation as issues arise. ECS is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions, or recommendations of others based on the data in this report. The analysis and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil borings and tests performed at the locations as indicated on the Boring Location Diagram and other information referenced in this report. This report does not reflect any variations, which may occur between the borings. In the performance of the subsurface exploration, specific information is obtained at specific locations at specific times. However, it is a well-known fact that variations in subsurface conditions exist on most sites between boring locations and also such situations as groundwater levels vary from time to time. The nature and extent of variations may not become evident until the course of construction. If variations then appear evident, after performing on -site observations during the construction period and noting characteristics and variations, a reevaluation of the recommendations for this report will be necessary. APPENDIX A — Drawings & Reports Site Location Diagram Boring Location Diagram Generalized Subsurface Section Line A -A' Regional Geology F"y a C Credits: Esri, HERE, r(c) OpenStreetMap contributors y -�� -A".� � W E * r *` S A raw-,! , twi—in Ll"1W- 1.300 6( SITE LOCATION DIAGRAM ERNJINEE MORIAH AT TIMBERLAND ADDITION SCALE AS NOTED PROJECT NO. 63-1838 FIGURE 11228 TIMBERLAND BLVD, FORT WORTH, TEXAS 1 OF 1 GULF COAST HOTEL DEVELOPMENT, LLC DATE 4/14/2023 L"r Hicks R � I r Service Layer Credits: Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors .'.milli �14RaK umm GCRiLt °`"'F- TIMBERLAND BOULEVARD ---------— — _J L------------.--__. f �a ram, r r ma 94a[ y4mR x ct�lMC 14 Ville. � ■ p I I � I !9 I I s o+i Vs"T 4m a P II LOT 2R, BLOCK 2. R puR �f I 3' 1 1 i10RIW AT TIMBERIA Q ADDITION TNKRLAM Iad110N CC M MAW W _ + I i J2,in AWS 10SM4 SOFT 4D. L-{ 020w,ms CL,R.I.O. { M} R MTN" UIM:42W SIC i e i Ir I I FT I H. T c lnle.e+� w. mna� 1 �Ia 3 g�! N Q � I Ik i ":� I � fit lil Imo' O[ M�VOR M1➢t UAW- - —ta---------------------------11 � Legend eT 4, slaw z f 14014i Al 111B!+ In 0 ;304 � oe NOV" In asl Txi+ru, I I Approximate Building Boring Locations - GC.RdAY. I i Approximate Pavement Boring Locations - BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM MORIAH AT TIMBERLAND ADDITION 11228 TIMBERLAND BLVD, FORT WORTH, TEXAS GULF COAST HOTEL DEVELOPMENT, LLC .. :� IN W E ENGINEER RJ SCALE AS NOTED PROJECT NO. 63:1838 FIGURE 1 OF 1 DATE 4/14/2023 793 — 792 — 791 — 790 — 789 — 788 — 787 786 785 784 783 — 782 — 781 — 780 — 779 778 — 777 776 775 774 773 Legend 772 Key 771 — 770 Fat CLAY 769 — Lean 768 CLAY 767 — Weathered 766 — Limestone 765 - Limestone 764 761.00 763 762 Notes: 1- EOB END OF BORING AR AUGER REFUSAL SR SAMPLER REFUSAL, 2-THE NUMBER BELOW THE STRIPS IS THE DISTANCE ALONG THE BASELINE 3-SEE INDIVIDUAL BORING LOGAND GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION 4- STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE (LEFT OF BORING) IN BLOWS PER FOOT (ASTM D1586). 1----- C-H-------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- ------- 1 (----------------------------------------------------------------\ 1 -------------------------------------------------------------- 1----- Ct-------------------------------------------------------- (--------------------------------------------------------------- (--------------------------------------------------------------- _ -------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------r ----------------------------------------------------------------r --------------------------------------------------------------r ----------------------------------------------------------------� Weathered Limestone---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- imestone---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- - 30 Plastic Limit Water Content Liquid Limit� WL (First Encountered) [FINES CONTENT %] 1 WL (Completion) BOTTOM OF CASING WL (Estimated Seasonal High Water) IOOi LOSS OF CIRCULATION Q WL (Stabilized) 793 792 C-H------------------------------------------------------— 791 --------------------------------------------------------------- 790 \--------------------------------------------------------------- 789 ---- CL------------------------------------------------------ — 788 787 `\--------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------------------- 786 --------------------------------------------------------------- 785 --------------------------------------------------------------- 784 ------------------------------------------------------------- 783 ------------------------------------------------------------- 782 ---------------------------------------------------------- 781 Weathered Limestone ------------------------------------------------------------- 780 C------------------------------------------------------------- 779 ------------------------------------------------------------- 778 ------------- 777 _ ------------------------------------------------------------ C 776 775 _____________________________________________________________ — 774 -------------------------------------------------------------- 773 -------------------------------------------------------------- 772 -------------------------------------------------------------- 771 -------------------------------------------------------------- 770 -------------------------------------------------------------- 769 Limestone -------------------------------------------------------------- 768 -------------------------------------------------------------- 767 -------------------------------------------------------------- 766 -------------------------------------------------------------- 765 -------------------------------------------------------------- 764 -------------------------------------------------------------- 763 -------------------------------------------------------------- 762 30 - Fill GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE SOIL PROFILE Section line A - A' - Possible Fill Moriah at Timberland Addition Probable Fill Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC - Rock 11228 Timberland Blvd, Fort Worth, Texas, 76177 Proiect No: 63:1838 Vate: 04/14/2023 C N VA: WA APPENDIX B — Field Operations Reference Notes for Boring Logs Subsurface Exploration Procedure Boring Logs B-01, B-02, P-01 and P-02 REFERENCE NOTES FOR BORING LOGS MATERIAL' 2 DRILLING SAMPLING SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS SS Split Spoon Sampler PM Pressuremeter Test ASPHALT ST Shelby Tube Sampler RD Rock Bit Drilling WS Wash Sample RC Rock Core, NX, BX, AX CONCRETE BS Bulk Sample of Cuttings REC Rock Sample Recovery % PA Power Auger (no sample) RQD Rock Quality Designation % GRAVEL HSA Hollow Stem Auger TOPSOIL PARTICLE SIZE IDENTIFICATION DESIGNATION PARTICLE SIZES VOID Boulders 12 inches (300 mm) or larger BRICK Cobbles 3 inches to 12 inches (75 mm to 300 mm) 0 0 ❑ do AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Gravel: Coarse Fine 3/4 inch to 3 inches (19 mm to 75 mm) 4.75 mm to 19 mm (No. 4 sieve to 3/4 inch) � GW WELL -GRADED GRAVEL Sand: Coarse Medium 2.00 mm to 4.75 mm (No. 10 to No. 4 sieve) 0.425 to 2.00 40 to No. 10 } gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines Fine mm mm (No. sieve) a 0.074 mm to 0.425 mm (No. 200 to No. 40 sieve) �� � GP POORLY -GRADED GRAVEL Fines" Silt & Clay ("Fines") <0.074 mm (smaller than a No. 200 sieve) � o gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines GM SILTY GRAVEL gravel -sand -silt mixtures COHESIVE SILTS & CLAYS COARSE FINE GC CLAYEY GRAVEL UNCONFINED RELATIVE GRAINED GRAINED gravel -sand -clay mixtures COMPRESSIVE SPT5 CONSISTENCY' AMOUNT mll mll 6 �6 • SW WELL -GRADED SAND STRENGTH, QP4 (BPF) (COHESIVE) Trace <5 <5 • gravelly sand, little or no fines <0.25 <2 Very Soft SP POORLY -GRADED SAND 0.25 - <0.50 2-4 Soft With 10 - 20 10 - 25 gravelly sand, little or no fines 0.50 - <1.00 5-8 Firm Adjective 25 - 45 30 - 45 SM SILTY SAND 1.00 - <2.00 9 - 15 Stiff (ex: "Silty') sand -silt mixtures 2.00 <4.00 16 - 30 Very Stiff SC CLAYEY SAND 4.00 - 8.00 31 - 50 Hard sand -clay mixtures >8.00 >50 Very Hard s WATER LEVELS ML SILT non -plastic to medium plasticity GRAVELS, SANDS &NQN-COHESIVE SILTS WL (First Encountered) MH ELASTIC SILT high plasticity SPT5 DENSITY . WL (Completion) CL LEAN CLAY <5 Very Loose low to medium plasticity 5-10 Loose WL (Seasonal High Water) CH FAT CLAY 11 - 30 Medium Dense high plasticity 31 - 50 Dense WL (Stabilized) OL ORGANIC SILT or CLAY >50 Very Dense non -plastic to low plasticity OH ORGANIC SILT or CLAY FILL AND ROCK high plasticity PT PEAT � r � highly organic soils FILL POSSIBLE FILL PROBABLE FILL ROCK 'Classifications and symbols per ASTM D 2488-17 (Visual -Manual Procedure) unless noted otherwise. 2To be consistent with general practice, "POORLY GRADED" has been removed from GP, GP -GM, GP -GC, SP, SP-SM, SP-SC soil types on the boring logs. 3Non-ASTM designations are included in soil descriptions and symbols along with ASTM symbol [Ex: (SM-FILL)]. 4Typically estimated via pocket penetrometer or Torvane shear test and expressed in tons per square foot (tsf). "Standard Penetration Test (SPT) refers to the number of hammer blows (blow count) of a 140 lb. hammer falling 30 inches on a 2 inch OD split spoon sampler required to drive the sampler 12 inches (ASTM D 1586). "N-value" is another term for "blow count" and is expressed in blows per foot (bpf). SPT correlations per 7.4.2 Method B and need to be corrected if using an auto hammer. 'The water levels are those levels actually measured in the borehole at the times indicated by the symbol. The measurements are relatively reliable when augering, without adding fluids, in granular soils. In clay and cohesive silts, the determination of water levels may require several days for the water level to stabilize. In such cases, additional methods of measurement are generally employed. 'Minor deviation from ASTM D 2488-17 Note 14. $Percentages are estimated to the nearest 5% per ASTM D 2488-17. Reference Notes for Boring Logs (09-02-2021).doc © 2021 ECS Corporate Services, LLC. All Rights Reserved Moriah at Timberland Addition April 14, 2023 ECS Project No. 63:1838 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION PROCEDURE The field exploration was planned with the objective of characterizing the project site in general geotechnical and geological terms and to evaluate subsequent field and laboratory data to assist in the determination of geotechnical recommendations. The subsurface conditions were explored by four borings drilled to depths of about 5 to 30 feet below the existing site grades. A truck -mounted drill rig with continuous flight augers was utilized to drill the borings. The boring locations were determined by and identified in the field by ECS personnel using the supplied diagram. The approximate as -drilled boring locations are shown on the Boring Location Diagram in Appendix A. The ground surface elevations noted in this report were obtained from NCTCOG (www.dfwmaps.com), which provided elevation contours in 2-foot intervals. Representative soil samples were obtained by means of the split -barrel and Shelby tube sampling procedures in accordance with ASTM Specifications D-1586 and D-1587, respectively. In the split -barrel sampling procedure, a 2-inch O.D., and split -barrel sampler is driven into the soil a distance of 18 inches by means of a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler through a 12-inch interval is termed the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) value and is indicated for each sample on the boring logs. In the Shelby tube sampling procedure, a thin walled, steel seamless tube with sharp cutting edges is pushed hydraulically into the soil, and a relatively undisturbed sample is obtained. Texas Cone Penetrometer tests were performed to evaluate the load carrying capacity of the tan and gray limestone encountered. These tests were performed in general accordance with test method Tex-132-E in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Manual of Testing Procedures. The results of these tests are shown on the attached boring logs at the depths of occurrence. Field logs of the soils encountered in the borings were maintained by the drill crew. After recovery, each geotechnical soil sample was removed from the sampler and visually classified. Representative portions of each soil sample were then wrapped in plastic and transported to our laboratory for further visual examination and laboratory testing. After completion of the drilling operations, the boreholes were backfilled with auger cuttings to the existing ground surface. CLIENT: Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC PROJECT NAME: Moriah at Timberland Addition SITE LOCATION: 11228 Timberland Blvd, Fort Worth, Texas, 76177 NORTHING: EASTING: 14985668.1 2487554.7 w z co Z J c�c J O W cd G ddc O C N G K PROJECT NO.: BORING NO. 63:1838 B-01 DRILLER/CONTRACTOR: Total Depth STATION: SURFACE ELEVATION: 792.0 W \ W DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL w Z � N > o W J Z 5 w CO (CH) FAT CLAY, dark brown, brown, very _ — S-1 ST 24 24 stiff \\ (CL) LEAN CLAY, brown, light brown, very — S-2 ST 24 24 stiff to hard, with sand seams 5 — S-3 ST 24 24 — S-4 ST 24 24 \ LIMESTONE, weathered, tan, with clay S-5 SS 18 18 seams 10 15— LIMESTONE, gray, with shale seams 20 — 25 — 30— END OF BORING AT 30 FT 787 — 13-17-20 (37) 782 — 777 — 772 — 767 — 762 — SHEET: lofl Ec�, I LOSS OF CIRCULATION IBB2 BOTTOM OF CASING ' Plastic Limit Water Content Liquid Limit X n, ® STANDARD PENETRATION BLOWS/FT ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION & RECOVERY RQD REC O CALIBRATED PENETROMETER TON/SF 8 TEXAS CONE PENETRATION BLOWS/FT 03.00 03.00 04.50 04.50 &7 THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENTTHE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES BETWEEN SOILTYPES. IN -SITU THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL SZ WL (First Encountered) DRY BORING STARTED: Mar 29 2023 CAVE IN DEPTH: I 1 WL (Completion) DRY BORING SE WL (Seasonal High Water) N/A COMPLETED: Mar292023 HAMMER TYPE: Auto T WL Stabilized N/A (EQUIPMENT: LOGGED BY: (Stabilized) Truck 1.1.3 DRILLING METHOD: CFA GEOTECHNICAL BOREHOLE LOG F1100/ 0.75° E1100/ 0.75" E1ll00/ 1.75" Fill00/ 1.75" CLIENT: Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC PROJECT NO.: 63:1838 BORING NO.: B-02 SHEET: 1 of 1 PROJECT NAME: DRILLER/CONTRACTOR: Eco Moriah at Timberland Addition Total Depth C� SITE LOCATION: LOSS OF CIRCULATION IBB2 11228 Timberland Blvd, Fort Worth, Texas, 76177 NORTHING: EASTING: STATION: SURFACE ELEVATION: 14985666.5 2487776.4 792.0 BOTTOM OF CASING or Plastic Limit Water Content Liquid Limit co d z Z LL X z L w Z J ® STANDARD PENETRATION BLOWS/FT = w [L J CL W Q DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL W Q V Q ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION & RECOVERY w U O N Q w COZ - RQD REC Q Q W O CALIBRATED PENETROMETER TON/SF 8 TEXAS CONE PENETRATION BLOWS/FT (CH) FAT CLAY, dark brown, brown, hard, S-1 ST 24 24 with calcareous nodules and limestone \ - 04.50 - S-2 ST 24 24 fragments - (CL) LEAN CLAY, brown, light brown, very \ _ 04.50 stiff to hard, with limestone nodules and sand seams 5 _ S-3 ST 24 24 ,\ 787— 04.00 S-4 SS 12 12 LIMESTONE, weathered, tan 16-50/6" 050/6. _ (50/6") 10 — 782 — F1100/ 2.00" 15 — 777 — E 11 00/ 0.75" LIMESTONE, gray, with shale seams 20— 772— E1100/ 0.75° 25 — 767 — E 11 00/ 0.75" 30— 762 �goo/ END OF BORING AT 30 FT _ 0.75° THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENTTHE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES BETWEEN SOIL TYPES. IN -SITU THE TRANSITION MAY BE GRADUAL SZ WL (First Encountered) DRY BORING STARTED: Mar 29 2023 CAVE IN DEPTH: 1 WL (Completion) I DRY BORING COMPLETED: Mar292023 HAMMER TYPE: Auto SE WL (Seasonal High Water) N/A LOGGED BY: 1: WL (Stabilized) N/A EQUIPMENT: DRILLING METHOD: CFA GEOTECHNICAL BOREHOLE LOG CLIENT: PROJECT NO.: BORING NO.: Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC 63:1838 P-01 PROJECT NAME: DRILLER/CONTRACTOR: Moriah at Timberland Addition Total Depth SITE LOCATION: 11228 Timberland Blvd, Fort Worth, Texas, 76177 NORTHING: EASTING: STATION: SURFACE ELEVATION: 14985739.3 2487667.4 790.0 co z Z J LL w W Z \ F w DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL > w a a OU Q W m Z N V7 (CH) FAT CLAY, dark brown, brown, hard, \\ _ S-1 ST 24 24 with limestone fragments (CL) LEAN CLAY, brown, light brown, very _ S-2 ST 24 24 stiff to hard, with sand seams S-3 ST 12 12 END OF BORING AT 5 FT 785 10- 780- 15 - 775 - 20 - 770 - 25 - 765 - 30 - 760 - SHEET: lofl Ec�, I LOSS OF CIRCULATION IBB2 BOTTOM OF CASING ' Plastic Limit Water Content Liquid Limit X n, ® STANDARD PENETRATION BLOWS/FT ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION & RECOVERY RQD REC 0 CALIBRATED PENETROMETER TON/SF 8 TEXAS CONE PENETRATION BLOWS/FT 04.50 03.00 04.50 THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES BETWEEN SOIL TYPES. IN -SITU THE TRANSITION MAY BEG RADUAL SZ WL (First Encountered) DRY BORING STARTED: Mar 29 2023 CAVE IN DEPTH: I 1 WL (Completion) DRY BORING SE WL (Seasonal High Water) N/A COMPLETED: Mar292023 HAMMER TYPE: Auto T WL Stabilized N/A (EQUIPMENT: LOGGED BY: (Stabilized) Truck 1.1.3 DRILLING METHOD: CFA GEOTECHNICAL BOREHOLE LOG CLIENT: PROJECT NO.: BORING NO.: Gulf Coast Hotel Development, LLC 63:1838 P-02 PROJECT NAME: DRILLER/CONTRACTOR: Moriah at Timberland Addition Total Depth SITE LOCATION: 11228 Timberland Blvd, Fort Worth, Texas, 76177 NORTHING: EASTING: STATION: SURFACE ELEVATION: 14985555.1 2487657.5 794.0 co z Z J LL w W Z \ F w DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL > w a a OU Q W m Z N V7 (CH) FAT CLAY, dark brown, brown, hard, \\ _ S-1 ST 24 24 with limestone fragments (CL) LEAN CLAY, brown, light brown, very _ S-2 ST 24 24 stiff to hard, with sand seams S-3 ST 12 12 END OF BORING AT 5 FT 789 10- 784- 15 - 779 - 20 - 774 - 25 - 769 - 30 - 764 - SHEET: lofl Ec�, I LOSS OF CIRCULATION IBB2 BOTTOM OF CASING ' Plastic Limit Water Content Liquid Limit X n, ® STANDARD PENETRATION BLOWS/FT ROCK QUALITY DESIGNATION & RECOVERY RQD REC O CALIBRATED PENETROMETER TON/SF 8 TEXAS CONE PENETRATION BLOWS/FT 04.50 02.00 04.50 THE STRATIFICATION LINES REPRESENT THE APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY LINES BETWEEN SOIL TYPES. IN -SITU THE TRANSITION MAY BEG RADUAL SZ WL (First Encountered) DRY BORING STARTED: Mar 29 2023 CAVE IN DEPTH: I 1 WL (Completion) DRY BORING SE WL (Seasonal High Water) N/A COMPLETED: Mar292023 HAMMER TYPE: Auto T WL Stabilized N/A (EQUIPMENT: LOGGED BY: (Stabilized) Truck 1.1.3 DRILLING METHOD: CFA GEOTECHNICAL BOREHOLE LOG APPENDIX C — Laboratory Testing Laboratory Testing Summary tCC Project Number: 63:1838 Project Engineer: MH ECS Southwest, LLP Fort Worth, Texas Labortory Testing Summary Project Name: Moriah at Timberland Addition Principal Engineer: RJ Date: 04114/2023 Atterberg Limits3 One -Dimensional Swells Unconfined Boring Sample Depth MCI Soil Percent Dry Unit Compressive Number Number (feet) o ( /o) z Type Passing No. 9 a 5 Weight Final Surcharge Swell 7 Strength LL PL PI 200 Sieve (pcf) Moisture (psf) N (tsf) N S-1 0' - 2' 24.9 CH 62 24 38 63.6 B-01 S-2 2'- 4' 16.0 CL 44 17 27 70.8 S-4 6' - 8' 12.2 CL 37 18 19 66.7 113.9 15.4 875 0.0 S-1 0' - 2' 16.7 B-02 S-2 2'- 4' 15.4 CL 33 15 18 81.1 105.9 18.8 375 0.0 S-3 4'-6- 15.2 P-01 S-1 0' - 2' 11.7 P-02 S-2 2'-4- 13.8 Notes: 1. ASTM D 2216, 2. ASTM D 2487, 3. ASTM D 4318, 4. ASTM D 7260, 5. ASTM D 1140, 6. ASTM D 4546, 7. ASTM D 2166 Definitions: MC: Moisture Content, Soil Type: USCS (Unified Soil Classification System), LL: Liquid Limit, PL: Plastic Limit, PI: Plasticity Index, NP: Non Plastic APPENDIX D — Supplemental Report Documents Clay Plug at Utility Trench TYPICAL DETAIL DIAGRAM REFER TO MEP AND/OR CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR TYPICAL BEDDING MATERIALS AT EXTERIOR FACE OF BUILDING. REPLACE BEDDING MATERIALS WITH SITE CLAY SOIL. EXTEND CLAY 2 FEET FROM BUILDING. PLACE IN 8" MAX. LOOSE LIFTS. I COMPACT TO 92% OF STANDARD PROCTOR (ASTM D-698), ABOVE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. EL:lr=LLL-Ii i�il I l i� ECCLAY PLUG AT SUTILITY TRENCH -v ENGINEER SCALE NTS DRAFTSMAN PROJECT NO. CLL REVISIONS SHEET 1 OF 1 DATE 11/7/08 GC-6.07 Wage Rates THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 Echo Suites — Fort Worth 105161 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice (Helper) $ 15.64 Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer (Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's (The Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp Page 2 of 2 GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 1, 2011 Echo Suites — Fort Worth 105161 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 1. None. C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 1 — General Requirements 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. A list of City approved products for use is available through the City's website at: https:Happs.fortworthtexas.gov/ProjectResources/ and following the directory path; 02 - Construction Documents/Standard Products List B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific approval by the City. C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar products included on the City's Standard Product List. 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List, not all products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that manufacturer's standard product. E. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's Standard Product List. 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 9, 2020 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D. Johnson Modified Location of City's Standard Product List 3/9/2020 D.V. Magafia Removed reference to Buzzsaw and noted that the City approved products list is accessible through the City's website. CITY OF FORT WORTH [Insert Project Name] STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS [Insert Project Number] Revised March 9, 2020 CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 12/29/2023 IApprovall Spec No. IClasssification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Components 33-39-10 (Rev 2/3/16) I 07/23/97 33 05 13 Urethane Hydrophilic Waterstop Asahi Kogyo K.K. Adeka Ultra -Seal P-201 ASTM 132240/13412/13792 I 04/26/00 33 05 13 Offset Joint for 4' Diam. MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawing No. 35-0048-001 I 04/26/00 33 05 13 Profile Gasket for 4' Diam. MH. Press -Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 SS MH I 1126199 33 05 13 HOPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech, Inc HDPE Adjustment Ring Traffic and Non -traffic area I 5/13105 33 05 13 Manhole External Wrap Canusa - CPS WrapidSeal Manhole Encapsulation System I Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Fiberglass 33-39-13 (1/8/13) I I 1/26/99 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment, Inc. Flowthe ASTM 3753 Non -traffic area I 08/30/06 I 33 39 13 Fiberglass Manhole L.F. Manufacturing Non -traffic area I Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Rectangular 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) I33 05 13 IManhole Frames and Covers I Westem Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 1001 24"x40" WD Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Standard (Round) 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) " 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Westem Iron Works, Bass & Hays Foundry 30024 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley It. Works Inc. A 24 AM 24" Dia. I 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry R-1272 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 24" Dia. I 08/24/18 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Foundry NF 1274 ASTM A48 & AASHTO M306 30" Dia. I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-144N I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-143N I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Moreson GTS-STD 24" the. I33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" the. I 10/31/06 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (Hinged) Powerseal Hinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A536 24" Dia. I 7/25/03 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Saint-Gobain Pipelines (Pamrex/rexus) RE32-R8FS 30" Dia. I 01/31/06 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover East Jordan Iron Works V1432-2 and V1483 Designs AASFITO M306-04 30" Dia. I 11/02/10 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Sigma Corporation MH165IFWN & MH16502 30" Dia I 07/19/1 t 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Star Pipe Products NIH32FTWSS-DC 30" Dia I 08/10/11 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Accucast 220700 Heavy Duty with Gasket Ring 30" Dia 30" ERGO XL Assembly 10/14/13 3305 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover (Hinged & Lockable) East Jordan Iron Works with Cam Lock/MPIC/T-Gasket ASSFITO MI 05 & ASTM A536 30" Dia I 06/01/17 3405 13 30" Dia. MH Rine and Cover (Lockable) CI SIP Industries 2280 (32") ASTM A 48 30" Dia. CAP-ONE-30-FTW, Composite, w/ Lock 09/16/19 33 05 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Composite Access Products, L.P. w/o Hing 30" Dia. 10/07/21 34 O 13 30" Dia. MH Ring and Cover Trumbull Manufacturing 32"(30") Frame and Cover 30" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Frames & Covers/Water Tight & Pressure Tight 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson Pamtight 24" Dia. * 33 05 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass & Hays Foundry 300-24P 24" Dia. * 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. WPA24AM 24" Dia. 03/08/00 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Accucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 24" Dia. 04/20/01 3305 13 Manhole Frames and Covers (SIP)Serampore Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 24" Dia. Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Precast Concrete Tev 1/8/13) * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Hydro Condurt Corp SPL Item -1 ASTM C 478 48" * 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C-443 48" 12/0S/23 33 39 10 IManhole, Precast Concrete The Tumer Company 72" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 72" OS/08/18 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete The Turner Company 48", 60" I.D. Manhole w/ 32" Cone ASTM C 478 48", 60" I 10/27/06 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast Concrete Oldeastle Precast Inc. 48" I.D. Manhole w/ 24" Cone ASTM C 478 48" Diam w 24" Ring I I 06/09/10 33 39 10 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer)Concrete US Composite Pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 48" to 72" I I 09/06/19 33 3920 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 60" & 72" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-76 60" & 72" I I 10/07/21 32 39 20 Manhole, Precast Concrete Forterra Pipe and Precast 48" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-77 48" I I 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Armon-k 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" I I 10/07/21 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Hybrid) Polymer & PVC Predl Systems 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone 48" & 60" Non Traffic Areas I ASTM C-478; ASTM C-923; -1/07/23 33 3920 Manhole, Precast Concrete AmeriTex Pipe and Products, LLC 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone ASTM C-443 I 03/07/23 33 3920 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete P3 Polymers, RockHardscp 48" & 60" I.D. Manhole w/32" Cone I I 04/28/07 Manhole, Precast (Reinforced Polymer) Concrete Amiteeh USA Meyer Polycrete Pipe I I I I Sewer -(WAC) Wastewater Access Chamber 33 39 40 I I Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Svstems/Cementitious IE1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Ouadex I 04/23/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Standard Cement Materials, Inc. Relmer MSP E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems AP/M Permaform I 4/20/01 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System I 5/12/03 E1-14 Manhole Rehab System (Liner) Triplex Lining System MH repair product to stop infiltration ASTM D5813 I08/30/06 I General Concrete Repair FlexKrete Technologies Vinyl Polyester Reparr Product Misc. Use I * From Original Standard Products List 1 FORT WORTH® CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST (Approval Spec No. IClasssification I Manufacturer Water & Sewer - Manholes & Bases/Rehab Svstems/NonCementitious 05/20/96 E1-14 Manhole Rehab Systems Spravrog, 12/14/01 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) ERTECH 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton 8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental 33 01 16, 33 39 10, 03/19/18 33 39 20 Coating for Corrosion protection(Exterior) Sherwin Williams Water & Sewer - Manhole Inserts - Field Onerations Use Only (Rev 2/3/16) * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Knutson Enterprises * 3305 13 Manhole Insert South Western Packaging * 33 05 13 Manhole Insert Nofiow-Inflow 09/23/96 3305 13 Manhole Insert Southwestem Packing & Seals, Inc. 09/23/96 3305 13 Manhole Insert Southwestern Packing & Seals, Inc. Water & Sewer - Pine Casine Spacers 33-05-24 (07/01/13) 11/04/02 Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. 02/02/93 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems, Inc. 04/22/87 Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing 09/14/10 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator 09/14/10 Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator 05/10/11 Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM 03/19/18 Casing Spacers BWM 03/29/22 3305 13 Casing Spacers CCI Pipeline Systems Water & Sewer - PiDes/Ductile Iron 33-11-10(1/8/13) Model No. National Spec Spray Wall Polyurethane Coating ASTM D639/D790 Series 20230 and 2100 (Asphatic Emulsion) Arc 791, S1BB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test S-301 and M-301 RR&C Dampproofing Non-Fibered Spray Grade (Asphatic Emulsion) Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 Made to Order - Plastic ASTM D 1248 Lifesaver - Stainless Steel TetherLok- Stainless Steel Carbon Steel Spacers, Model SI Stainless Steel Spacer, Model SSI Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Coated Steel Casin Spacers 4810 Powerchock SS-12 Casing Spacer(Stainless Steel) FB-12 Casing Spacer (Coated Carbon Steel) for Non_rressme Pipe and Grouted Casing CSC12, CSS12 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Super Bell-Tite Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe, AW WA C150, C151 08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile It. Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Futile Pipe (Bell Spigot) AW WA C150, C151 08/24/18 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe American Ductile Iron Pipe Co. American Flex Ring (Restrained Joint) AW WA C150, C151 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. AW WA C150, C151 * 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co. AW WA C150, C151 Water & Sewer - Utility Line Marker (08/24/2018) Sewer - Coatin¢s/Enoxv 33-39-60 (01/08/13) 02/25/02 Epoxy Lining System Sauereisen, Inc SewerGard 21ORS LA County #210-1.33 12/14/01 Epoxy Lining System Enech Technical Coatings Ertech 2030 and 2100 Series 04/14/05 Interior Ductile Iron Pipe Coating Induron Protean 401 ASTM B-117 01/31/06 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791, S1BB, Sl, S2 Acid Resistance Test 8/28/2006 Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Environmental S-301 and M-301 Sewer - Coatin¢s/Polvurethane Updated:12/29/2023 Size Structures Only Sewer Applications Sealer Applications For Exterior Coating of Concrete Structures Only For 24" dia. For 24" dia. For 24" dia. For 24" dia. For 24" dia Up to 48" Up to 48" Up to 48" 3" fl m 24" 4" thm 30" 4" thm 30" Ductile Iron Pipe Only Sewer Applications Sealer Applications Sewer - Combination Air Valves 05/25/18 33-31-70 Air Release Valve A.R.I. USA, Inc. D025LTP02(Composite Body) 2" Sewer - Pines/Concrete * E:- Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Wall Concrete Pipe Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 * E I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hydro Conduit Corporation Class III T&G, SPL Item #77 ASTM C 76 * E I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Hanson Concrete Products - - - -, - ASTM C 76 * E I-04 Conc. Pipe, Reinforced Concrete Pipe & Products Co. Inc. ASTM C 76 Sewer - Pine Enlarement Svstem (Method)33-31-23 (01/18/13) PIM System PIM Corporation Polyethylene PIM CorP.. Piscata WaY, N.J. Approved Previously McConnell Systems McLat Construction Polyethylene Houston, Texas Approved Previously TRS Systems Trenchless Replacement System Polyethylene Calgary, Canada Approved Previously * From Original Standard Products List 2 FORT WORTH® CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 12/29/2023 (Approval Spec No. )Classsification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size Sewer- PiDe/Fiber0ass Reinforced/33-31-13(1/8/13) 7/21/97 33 31 13 Cent. Cast Fiberglass (FRP) Hobas Pipe USA, Inc. Helios Pipe (Non -Pressure) ASTM D3262/D3754 03/22/10 33 31 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Ameron Bondstrand RPMP Pipe ASTM D3262/D3754 04/09/21 3331 13 Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polymer Pipe (FRP) Thompson Pipe Group Thompson Pipe (Flowtite) ASTM D3262/D3754 03/07/23 3331 13 Fiberglass Pipe (FRP) Future Pipe Industries Fiberstrong FRP ASTM D3262, ASTM D3681, ASTM D4161, AW WA M45 Sewer - PiDe/Polvmer PIDe 4/14/05 Polymer Modified Concrete Pioe Anech USA MPolwrete Pipe ASTM C33, A276, -17 8" to 102", Class V 06/09/10 EI-9 Reinforced Polvmer Concrete Pipe UmS Composite Pipe Reinforcedeyer Polymer Concrete Pioe ASTM C-76 Sewer - PiDes/HDPE 33-31-23(1/8/13) * High -density polyethylene pipe Phillips Driswpipe, Inc. Ovticore Ductile Polyethylene Pipe ASTM D 1248 8" * High -density polyethylene pipe Plexco Inc. ASTM D 1248 8" * High -density polyethylene pipe Polly Pipe, Inc. ASTMD 1248 8" High -density Polyethylene pipe CSR Hydro Conduit/Pioeline Systems McConnell Pipe Enlargement ASTM D 1248 Sewer - PiDes/PVC (Pressure Sewer) 33-11-12 (4/1/13) 12/02/11 33-11-13 DR -Id PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jetstream PVC Pressure Pipe AW WA C900 4" thru 12" 10/22/14 33-11-12 DR-14 PVC Pressure Pipe Royal Building Products Royal Seal PVC Pressure Pipe AW WA C900 4" thru 12" Sewer - PiDes/PVC* 33-31-20 (7/1/13), * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pioe 1-M Manufacturing Co., Inc. (JM Eagle) SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D 3034 4" - 15" 12/23/97* 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pioe Diamond Plastics Corporation SDR-26 (PS115) ASTM D 3034 4" thin 15" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pioe Lamson Vylm Pipe SDR-26 (PSI 15) ASTM D 3034 4" thm 15" 12/05/23 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pie Vin (tech PVC Pie SDR-26 PS115 ASTM D3034 4" thm 15" 12/05/23 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Pie Vin ltech PVC Pie Grovi Sewer PS 115 ASTM F 679 18" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer PiJje J-M Manufacmrinv�Co, Inc (JM Eagle) PS 115 ASTM F 679 18" - 28" 05/06/05 33-31-20 PVC Solid Wall Pipe Diamond Plashes Corporation PS 115 ASTM F-679 18" to 48" 04/27/06 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings Harco SDR-26 (PS 115) Gasket Finings ASTM D-3034, D-1784, etc 4" - 15" * 33-31-20 PVC Sewer Fittings Plastic Trends, Ine.(Westlak) Gasketed PVC Sewer Main Fittings ASTM D 3034 1 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 26 (PS 115) ASTM F679 18"- 24" 1 3/19/2018 33 3120 PVC Sewer PTe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 11" 1 3/29/2019 33 3120 Gasketed Fittings (PVC) GPK Products, Inc. SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 1 10/21/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4" - 15" 1 10/22/2020 33 3120 PVC Sewer Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. SDR 26 ASTM D3034 4"- 15" 1 10/21/2020 333120 PVC Sewer Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) SDR 26 PS 115 ASTM F-679 18"-36" Sewer - PiDes/Rehab/CIPP 33-31-12 (01/18/131 * Cured in Place Pioe In in— Texark, Inc ASTM F 1216 05/03/99 Cured in Place Pioe National Envirotech Group National Liner, (SPL) Item #27 ASF-1216/D-5813 05/29/96 Cured in Place Pipe Remolds Inc/Inliner Technol" (Inliner USA) Inlmer Technology ASTM F 1216 Sewer - Piues/Rehab/Fold & Form * Fold and Form Pipe Cullum Pipe Systems, hic. 11/03/98 Fold and Form Pipe Insimform Technologies, Inc. Insituform "NuPine" ASTM F-1504 Fold and Form Pipe American Pipe & Plastics, Inc. Demo. Purpose Only 12/04/00 Fold and Form Pipe Ultralner Ultraliner PVC Alloy Pipelmer ASTM F-1504, 1871, 1867 06/09/03 Fold and Form Pipe Miller Pipeline Com. EX Method ASTM F-1504, F-1947 UP to 18" diameter Sewer - PiDeS/ODen PCoelle Laree Diameter 09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Lamson Vylon Pipe Carlon Vylon H.C. Closed Profile Pipe, ASTM F 679 18" to 48" 09/26/91 E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Extrusion Technologies, Inc. Ultra -Rib Open Profile Sewer Pipe ASTM F 679 18" to 48" E100-2 PVC Sewer Pipe, Ribbed Up -or ETI Company 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Double Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SaniTite UP Double Wall (Corrugated) ASTM F 2736 24"-30" 11/10/10 (E100-2) Polypropylene (PP) Sewer Pipe, Triple Wall Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS) SaniTite HP Triple Wall Pipe ASTM F 2764 30" to 60" * From Original Standard Products List 3 CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 12/29/2023 (Approval Spec No. IClasssification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size Water - Aoour-enances 33-12-10 (07/01/13) 01/18/18 33-12-10 Double Strap Saddle Romac 202NS Nylon Coated AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 08/28/02 Double Strap Saddle Smith Blau 4317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle 07/23/12 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Mueller Company DR2S Double (SS) Strap DI Saddle AWWA C800 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 03/07/23 33-12-10 Double Strap Service Saddle Powerseal 3450AS, Incl. Corp. Stop, ON Strap, Stainless NSF ANSI 372 1"-2" SVC, up to 24" Pipe 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT & 61 OMT 3/4" and 1" 10/27/87 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves McDonald 4603B, 4604B, 6100M, 6100TM and 6101M 1'/:" and 2" FB600-7NL, FB1600-7-NL, FV23-777-W-NL, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. -2-7-L AWWA C800 2" FB600-6-NL, FB1600-6-NL, FV23-666-W- 1111018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, L22-66NL AWWA C800 - ^' FB600-4-NL, FB1600-4-NL, B11-444-WR- 1111.1. 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. NL, B22444-WR-NL, L28-44NL AWWA C800 I " 13-25000N, B-24277N-3, B-20200N-3, H- AWWA C800, ANSF 61, 1/25/2018 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, , H-1552N, H142276N ANSI/NSF 372 _ B-25000N, B-20200N-3, B-24277N-3,H- AWWA C800, ANSF 61, 1111.1. 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15000N, H-14276N, H-15525N ANSI/NSF 372 1-1/3" B-25000N, B-20200N-3,H-15000N, H- AWWA C800, ANSF 61, 1111.1. 33-12-10 Curb Stops -Ball Meter Valves Mueller Co., Ltd. 15530N ANSI/NSF 372 V 01/26/00 Coated Tapping Saddle with Double SS Straps 1CM Industries, Inc. #406 Double Band SS Saddle 1"-2" Taps on up to 12" 0/5/21/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) 1CM Industries, Inc. 412 Tapping Sleeve ESS AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 03/29/22 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated or Stainless Steel) 1CM Industries, Inc. 415 Tapping Sleeve AWWA C-223 Concrete Pipe Only 05/10/11 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Powerseal 3490AS (Flange) & 3490MJ 4"-8" and 16" 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Coated Steel) Romac FTS 420 AWWA C-223 up to 42" w/24" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 24" w/12" Out 02/29/12 33-12-25 Tapping Sleeve (Stainless Steel) Romac SST III Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 Up to 30" w/12" Out 05/10/11 Joint Repair Clamp Powerseal 3232 Bell Joint Repair Clamp 4" to 30" Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW37C-12-1EPAF FTW Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW39C-12-1EPAF FTW 08/30/06 Plastic Meter Box w/Composite Lid DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-1EPAF FTW Class "A" Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB37-B12 1118 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass & Hays CMB65-B65 1527 LID-9 Water - Bolts. Nuts. and Gaskets 33-11-05 (01/08/13). Water - Combination Air Release 33-31-70 (01/08/13) * E1-11 Air Release Valve GA Industries, Inc. Empire Air and Vacuum Valve, Model 935 ASTM A 126 Class B, ASTM A 1" & 2" * E1-11 [rarbombination inationAir Release Valve Multiplex Manufacturing Co. Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves, Model No. 11" 1" & 2" E1-11 ombination Air Release Valve Valve and Primer Corp. APCO 4143C, #145C and #147C 1", 2" & 3" Water - Dry Barrel Fire Hvdrants 33-1240 (01/15/14) 10/01/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American -Darling Valve Drawing Nos. 90-18608, 94-18560 AWWA C-502 03/31/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No. 94-18791 AWWA C-502 09/30/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No. D-19895 AWWA C-502 01/12/93 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American AVK Company Model 2700 AWWA C-502 08/24/88 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation Drawings D20435, D20436, B20506 AWWA C-502 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant ITT Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing No. D-80783FW AWWA C-502 0.1.7 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Company Shop Drawing No. 13476 AWWA C-502 Shop Drawings No. 6461 l0/14/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Centurion AWWA C-502 Shop Drawing FH-12 01/15/88 E1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Company A-423 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-502 10/09/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S. Pipe & Foundry Shop Drawing No. 960250 AWWA C-502 09/16/87 E-1-12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American Flow Control (AFC) Waterous Pacer WB67 AWWA C-502 08/12/16 33-12-40 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) WaterMaster 5CD250 Water - Meters 02/05/93 E101-5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AW WA C550 4" - 10" 08/05/04 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701, Class 1 3/4" - 6" * From Original Standard Products List 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH FORT WORTH. WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 12/29/2023 IApprovall Spec No. IClasssification Manufacturer Model No. National Spec Size Water - Pines/PVC (Pressure Water) 33-31-70 (01/08/13) AWWA C900, AW WA C605, 12/05/23 33-I1-12 PVC Pressure Pie Vin loch PVC Pipe DR14 ASTM D1784 V-16" AWWA C900, AWWA C605, 12/OS/23 33-11-12 PVC Pressure Pipe Vinyltech PVC Pipe DR18 ASTM D1784 16"-18" 3/19/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 1 3/19/2018 3311 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 1 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Comoration DR 14 AWWA C900 4"-12" 5/25/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation DR 18 AWWA C900 16"-24" AWWA C900-16 UL 1285 12/6/2018 3311 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 14 ANSI/NSF 61 4"-28" FM 1612 12/6/2018 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe J-M Manufacturing Co., Inc d/b/a JM Eagle DR 18 " ° 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Underground Solutions Inc. DR14 Fusible PVC AWWA C900 4" - 8" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR18 AWWA C900 16"-24" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe NAPCO(Westlake) DR14 AWWA C900 4%12" 9/6/2019 33 11 12 PVC Pressure Pipe Sanderson Pipe Corp. DR14 AWWA C900 4%12" Water - PlDes/Valves & Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings 33-11-11 (01/08/13) 07/23/92 EI-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Star Pipe Products, Inc. Mechanical Joint Fittings AW WA C153 & C110 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products, Co. Mechanical Joint Fittin, @ AWWA C 110 * E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings McWane/Tyler Pipe/ Union Utilities Division Mechanical Joint Finings, SSB lass 350 AWWA C 153, C 110, C III 08/11/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Fittings Sigma, Co. Mechanical Joint Finings, SSB Class 351 AWWA C 153, C 110, C 112 02/26/14 E1-07 MJ Fittings Accucast Class 350 C-153 MJ Finings AWWA C153 4"-12" 05/14/98 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1400 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 36" 05/14/98 E1-24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Um-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle -Lock AW WA C111/C153 4" to 24" 11/09/04 E1-07 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints One Bolt, Inc. One Bolt Restrained Joint Fitting AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 12" 02/29/12 33-11-11 Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 1100 (for DI Pipe) AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 42" 02/29/12 33-11-11 PVC Pipe Mechanical Joint Restraint EBAA Iron, Inc. Megalug Series 2000 (for PVC Pipe) AWWA C111/C116/C153 4" to 24" 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLC4 - SLC10 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 10" 03/06/19 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCS4 - SLCS12 AW WA C111/C153 4" to 12" 08/05/04 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands(PVC) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLCE AW WA C111/C153 12" to 24" 08/10/98 E1-07 MJ Fittings(DIP) Sigma, Co. Sigma One-Lok SLDE AWWA C153 4" - 24" 10/12/10 E1-24 Interim Restrained Joint Svstem S & B Techncial Products Bulldog System ( Diamond Lok 21 & JM ASTM F-1624 4" to 12" 08/16/06 E1-07 Mechanical Joint Fittings SIP Industries(Serampore) Mechanical Joint Fittings AWWA C153 4" to 24" 11/07/16 33-11-11 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. PVC Stargnp Series 4000 ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 11/07/16 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands Star Pipe Products, Inc. DIP Stargrip Series 3000 ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Black For DIP 03/19/18 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retaner Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 3"-48" EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 03/19/18 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) DR14 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 4"-12" EZ Grip Joint Restraint (EZD) Red for C900 03/19/18 33-11-I1 Mechanical Joint Retainer Glands SIP Industries(Serampore) DR18 PVC Pipe ASTM A536 AW WA CI I I 16"-24" Water - Pines/Valves & Fittings/Resilient Seated Gate Valve* 33-12-20 (05/13/15) Resilient Wedged Gate Valve w/no Gears American Flow Control Series 2500 Drawing # 94-20247 16" 12/13/02 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2530 and Series 2536 AWWA C515 30" and 36" 08/31/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2520 & 2524 (SD 94-20255) AWWA C515 20" and 24" 05/18/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2516 (SD 94-20247) AWWA C515 16" 10/24/00 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Plow Control Series 2500 (Ductile Iron) AWWA C515 4" to 12" 08/05/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42" and 48" AFC 2500 AWWA C515 42" and 48" 05/23/91 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company American AVK Resilient Seaded GV AWWA C509 4" to 12" 01/24/02 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company 20" and smaller * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve M&H 4" - 12" * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co. 4" - 12" 11/08/99 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361 (SD 6647) AWWA C515 16" 01/23/03 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18"-24" (SD 6709) AWWA C515 24" and smaller 05/13/05 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 30" & 36", C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" 01/31/06 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42" & 48", C-515 AWWA C515 42" and 48" 01/28/88 E1-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. AWWA C509 4" - 12" 10/04/94 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16" RS GV (SD D-20995) AWWA C515 16" 11/08/99 EI-26 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve (SD D-21652) AWWA C515 24" and smaller 11/29/04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30" & 36" C-515 AWWA C515 30" and 36" (Note 3) 11/30/12 ReaihentW Gate Valve eGate Clow Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AWWA C515 24" to 48" ote 3) 05/08/91 E1-26 Resilient Seat Valve Stockham Valves & Finings AWWA C 509, ANSI 420 - stem, 4" - * E1-26 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co. Met,,, a1250, requirements SPL #74 3" to 16" 10/26/16 33-12-20 Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ (East Jordan Iron Works) IIIFlowMester Gate Valve & Boxes 08/24/18 Mateo Gate Valve Matco-Norca 225 MR AWWA/ANSI C115/An21.15 4" to 16" * From Original Standard Products List 5 FORT WORTH® CITY OF FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT STANDARD PRODUCT LIST Updated: 12/29/2023 (Approval Spec No. [Classsification Manufacturer Water - PiDes alves & Fittings/Rubber Seated Batter Valve 33-12-21 (07/10/14) Model No. National Spec Size * y E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Hei ry Pratt Co. AW WA C-504 24" * E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Mueller Co. AW WA C-504 24"and smaller 1/11/99 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Dezurik Valves Co. AW WA C-504 24" and larger 06/12/03 E1-30 Valmatic American Butterfly Valve Valmanc Valve and Manufacturing Com. Valmatic American Butterfly Valve. AW WA C-504 Up to 84" diameter 04/06/07 E1-30 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500 & 1450 AW WA C-504 24" to 48" 03/19/18 33 1221 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve G. A. Industries (Golden Anderson) AW WA C504 Butterfly Valve AW WA C-504 30"-54" Water - Polvethvlene Encasement 33-11-10 (01/08/13) 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Fl—ol Packaging Fulton Entemrises AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment Mountain States Plastics (MSP) and AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 05/12/05 E1-13 Polyethylene Encasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt & Gasket AW WA C105 8 mil LLD 09/06/19 33-11-11 Polyethylene Encasment Northtown Products Inc. PE Encasement for DIP AW WA C105 8 mil LLD Water - SamDlinE Station 03/07/23 33 12 50 l Water Sampling Station Eclipse Number 88 , 12-inch Depth of Bury As shown in spec. 33 12 50 Water - Automatic Flusher HG6-A-IN-2-BRN-LPRR(Portable) 1.110 Automated Flushing System Mueller Hydroguard HG2-A-IN--2-PVC-018-LPLG(Perinanent) 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9800we 04/09/21 Automated Flushing System Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9700 (Portable) The Fort Worth Water Department's Standard Products List has been developed to minimize the submittal review of products which meet the Fort Worth Water Department's Standard Specifications during utility construction projects. When Technical Specifications for specific products, are included as part of the Construction Contract Documents, the regmrements of the Technical Specification w 11 override the Fort Worth Water Department's Standard Specifications and the Fort Worth Water Department's Standard Products List and approval of the specific products will be based on the requirements of the Technical Specification whether or not the specific product meets the Fort Worth Water Department's Standard Specifications or is on the Fort Worth Water Yellow Highlight indicates recent changes * From Original Standard Products List